bsg ecology

180
Working with the grain of nature A biodiversity strategy for England

Upload: others

Post on 26-Feb-2022

12 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: BSG Ecology

Working with the grain of nature

A biodiversity strategy for England

Page 2: BSG Ecology

Working with the grain of nature

A biodiversity strategy for England

Page 3: BSG Ecology

Department for Environment, Food and Rural AffairsNobel House17 Smith SquareLondon SW1P 3JRTelephone 020 7238 6000Web site www.defra.gov.uk

© Crown copyright 2002

Copyright in the typographical arrangement and design rests with the Crown.

This publication (excluding the logo) may be reproduced free of charge in any format or mediumprovided that it is reproduced accurately and not used in a misleading context. The material must beacknowledged as Crown copyright with the title and source of the publication specified.

Further copies of this publication are available from:

Defra PublicationsAdmail 6000London SW1A 2XXTelephone: 08459 556000

This document is also available on the Defra website.

Published by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs. Printed in the UK, October 2002, on recycled material containing 80% post-consumer waste and 20% totally chlorine free virgin pulp.

Product code PB7718

Cover photograph: Lindisfarne NNR (Peter Wakely, English Nature).

Page 4: BSG Ecology

We are grateful to everyone who has contributed to the preparation of this Strategy, in particular to themembers of the England Biodiversity Group, and to the leaders of the work streams:–

Agriculture: Stephen Cane, Defra Forestry: Simon Pryor, Forestry Commission Water and Wetlands: Paul Raven, Environment AgencyMarine and Coastal: Peter Barham, Associated British Ports Urban and Development: Mathew Frith, English Nature Local and Regional: Alison Barnes, England Local Biodiversity Action Co-ordinator Business: James Marsden, English NatureEconomics and Funding: Shaun Mowat, Defra Education: Libby Grundy, Council for Environmental Education

and members of the Strategy Management Group:–

Hilary Neal, DefraTim Sands, The Wildlife TrustsGwyn Williams, RSPBAndy Stott, DefraPaul Rose, JNCCMark Felton, English NatureRoger Mitchell, English NatureJohn Robbins, DefraDavid Henshilwood, English Nature

They in turn have been helped and supported by other people and organisations, too numerous tomention. Together their contributions and suggestions have been invaluable.

iii

Acknowledgements

Page 5: BSG Ecology

Foreword 6

Executive summary 7

Chapter 1Introduction: a new biodiversity vision for England 9

Chapter 2Biodiversity indicators measuring achievement

Chapter 3A holistic approach 13

Essay 1: How to manage non-native species 33

Sustainable management by sector 34

Chapter 4Agriculture 35

Chapter 5Water and wetlands 42

Chapter 6Woodland and forestry 48

Chapter 7Towns, cities and development 53

Essay 2: The effects of climate change on biodiversity 60

iv

Contents

Page 6: BSG Ecology

Chapter 8The coasts and seas 62

The importance of people 67

Chapter 9Local and regional action 68

Essay 3: Biodiversity for recreation, health and well-being 72

Chapter 10The economics and funding of biodiversity 74

Essay 4: Biodiversity and sustainable tourism 79

Chapter 11The engagement of business 80

Chapter 12Promoting education and public understanding 87

Essay 5: Involving children and young people 91

Appendices 93

Glossary 175

v

Page 7: BSG Ecology

In the ten years since the Convention onBiodiversity was signed at the Rio Earth Summit,a massive effort has been made in this country

to address and reverse serious declines in ourbiodiversity. A UK Biodiversity Action Plan wasadopted in 1994, resulting in the establishment ofrecovery plans for over 400 species and habitats.About 100 local biodiversity action plans have alsobeen adopted covering almost all of England. Togive even better protection to our most preciouswildlife sites we have legislated to give increasedpowers for positive management for Sites ofSpecial Scientific Interest and proposed to theEuropean Commission 220 sites in England forthe strongest protection which must be givenunder the EU Habitats Directive. We are now alsoactively looking at what needs to be done toconserve the wealth of biodiversity in the seasaround our coasts and beyond, an area hithertolargely neglected.

We have seen some encouraging success stories.In Yorkshire this year the corncrake, one ofEurope’s rarest birds, bred for the first time inEngland in decades. Our rivers are the cleanestthey have been since the industrial revolution andthere are numerous examples of local biodiversityinitiatives making real improvements to people’squality of life.

At the World Summit on Sustainable Developmentin Johannesburg this summer, we committedourselves to achieving a significant reduction inthe current rate of biodiversity loss by 2010. Butwe are still far from achieving our goals, and wehave been very conscious that we have nothitherto articulated a coherent strategy for actionacross the Board. We have also been consciousthat designated sites and species and habitataction plans are not enough; we can only makethe difference we want by fundamental shifts inpolicy and behaviour across the board.

This Biodiversity Strategy for England seeks to dojust that. It builds on the foundations we havealready laid, but recognises that we need to“mainstream” biodiversity into all our activities. Wewant to work as far as possible with the grain ofnature through our policies for example inagriculture, water, fisheries and woodlandmanagement and in urban areas. In many of thesespheres we now have historic opportunities.

We in Government are immensely grateful to thevery wide range of partners that has worked withus in putting this Strategy together. This is aunique partnership which has been critical of us at times but has challenged us to thinkambitiously. We intend to continue to take thisinclusive approach in moving towards successfulimplementation; indeed in many instances we willrely on our partners to help achieve the vision.

This Strategy sets out a work programme for thenext five years. I am asking the EnglandBiodiversity Group to take stock of progress everyyear and to publish a full report in 2006. I amhopeful that the turn of the millennium will be seenby history as a turning point for biodiversity inEngland.

Worldwide, there is still a long way to go if we areto reverse the trends of biodiversity decline thatwe have seen in our own lifetimes. This Strategyaims to reaffirm our commitment in England toachieving that goal.

Rt Hon Margaret Beckett MP

6

Foreword

By the Rt Hon Margaret Beckett MPSecretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Page 8: BSG Ecology

We have made good progress in recent years inprotecting and enhancing biodiversity in England,with greater protection for Sites of SpecialScientific Interest through the Countryside andRights of Way Act; through the development andimplementation of 436 individual Action Plansfor priority habitats and species; throughimplementation of the Habitats Directive andthrough increasing use of agri-environmentprogrammes. Challenging Public ServiceAgreement targets have been set to bring 95% ofSSSIs into favourable condition by 2010 and toreverse the decline in farmland birds. Acomprehensive review of nature conservation inthe marine environment is underway, with anambitious demonstration project taking place inthe Irish Sea, as part of the Government’s vision tomake a real difference to the quality of our oceansand seas within a generation. But we mustrecognise that we can only secure the long-termhealth of biodiversity that is needed to bring atruly sustainable future by also achievingfundamental changes to public policy and in thebehaviour of people across society as a whole.

The Biodiversity Strategy for England sets thisfundamental shift in train by ensuring thatbiodiversity considerations become embedded inall the main sectors of economic activity, publicand private. Agriculture is particularly important,and the Strategy capitalises on the opportunitiespresented by the report of the Policy Commissionon Food and Farming and the current review ofthe Common Agricultural Policy. But the Strategyalso sets out a programme for the next five yearsfor the other main policy sectors, to make thechanges necessary to conserve, enhance andwork with the grain of nature and ecosystemsrather than against them. It takes account ofclimate change as one of the most importantfactors affecting biodiversity and influencingour policies.

This Strategy is a Government strategy, but it hasbeen prepared with the active partnership of abroad range of stakeholders in the public,voluntary and private sectors. We will continue thispartnership approach, which is vital to successfulimplementation.

Chapters 4–7 of the Strategy set out a series ofactions that will be taken by the Government andits partners to make biodiversity a fundamentalconsideration in:–

● Agriculture: encouraging the management offarming and agricultural land so as toconserve and enhance biodiversity as part ofthe Government’s Sustainable Food andFarming Strategy

● Water: aiming for a whole catchmentapproach to the wise, sustainable use ofwater and wetlands

● Woodland: with the management andextension of woodland so as to promoteenhanced biodiversity and quality of life

● Marine and coastal management: so as toachieve the sustainable use and managementof our coasts and seas using naturalprocesses and the ecosystem-basedapproach

● Urban areas: where biodiversity needs tobecome a part of the development of policyon sustainable communities, urban greenspace and the built environment

The Strategy also looks at ways of engagingsociety as a whole in understanding the needs ofbiodiversity and what can be done by everyone tohelp conserve and enhance it. To deliver our

7

Executive summaryOur vision is for a country – its landscapes and water bodies, coastsand seas, towns and cities – where wild species and habitats arepart of healthy functioning ecosystems; where we nurture, treasureand enhance our biodiversity, and where biodiversity is a naturalconsideration of policies and decisions, and in society as a whole.

Page 9: BSG Ecology

Strategy, we must ensure there are otherframeworks and principles in place. OtherChapters set out programmes of measures on:

BETTER INFORMATION ABOUTBIODIVERSITY

● We shall aim to measure biodiversity trends,the effects of our policies and the value ofbiodiversity to people. The Strategy includesplans for a new web-based BiodiversityAction Reporting System (BARS) to belaunched in 2003

THE DEVELOPMENT OF OBJECTIVESAND INDICATORS

● We will continue to work to meet thebiodiversity targets in the Habitat andSpecies Action Plans and, with clear policygoals and objectives, use these and otherrelevant indicators to measure our progress

● A new set of biodiversity indicators will bepublished within a year

ACHIEVING PARTNERSHIP

● Government alone cannot achieve theobjectives. We will continue to support, buildand rely on the widest possible partnershipacross the statutory, voluntary, private,academic and business sectors

● An essential part of the Strategy isdeveloping and supporting biodiversitypartnerships in the English regions and atmore local levels; examples of the work ofLocal Biodiversity Action Plan partnershipswill be published in the coming months

INVOLVING EVERYBODY

● We will encourage business to act forbiodiversity in the boardroom, through thesupply chain, in their management systems,in their annual reports and accounts, and onthe ground

● We will help make biodiversity part ofpeople’s everyday lives through information,communication and education

● We will establish a mechanism to involvechildren and young people in thedevelopment of biodiversity policy

SKILLS AND EXPERTISE

● We will make sure that we use the bestpossible and most up to date scientificinformation and professional, technical andacademic expertise to support our actions,applying the precautionary principle wherescientific evidence is not conclusive

The England Biodiversity Group, which includesthe principal stakeholders from the public,voluntary and private sectors, will oversee theStrategy’s implementation. The Strategy isintended to be a living document, subject toregular review and roll-forward.

● We shall appoint policy focal points from withinGovernment or a relevant statutory agencyto monitor and report to the EnglandBiodiversity Group on implementation inthe main policy sectors

● We shall establish new Strategy implementationgroups to take forward the cross-cutting workprogrammes for local and regional action;economics and funding; business andbiodiversity; and education and publicunderstanding

● We shall issue daughter documents on targetsand indicators, on information strategies and onother issues where further elaboration isneeded

● The England Biodiversity Group will takestock of progress annually and publish afirst full report in 2006

8

Page 10: BSG Ecology

A NEW BIODIVERSITY VISION FORENGLAND

1.1 Biodiversity – the variety of life on earth – isat the heart of our aim for a more sustainablefuture. We have a duty to ensure a diverse andthriving natural environment, for it is essential tothe economic, social and spiritual health and well-being of this and future generations.

(Mike Hammett, English Nature)Bees put a buzz into an English summer as well as providing afree pollination service for some crops and wild flowers.

1.2 England’s biodiversity suffered heavy lossesin the 20th century. Increasing demands onnatural resources and systems, the pressures ofurban and infrastructure expansion and theintensification of agricultural production allcontributed to declines in the extent and quality ofwildlife habitats and to declines in the population

of many of our wildlife species. In addition wehave significantly affected the size, abundance,distribution and composition of marinecommunities. Over the years society has madethe choices that produce these effects. But manyof these choices were made without sufficientunderstanding as to the wholesale biodiversitylosses that would result. The effects have beenwell documented, for example:

● Farmland bird populations fell by almost halfbetween 1977 and 1993 – though have beenrelatively stable since

● By the 1980s, unimproved lowland meadowshad declined by 97% over the previous 50years. Declines have continued since at a rateof 2-10% per year

● By 1980, over a quarter of upland heathlandhad been lost in England, with losses of 36% inCumbria. Widespread declines in the conditionof the remaining habitat still continue

● Between 1978 and 1998 the diversity of plantsin infertile grasslands in England and Walesdeclined by 20%

● Breeding populations in England of the marshfritillary butterfly have reduced by 66% in the 10years to 2000 as a result of over-grazing orinappropriate management1

● Water voles have disappeared from 94% of thesites where they were previously recorded

1.3 The task ahead is great, and there are manyuncertainties. In some instances the precisecause and effect of biodiversity decline is stillunclear. Recently, the news that the once-ubiquitous house sparrow has suffered an overall40% decline in the last 30 years and a 97%decline in some urban areas has shocked people –the more so because we do not yet understandwhat has caused it. What is more, there are fresh

9

Introduction

Chapter 1Introduction

1 Hobson et al 2001 British Wildlife Vol 13 No 6 Aug 2002

Page 11: BSG Ecology

challenges ahead, particularly climate change,which could have dramatic effects on ourbiodiversity and pose difficult questions on how farparticular habitats and species can be conservedin their current locations in the long term.

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The house sparrow has declined dramatically in the last 30 years.

1.4 Historically, the conservation of nature hasbeen held as separate from, and often in conflictwith, economic and social development. Trulysustainable development means recognising thatwe must continue to strive for economic andsocial development but increasingly find ways ofgoing about our business with the grain of natureand natural systems. Indeed, in some casesbiodiversity can be a key determinant or driver ofsocial and economic development. Above all, wemust recognise that the quality of our naturalsurroundings enhances the quality of our lives inthe town, the country, on the coast and at sea.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Working with nature we can create wildlife habitats and providecoastal defence.

1.5 These principles were fundamental to theUN Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)signed at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in1992. They have been reaffirmed by the WorldSummit on Sustainable Development held inJohannesburg in 2002, with agreement reached tosignificantly reduce the rate of biodiversity loss by2010 and to implement strategies to supportecosystems. There was also a strong commitmentto urgently restore fish stocks, no later than 2015where possible .

(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Bitterns are booming, they have recently been seen at bothBarn Elms and Rye Meads in London.

1.6 The UK Biodiversity Action Plan waspublished in 1994 in response to the CBD’srequirements2. Through a series of Action Plansfor priority habitats and species (HAPs and SAPs),it established recovery targets for our mostthreatened species and habitats, identified thereasons for their decline and prioritised the workthat was needed to bring about improvements ineach case. As a result, better co-ordinated actionhas led to some spectacular recoveries in thefortunes of some species which had been on thebrink of disappearance in the UK. Otters andsalmon have begun to re-colonise our cleanerrivers; the stone curlew has already met one of itstargets and cereal field margins are improving.There have even been sightings of the elusivebittern in central London. We hope that history willshow that the turn of the millennium proved to bea turning point for biodiversity after historicdeclines.

10

Chapter 1Introduction

2 Biodiversity, the UK Action Plan HMSO 1994

Page 12: BSG Ecology

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Starfruit: formerly found at over 100 sites it declined to only onepond by the early 1980s but intense conservation action hasnow restored it to 10 sites.

1.7 The UK Biodiversity Action Plan continues tobe taken forward under the UK BiodiversityPartnership. But devolution has meant that thefocus of biodiversity, as with many other policies,rests with the different countries of the UnitedKingdom. In the new situation it is important tohave a strategy specifically for England, to lookmore closely at how we will integrate biodiversityconsiderations across the range of policies andprogrammes over the next five years and beyond.In addition, this Strategy is the principal means bywhich the Government will comply with its dutiesunder section 74 of the Countryside and Rights ofWay Act 2000. These are:

● to have regard to the purpose of theconservation of biological diversity in theexercise of Government’s functions

● to take, or promote the taking by others, ofsteps to further the conservation of the habitatsand species which together are of principalimportance for the conservation of biodiversity

The list of habitats and species required bysection 74(2) are published separately3.

Green Ministers biodiversity checklist

In 2000, the Committee of Green Ministersissued a checklist4 for all GovernmentDepartments to identify how they couldtake action for biodiversity on their ownestates, as employers and in their policiesand programmes. GovernmentDepartments and agencies have respondedto the checklist, for example:

• The Highways Agency issued itsBiodiversity Action Plan for the trunk roadand motorway network in March 2002,investing £15m and setting targets forspecies and habitats

• The Home Office is developing aBiodiversity Action Plan for the PrisonService, in partnership with EnglishNature and the Wildlife Trusts, in stagesacross the whole of the prison estate

• National Police Training Colleges all havebiodiversity plans

• The NHS Purchasing and SupplyAgency’s Environmental ManagementSystem includes a requirement topreserve and promote biodiversity on theAgency’s estate, mainly through theencouragement of wildlife gardens

• Large areas of MOD land are managedwith biodiversity in mind and anoverarching MOD Biodiversity ActionPlan is in preparation

This Strategy builds on these beginningsby seeking to integrate biodiversity intopolicy across the board.

11

Chapter 1Introduction

3 Countryside Rights of Way Act 2000: Section 74 Lists of Habitats and Species of principal importance for England Defra 20024 Making biodiversity happen across Government: Green ministers biodiversity checklist DETR March 2000

Page 13: BSG Ecology

1.8 The aim of the Strategy is to ensure:

● A halting, and if possible a reversal, of declinesin priority habitats and species, with wildspecies and habitats as part of healthy,functioning ecosystems

● The general acceptance of biodiversity’sessential role in enhancing the quality of life,with its conservation becoming a naturalconsideration in all relevant public, private andnon-governmental decisions and policies

IMPLEMENTATION THROUGHPARTNERSHIP

1.9 The Government has worked with theEngland Biodiversity Group (Appendix 11) toprepare this Strategy. The Group brings togetherrepresentatives from the Government andstatutory agencies, conservation organisationsand the private sector. The Group established anumber of work streams to consider the mainpolicy sectors and cross-cutting issues. Eachwork stream leader consulted a wide range ofrelevant interests, nationally and locally, to identifythe principal concerns and to propose strategicdirections. They worked with the EnglandBiodiversity Group’s Strategy Management Groupto bring the Strategy together into a coherent whole.

1.10 The Government considers this approach tobe a model of partnership and participation. Weare optimistic that, as a result, we have achievedjoint ownership of the Strategy across theGovernment and among key stakeholders. TheEngland Biodiversity Group will continue to applythis inclusive approach in overseeing theimplementation and regular review of the Strategy.

(Hugh Clark, English Nature)Successful conservation of the Water Vole requires input from abroad partnership.

1.11 The England Biodiversity Group will beaugmented by policy leads from withinGovernment or a relevant statutory agency whowill be the main focal points for monitoring theimplementation of the key policy sectors coveredby the Strategy. In addition, new Strategyimplementation groups will be established,reporting to the England Biodiversity Group, totake forward the cross-cutting work programmesfor local and regional action; economics andfunding; business and biodiversity and educationand public understanding.

● The England Biodiversity Group will takestock of progress annually and publish afirst full report in 2006.

1.12 Through partnership, the Strategy will beimplemented by a range of players inside andoutside Government. The Strategy aims to beaspirational and challenging in its vision for thefuture. In some longer-term cases, the specificfunding sources for the activities in theprogrammes of action have not yet been identifiedor earmarked. However, in general, thephilosophy of integrating biodiversity across therange of policies and programmes should meanthat these main programmes will increasingly bethe vehicle of delivery for biodiversity objectives.For example, the 2002 Spending Reviewsettlement made substantial provision for theimplementation of the fundamental reforms tofood and farming that will increasingly deliver thebiodiversity gains we want to see in that sector.The Strategy implementation group looking ateconomics and funding will, as part of its ownwork programme, look closely at the extent towhich there are specific gaps or shortcomings infunding programmes that could inhibit the deliveryof the Strategy. These will then be taken intoaccount in the considerations of future spendingreviews and programme allocations.

1.13 This Strategy does not introduce any newproposals that change the regulatory frameworkfor businesses, charities or the voluntary sector. Iffuture implementation gives rise to suchproposals, Regulatory Impact Assessments will bepublished as appropriate.

12

Chapter 1Introduction

Page 14: BSG Ecology

2.1 The success of the Strategy will depend oncontinuous, sustainable improvement. Indicatorswill allow us to monitor progress and to measuresuccess.

2.2 The Government is already committed, in itsQuality of Life Counts5 indicators, to using keyindicators to measure progress with sustainabledevelopment in the UK. The ones that areparticularly important for biodiversity are:

● The populations of wild birds

● The condition of Sites of Special ScientificInterest

● Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

● Area of land under agri-environment agreement

● Biological quality of rivers

Defra’s objectives andperformance targets

A key Defra objective is: to protect andimprove the rural, urban, marine and globalenvironment and lead on the integration ofthese with other policies acrossGovernment and internationally.

Under this objective, key targets are: tocare for our natural heritage, make thecountryside attractive and enjoyable for alland preserve biological diversity by –

• reversing the long-term decline in thenumber of farmland birds by 2020, asmeasured annually against underlyingtrends

• bringing into favourable condition by2010 95% of all nationally importantwildlife sites

● Fish stocks around the UK fished within safelimits

We have adopted these quality of life indicatorsas headline indicators for England’s BiodiversityStrategy. Two further indicators:

● Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans

● Public attitudes to biodiversity

will complete a set of eight headline indicators(H1–H8). Where possible and appropriate theindicators will be calculated for England.

Current trends in each of the headline indicatorsand a summary assessment are presented below.

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The linnet, one of a number of farmland birds in long-term decline.

2.3 Using data as and when it becomesavailable, a range of additional targets andindicators are proposed in later sections of theStrategy so that progress in those particular areascan be more closely monitored. In particular, thewild birds and SSSI indicators will be brokendown by sector – as has already happened withfarmland and woodland birds – so that therelative contribution of each of the sectors can becompared against the headline index. Progresswith Habitat and Species Action Plans will also bebroken down by sector.

13

Biodiversity indicatorsmeasuring achievement

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

5 Quality of Life Counts DETR December 1999

Page 15: BSG Ecology

2.5 Bird populations are considered as a goodindicator of the broad state of biodiversitybecause they occupy a wide range of habitats,they tend to be near or at the top of the foodchain and considerable long-term data on birdpopulations have been collected. We want toreverse previous declines in bird populations.

2.6 Indicator H1 shows that the index for allspecies6 has remained at or above 1970 levelsover the past thirty years. However, there havebeen sharp declines in farmland and woodlandbirds since the mid-1970s. The farmland speciesindex in 2000 was 43% below 1970 levels, withthe most severe declines in populations of treesparrow, grey partridge and corn bunting. Theindex for woodland species in 2000 was 15%below 1970 levels, with the largest population

declines in tree pipit and lesser redpoll.Woodland birds have shown some signs ofrecovery in recent years.

2.7 Declines in farmland birds have been linkedto changes in agricultural practices, especiallyduring the 1970s and 1980s. Reasons fordeclines in woodland birds are less certain.One of the Government’s Public ServiceAgreement targets is to reverse the decline infarmland birds by 2020. Actions intended toreverse declines in farmland and woodland birdsare presented in Chapters 4 and 6, respectively.

2.8 The indicator is currently based on datafrom UK-wide surveys and will be revised on thebasis of survey data for England only.

14

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

6 The index for all species includes 105 bird species from a wide range of habitats, for which consistent data are available across the UK.

Population of wild birds: 1970-2000

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

1970 1972 1974 1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000

United Kingdom

H1 Populations of wild birds

Source: RSPB, BTO, DEFRA

All species (105)

Woodland species (33)

Farmland species (19)

Figures in brackets show the number of species included in each category

Inde

x (1

970

= 1

00)

2.4 Many of the indicators proposed requiresome development before they can be used.We shall publish a full set of biodiversity

indicators for England, showing trendswhere possible, within the next year.

Page 16: BSG Ecology

2.9 Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs)are intended to safeguard the best of England’swildlife and geology. There are 4102 sitescovering about 1 million hectares, around 7.7% ofthe total land area of England. A six-yearprogramme to assess the condition of all SSSIswas started by English Nature in 1997.

2.10 Indicator H2, condition of SSSIs, shows thatas the area of SSSIs assessed increased from55% in 2000 to 76% in 2002, the proportion ofthese SSSIs in favourable condition has remainedat around 56–59%. The Government’s PublicService Agreement target is to bring 95% ofnationally important wildlife sites into favourablecondition by 2010.

15

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

2000 2001 2002

% of total SSSI area assessed

H2 Condition of Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) in England

% of assessed area in favourable condition

% A

rea

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Source: English Nature

2% 3%5%

6%

7%

7%

10%

Reasons for unfavourable condition by sector% area of SSSIs assessed in 2000-2002

60%

Construction and Development

Tourism, Recreation and Access

Forestry

Other

Lack of Conservation Management

Freshwater

Coastal Management

Agriculture

Source: English Nature

2.11 Amongst the reasons why sites are inunfavourable condition, agricultural management,in particular over-grazing of upland sites,predominates. In consultation with English Nature

and other key partners we are developing acomprehensive approach to delivery of the target,addressing all the various factors that arecurrently affecting sites. See Chapter 3 for furtherdetails.

Page 17: BSG Ecology

2.12 As part of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan,quantified, biological, time-limited targets have beenagreed in Species and Habitat Action Plans (SAPsand HAPs) for 391 priority species and 45 priorityhabitats. Action Plans were published in a series oftranches between 1995 and 1999. 347 of the SAPsare relevant to England. The first reports of progresswith SAPs and HAPs were made in 1999. Afurther reporting round is currently under way.

2.13 Indicator H3, progress with BiodiversityAction Plans, shows limited progress towardsachieving biological targets in the first reportinground. Surveys have shown 3 species (1%) to besubstantially more common than previously

thought. A further 9% of species showed signs ofrecovery. However, for nearly half of the speciesinsufficient information on biological status wasavailable to assess achievement. No reports wereproduced for a further 15% – mainly the more-recently published SAPs. Habitat Action Plans arenot so far included because too few plans wereassessed in the 1999 reporting round. The resultsare not unexpected because few targets were tobe achieved within the first reporting period andmany plans had only just got underway. Theindicator will be developed further to include anindex of interim progress towards targets as wellas achievement of targets.

16

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

Surveysuccess

1% No report15%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

13%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

34%

Extinct (pre-BAP)11%

Declining4%

No change13%

H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Source: English Nature, JNCC

All England species (n = 347 species)

Area of land under agri-environment scheme agreement in England, 1987 – 2001

0

200

400

600

800

1000

tho

usan

d h

ecta

re

Environmentally Sensitive Area Scheme Countryside Stewardship Scheme

H4 Area of land under agri-environment agreement

1987 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001

Surveysuccess

1% No report15%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

13%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

34%

Extinct (pre-BAP)11%

Declining4%

No change13%

H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Source: English Nature, JNCC

All England species (n = 347 species)

Page 18: BSG Ecology

2.14 Since 1987, a number of voluntary agri-environment schemes have been introduced toprovide payments to farmers to protect andenhance biodiversity, landscapes and historicfeatures and to promote public access. Schemeshave also been introduced to encourage themanagement of woodlands to benefit wildlife.We want to see an increasing proportion oftotal farmed land and woods under positiveenvironmental management, and a situationwhere most farmers participate in at least theentry level agri-environmental schemes.

2.15 Indicator H4, area of land under agri-environment agreement, shows a steady increaseto 907,000 ha, 7% of the land area of England in1998 . The Government is reviewing the currentframework of agri-environment schemes inEngland to develop a revised structure that willenable them to contribute effectively to solvingcurrent and future environmental problems.Chapter 4 gives further details of the programmeof action.

2.16 Indicator H4 will be developed to includethe Woodland Grant Scheme and to show thearea of BAP Priority Habitats under agri-environment scheme agreement.

17

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

Biological quality of rivers in England

0

20

40

60

80

100

1990 1995 2000

Fair

Good

H5 Biological quality of rivers

% le

ngth

of

rive

r

Source: Environment Agency

2.17 The ecological health of the waterenvironment is a key test of its sustainablemanagement. Nutrient, sediment and pesticideinputs to rivers and lakes, derived from both pointand diffuse sources, have caused deterioration inwater quality and damage to aquatic wildlife. Wewant to see a continuing trend towards improvingbiological quality of rivers and lakes.

2.18 Indicator H5, the proportion of river length inEngland classified as good or fair biologicalquality, has increased from 86% in 1990 to 94% in2000, reflecting major investments in and controlof point source pollution, especially sewageplants. But despite recent improvements, 55% ofrivers still have high phosphate levels and 32%have high nitrate levels, factors which may causeeutrophication problems.

2.19 Assessment of the condition of surfacewaters is a requirement of the new EU WaterFramework Directive. We therefore intend toreplace the indicator of biological quality of riverswith a more comprehensive indicator of theproportion of surface waters in good conditionwhen new data become available.

Page 19: BSG Ecology

2.20 Fish are a major component of marinebiodiversity. They are also important in the foodchain for sea birds, seals and cetaceans and, ofcourse, as a source of food and employment forpeople. We want responsible and sustainablefisheries that ensure healthy marine ecosystemsand provide a livelihood for those in the industry.We want to see an increase in the percentage offish stocks fished within safe limits.

2.21 Indicator H6 shows that in 2001 only 24% offish stocks around the UK7 were fished within safebiological limits, with little change over the pastfour years. This indicator demonstrates that theEU Common Fisheries Policy (CFP) has failed tomeet its objectives. We will work with theEuropean Commission and EU partners toimplement the EU Biodiversity Action Plan forFisheries8 and to ensure that the review of theCFP gives full weight to sustainability andbiodiversity matters.

H7 Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans(LBAPs)

2.22 Delivery of the Strategy will require the fullintegration of biodiversity considerations withinlocal and regional policies, strategies andprogrammes. We need healthy and flourishingbroad partnerships that champion, promote andenhance local and regional biodiversity and itsdistinctiveness and help to deliver nationalpriorities. We want all Local Biodiversity ActionPlan programmes to demonstrate thatpartnerships have been established, that localand national priorities have been identified andframeworks are in place for monitoring progress.

2.23 Since 1995 approximately 100 LocalPartnerships, covering most of England, and 9Regional Biodiversity Partnerships have beenestablished.

2.24 Indicator H7, progress with LocalBiodiversity Action Plans, will be developed tomeasure LBAPs against a set of principles forcomprehensive and sustainable plans.Information will be gathered as part of theBiodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS),

18

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

7 Statistics are gathered for UK waters.8 Biodiversity Action Plan for Fisheries: COM (2001) 162 Final. Volume IV/V

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

2001200019991998

Per

cent

Source: CEFAS, ICES Year

Note: Figures relate to finfish stocks only and arederived from ICES ACFM stock assessment reports

H6 Fish stocks around the UK fished within safe limits

Page 20: BSG Ecology

19

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

9 The chart shows the responses to questions asked in the Public Attitude Survey in England and Wales in 1986, 1989, 1993 and1996/7 and in England only in 2001. Aware of phrase ‘biodiversity’ shows the % of respondents answering ‘yes’ to the question ‘whichof these phrases have you heard of’ including ‘biodiversity’. Concerned about loss of wildlife in UK shows the % of respondents ‘veryworried’ when asked ‘how worried do you feel personally about loss of plants and animals in the UK’. Support payments to farmers toprotect wildlife shows % of respondents who ‘strongly supported’ or ‘slightly supported’ the policy to ‘pay farmers to protect andregenerate landscapes and habitats’.

Public Attitudes Towards Biodiversity

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1986 1989 1993 1996 2001

% o

f re

spo

nden

ts

Aware of phrase‘biodiversity’

Concerned aboutloss of wildlife in UK

Support paymentsto farmers toprotect wildlife

Source: DEFRA

H8 Public attitudes to biodiversity8

which is being piloted in 2002.

2.25 The success of this Strategy will dependlargely on creating opportunities for thepopulation as a whole to understand the value ofbiodiversity for their life and well-being.

2.26 Indicator H8, public attitudes to biodiversity,shows that the proportion of respondents inEngland concerned about loss of wildlife in the UKhas risen from 38% in 1986 to 50% in 2001.Respondents who agree with the policy to payfarmers to protect wildlife has increased from 58%in 1993 to 69% in 2001. The term ‘biodiversity’was introduced into public policy at the EarthSummit in Rio in 1992. It is still a relativelyunfamiliar word but awareness in respondents hasincreased from 22% in 1996 to 26% in 2001. Theindicator shows that awareness, concern andwillingness to pay for biodiversity is increasing.

Page 21: BSG Ecology

2.27 Three of the headline indicators, H4, H5and H8 show clear positive trends towards theirrespective objectives. H6, fish stocks, shows noimprovement over the four year period 1998-2001.For indicator H1, the index of farmland andwoodland birds remains well below 1970 levels.There has been a recently improving trend inwoodland birds but no sign of improvement infarmland birds. The current trend of H1 istherefore assessed as uncertain. The remainingthree indicators, H2, H3 and H7, are based onnew data for which a time series is not yetavailable.

20

Chapter 2Biodiversityindicators measuringachievement

Summary assessment of headline indicators

Headline Indicators Update AssessmentFrequency

H1 The populations of wild birds Annual

H2 The condition of Sites of Special Scientific Interest Annual

H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans 3 Yearly

H4 Area of land under agri-environment agreement Annual

H5 Biological quality of rivers 5 Yearly

H6 Fish stocks around the UK fished within safe limits Annual

H7 Progress with Local Biodiversity Action Plans 3 Yearly

H8 Public attitudes to biodiversity 3 Yearly

✓ indicator trend moving towards objective≈ indicator trend uncertain or insufficient dataX indicator trend not moving towards objective

X

Page 22: BSG Ecology

THE CHANGING EMPHASIS OF NATURECONSERVATION

3.1 In the past, policy on the conservation ofbiodiversity tended to concentrate on designatingareas for conservation and on the protection ofspecies at risk. However, the UK BiodiversityAction Plan, 1994, prepared in response to theConvention on Biological Diversity (CBD)recognised that to halt and reverse biodiversitylosses would require a combination of actions andpolicies that affect the environment as a whole.Biodiversity policy has been based on a numberof programmes, including:

● The protection of nature conservation sites

● Specific plans for the conservation of priorityhabitats and species through the UK BAP

● Provisions to protect species at risk, includingfrom wildlife crime

● Measures against non-native and invasivespecies

● The extension of protection to marineconservation areas, which had hitherto beenrelatively neglected

● Systematic collection, collation anddissemination of information about trends inbiodiversity

3.2 These all remain an essential part of ourbiodiversity programme and current policies oneach are described briefly below. But a holisticapproach, that ensures that biodiversity is anintegral part of all policies and programmes, andwhich is necessary to protect habitats and speciesfrom damage resulting from policy or marketfailure, has not been fully developed. The aim ofthis Strategy is to ensure that in future biodiversityis built into all policies and programmes in a

positive way. This is essential to ensuring thatconservation is implemented across the board –for instance ensuring that special sites sit within awider ‘wildlife-friendly’ landscape that reducesfragmentation of habitats, helps speciespopulations to disperse and regenerate andsupports wide ranging species in healthyecosystems. The Countryside and Rights of WayAct 2000 began the change in focus of natureconservation from defensive protection againstdamage to positive management and restoration.The Strategy takes this process further bydeveloping plans for each of the main sectors ofeconomic and social activity that affectbiodiversity as a whole.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)A diverse, vibrant countryside and urban greenspace canencourage people to take up and maintain exercise.

3.3 The Strategy is based on the premise thathealthy functioning ecosystems provide benefitsto people. Some relate directly to economicactivity, such as tourism or countryside services,but many are not immediately apparent, are notreflected in market prices and yet have real valueto our lives. For example, essential cliff protectionand flood defence services are provided by inter-tidal habitats absorbing the energy of the waves,and functioning wetlands and floodplains can alsoreduce flood risk. It is also becoming clear thatprotecting and enhancing biodiversity has socialbenefits in providing quality accessible natural

21

A holistic approach

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 23: BSG Ecology

green space close to where people live and work,and attractive countryside that can improve bothphysical and mental well-being.

3.4 A primary aim of habitat restoration is to linkexisting areas of high habitat quality, so increasingtheir viability. For example, heathland can beextended through the removal of plantationwoodland. Habitat creation can seek to maximisethe opportunities provided by changes in land-use

or new development to enhance biodiversity, forexample, through the creation of new wetlands,after gravel extraction. There is an increasingnumber of projects in the pipeline led by natureconservation bodies and engaging a wide rangeof stakeholders to create larger areas forbiodiversity. At present most of these are relativelysmall-scale but in the future such action may bepossible at a landscape scale, to support broaderpublic policy objectives.

22

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Wet Fens for the Future

The 3,400km2 of the East Anglian fens weresubstantially drained by the mid-19th century.Today, less than 1% of the historic resourceremains, mainly as small relic fenland andwashlands, of which the Ouse and Nene Washesare the largest.

With increasing recognition of the value ofwetlands for flood alleviation, biodiversity, publicenjoyment and tourism, several bodies havejoined to present a vision for fenland restoration.Wet Fens for the Future seeks the large-scalerestoration of fenland such that, once again,wetlands play a significant role in the economic,social and environmental life of the Fens. It isbeing led by the Countryside Agency, EnglishNature, the Environment Agency, Cambridgeshireand Lincolnshire County Councils and the RSPB.

Several key projects are helping to realise thisvision.

At Wicken Fen the National Trust is expandingtheir property, aiming to acquire 3700 ha ofneighbouring farmland for biodiversity and a‘green lung’ for the people of Cambridge andNewmarket. Recently 168 ha at Burwell Fen Farm– wetland until a ‘dig for victory’ conversion toagricultural in the 1940s – have been acquired.

Just south of Peterborough, the CambridgeshireWildlife Trust, English Nature and theEnvironment Agency are working to expand andlink the remnant wetland sites of Woodwaltonand Holme Fen National Nature Reserves.

(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Habitat re-creation is bringing life back to Lakenheath Fen.

At Lakenheath Fen the RSPB have acquiredalmost 300 ha including former carrot fields andBotany Bay SSSI, one of the last remainingfragments of 17th century fen. Over 100 hectaresof wetland including meres, reed-fringedchannels and wet grassland have already beencreated.

Meanwhile, at Needingworth a pioneeringcollaboration between Hanson Aggregates,Cambridgeshire County Council and the RSPB isleading to major wetland restoration. The projectinvolves the creation of the largest freshwaterreedbed in the UK following sand and gravelextraction. This development will provide spacefor bitterns and other special wildlife and 32km ofrights of way for walkers, cyclists and horseriders.

In the future, it is likely that further wetlandcreation will be possible to provide for washlandstorage to help flood alleviation of urban areas,and as compensation for freshwater wetlandhabitats lost due to coastal squeeze.

Page 24: BSG Ecology

THE PROTECTION OF NATURECONSERVATION SITES

3.5 A coherent network of designated sitesremains vital to nature conservation. These sitessafeguard the best of England’s wildlife andgeology, providing safe havens for our biologicalresources and demonstrating the geologicalprocesses that shaped the earth.

Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs)

3.6 SSSIs are at the heart of our system ofdesignated conservation areas. The enactment ofthe Countryside and Rights of Way Act (CRoW Act)in 2000 provided new tools to enable the positivemanagement of SSSIs to combat damage arisingfrom neglect, and a statutory duty on publicauthorities to further the conservation of SSSIs inthe exercise of their functions. English Nature isworking with the Government, landowners andpublic bodies to achieve the Public ServiceAgreement (PSA) target of 95% of SSSIs inEngland being in favourable condition by 2010.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)In England, 56.5% of SSSIs are currently in favourable condition.

3.7 The discussion of indicator H2 in Chapter 2shows the major factors that influence thecondition of the 4,102 SSSIs in England. Theinfluences are often the same as those that impacton biodiversity generally. So the programmes forthe integration of biodiversity into other policysectors set out in this Strategy will naturallycontribute to the achievement of the PSA targeton SSSI condition. The duty on public authoritiesunder s28G of the CRoW Act 2000 will alsocontribute substantially to this goal. In addition,the improved tools now available to English

Nature will result in positive management regimesbeing put in place wherever they are needed.

International Sites

3.8 The EC Habitats Directive provides for theidentification, designation and protection of theNatura 2000 network of Special Areas ofConservation (SACs), including Special ProtectionAreas (SPAs) designated under the EC Wild BirdsDirective. The UK has virtually completed theidentification of its proposed contribution to thisEuropean network. There are 220 candidate SACsand 79 SPAs in England (all also designated asSSSIs), which constitute 5.5% of the country and72% of SSSI land. Work is now underway toenhance and extend the coverage of Natura 2000to the marine environment within and beyondterritorial waters, although there is some way to gobefore a coherent marine Natura 2000 network isestablished.

3.9 Natura 2000 represents the highest level ofprotection given to sites in the UK, in recognition oftheir importance at the European level. Inclusionof sites within the European network also enablescollaboration with other European countries inmonitoring the range and health of habitats andspecies of European importance to maintain andrestore them to favourable condition. MemberStates are working with the European Commissionto develop an approach to co-funding for themanagement of these sites. Other internationaldesignations are also important, especially the 66Ramsar wetlands of international importance, thegreat majority of which are also Natura 2000 sites.

National Nature Reserves

3.10 SSSIs and internationally designated sitesare complemented by a variety of other nationaland local designations. The 213 National NatureReserves (NNRs) are areas of national importancethat are managed by English Nature or bodiesapproved under s35 of the Wildlife andCountryside Act 1981. The specific purpose ofNNRs is for the conservation of flora, fauna,physiographical and geological features and toprovide special opportunities for study andresearch into flora and fauna and their habitatsincluding geological or physiographic features.

23

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 25: BSG Ecology

(Paul Glendell, English Nature)Inner Farne Islands, part of the network of National NatureReserves.

Local Nature Reserves

3.11 Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) aredesignated by local authorities under s21 of the

National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act1949. Over 660 LNRs have been declared inEngland, covering an area of over 30,700ha, andthey range from heathlands and mudflats, tocemeteries and old railway cuttings. Many areused specifically for educational purposes, andare an important tool for biodiversity and geologyconservation in both rural and urban areas.

Local Wildlife Sites

3.12 Selected for their nature conservation value,Local Wildlife Sites provide important wildliferefuges and stepping stones in the site network,linking different habitats and helping to maintainbiodiversity. Local sites play a key role in LocalBiodiversity Action Plans and in communitystrategies. Defra is currently consideringresponses to draft guidelines issued for

24

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Spotlight National Nature Reserves

The majority of National Nature Reserves (NNRs)already have some form of public access butEnglish Nature is investing in a programme toprovide better access and information facilities onmore than 30 Spotlight NNRs. These key sitesoffer the best opportunities for people toexperience wildlife and the countryside, and areall identified on English Nature’s website atwww.english-nature.org.uk .

Nature-on-line

The ‘Nature On-line’ project is funded through the Treasury’s Capital Modernisation Fund. ByApril 2004, English Nature will be able to make awealth of information about the naturalenvironment available on its website. Interactivemaps will allow users to locate special sites forhabitats, species and geology in any area ofEngland. They will be encouraged to visit NNRs and Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) bothon-line and in person. Web users will haveaccess to information about SSSIs and engage in English Nature’s policy-making throughe-consultations and e-research. Educationalmaterial for teachers and pupils will be madeavailable and communities will be able to applyfor grants on-line.

Wildspace! Local Nature Reserves

LNRs not only support a rich and vibrant localbiodiversity, they provide accessible naturalgreen space that is essential to people’s wellbeing and their quality of life. Wildspace! isEnglish Nature’s grant scheme which aims tomake LNRs accessible to everyone. By 2006,Wildspace! will have distributed more than £5million, mostly from the New Opportunities Fund,reconnecting communities in deprived areas withthe wildlife on their doorsteps and helping themto improve, care for and enjoy their localenvironment. Wildspace! is funding:

● the employment of Community Liaison Officersfor community action in LNRs

● habitat management and other projects, suchas initiatives with schools and better access forall on LNRs

● land purchase to establish new LNRs or extendexisting ones

Page 26: BSG Ecology

consultation in 2002. The guidelines will provide astandard for site identification, selection,management, protection and monitoring to ensurea consistent approach. The standards for selectionare based primarily on nature conservation value,but also recognise the social and culturalimportance of many local wildlife or geologicalsites to the local community as green space andfor the educational opportunities that may exist.

The Global Strategy forPlant Conservation

The 6th Conference of the Parties of theCBD in April 2002 agreed a Global Strategyfor Plant Conservation. It sets 16quantifiable targets for:

• Understanding and documenting plantdiversity

• Conserving plant diversity

• Using plant diversity sustainably

• Promoting education and awareness ofplant diversity

• Building capacity for the conservation ofplant diversity.

Many of the actions required under theGlobal Plant Strategy are already in train inthis country, for example through theconservation of areas important for plantdiversity found within SSSIs and recoveryof threatened plants listed on the SpeciesAction Plans. In addition, action arisingfrom the current review of non-nativespecies will be relevant to the PlantStrategy’s delivery. England’s BiodiversityStrategy gives new opportunities forconsidering the Plant Strategy’srequirements, particularly in taking forwardits cross-cutting themes, such as thoserelating to education and publicunderstanding and to biodiversity andbusiness. The reporting and reviewprocesses planned for HAPs and SAPs in2005 will help determine progress towardsmeeting the Plant Strategy’s targets (whichare listed on www.biodiv.org/decisions).

KEY OUTCOMES

● Progress towards SSSI PSA target

● Progress towards establishment andfavourable condition of Natura 2000 sites,including beyond territorial waters

● Issue and adoption of guidelines for LocalWildlife Sites

THE UK BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN

3.13 Under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan, thereare 391 individual Species Action Plans (SAPs)and 45 Habitat Action Plans (HAPs) with specificactions and targets for priority species andhabitats. Of these, 347 SAPs and 42 HAPs arerelevant to England. Continued implementation ofthese plans through their steering groups is a majorpriority for this Strategy. The extent to which weprogress towards the targets in the HAPs and SAPswill be the central ongoing measure of success.

3.14 The UK Biodiversity Group’s MillenniumBiodiversity Report (MBR) publication, Sustainingthe Variety of Life10, recorded that, UK-wide, on thebasis of reports submitted in 1999, 54% of theplans were already showing progress towardstheir targets. It also concluded, however, thatthere were significant information gaps for themajority of the plans and that widespread specieswere still more likely to be declining than thosewith restricted ranges. Encouragingly, the MBRprovided good evidence that action plans work;species with longer established plans tended tobe further on the road to recovery. It is expectedthat the next, limited, reporting round in 2002(leading to a summary report in 2003) will showsignificant further moves towards the targets andpoint towards the likely progress that will berevealed in the full-scale reporting round andreview planned for 2005.

25

Chapter 3A holistic approach

10 Sustaining the Variety of Life: 5 years of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. UKBG March 200111 Government response to the UK Biodiversity Group Report, Sustaining the Variety of Life: 5 years of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan,

Defra August 2002

Page 27: BSG Ecology

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)England has most of the UK’s chalk rivers, which supportspecies such as otter, salmon, and the white-clawed crayfish.

3.15 The MBR set out the aims and objectives forthe proposed new UK Biodiversity Partnership andthese have been accepted by the Government inits response to the Report, published on 27August 2002.11 These UK-level aims (at Appendix10) establish the context for this BiodiversityStrategy for England. The HAP and SAP targets,which are the main measures of the UK BAP, arebeing disaggregated as far as possible by countryso that they can inform the policies of the differentcountry administrations and be used as measuresof progress. The England Strategy will continue tobe pursued in the context of the UK BAP.

3.16 The lead partners and agencies for the HAPsand SAPs are at the heart of our partnership.Partnerships at local and regional levels, workingmainly through Local Biodiversity Action Plans,are also essential to delivering the UK BAP goals,the coverage of Local Biodiversity Action Plansbeing now virtually 100% in England. This Strategyaims to support and add value to the continuingwork of all these partners by identifying the areasof policy that are common to many and need tobe taken forward at strategic level, and how thatwill be achieved. This will enable the Action PlanSteering Groups and LBAP groups to concentrateon work programmes for actions that are moreclearly within their capacity to deliver.

3.17 Section 74(3) of the Countryside and Rightsof Way Act 2000 requires the Secretary of State,following consultation with English Nature, topublish a list of species and habitats which are ofprincipal importance for the conservation ofbiodiversity. English Nature has advised theSecretary of State and the list is being published.The list of species and habitats are those whichhave already been identified as priorities underthe UK BAP.

3.18 Although much work for species can beachieved through the protection and managementof the habitats on which they depend, many speciesare so localised that targeted species specificrecovery work is the only viable way of recoveringtheir status. English Nature’s Species RecoveryProgramme, in place since 1991, has played akey part in stimulating conservation work forthreatened species. The work is carried out both byEnglish Nature itself and voluntary sector partners.There are currently 379 species in the programme.

(Roger Key, English Nature)The hazel pot beetle is one of the species to benefit fromEnglish Nature’s Species Recovery Programme.

KEY OUTCOMES

● Maintenance of lists of priority species andhabitats as required by s74 of theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000,and associated Action Plans

● Progress reports on HAP and SAPimplementation in 2003 and 2006

26

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 28: BSG Ecology

THE PROTECTION OF SPECIES AT RISK.

3.19 Part I of the Wildlife and Countryside Act1981 contains the main legal provisions for theconservation of species at risk. This is furtherenhanced by the provisions in the Conservation(Natural Habitats &c) Regulations 1994 forEuropean protected species. Strict provisions arelaid down on the interference with and the takingof and trade in wild animals and plants. The 1981Act and the Habitats Regulations continue toprovide a firm and effective basis for the

Green shoots – shooting and biodiversity

In July 2000, the British Association forShooting and Conservation (BASC)launched Green Shoots – a biodiversityaction plan which recognises and builds onthe shooting community’s to biodiversityconservation. Green Shoots is helpingbiodiversity by:

• Developing the use of seed mixtures andpromoting them to BASC members tohelp specific farmland birds

• Gamekeepers helping identify bat roostsites for the national bat monitoringprogramme and carrying out relevanthabitat management

• Developing a co-ordinated mink controlstrategy. Gamekeepers will be trappingmink and carrying out habitatmanagement to benefit water voles

• BASC and English Nature jointly fundinga Project Officer on the Somerset Levelsand Moors to improve biodiversity onshooting land

• In Cheshire, BASC surveyed its membersand found that shooting had managementinfluence over 690km2, equivalent to 28%of the county. Over 6,200 biologicalrecords have been generated and sharedwith the LBAP. BASC members and otherpartners are working to increasebiodiversity through 120 individualprojects.

protection of birds and other animals and plants.But some improvements to their operation arebeing pursued.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)The great crested newt is protected under UK and European Law.

3.20 Defra is in particular committed to reviewingthe provisions in the 1981 Act to rationalise theidentification and protection of rare andendangered species. A process of consultationwill begin shortly. Defra is also consulting onchanges to the current licensing regime in relationto European protected species on developmentsites.

3.21 The provisions in Part I of the Wildlife andCountryside Act 1981 and the HabitatsRegulations are enforced primarily by the policeservice. Most forces now have at least one part-time Police Wildlife Liaison Officer (PWLO) whoco-ordinates or investigates any reports of wildlifecrimes. The Government supports the network of PWLOs through the Partnership for ActionAgainst Wildlife Crime, a multi-agency bodycomprising representatives of all the statutory and voluntary bodies involved in wildlife lawenforcement in the UK.

3.22 The Government administers the annualconference of PWLOs and has published anumber of handbooks and other training andadvice material. As well as increasing thepenalties for many wildlife offences, theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000introduced tougher enforcement powers for police officers, including in some circumstances, a power of arrest.

27

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 29: BSG Ecology

THE REVIEW OF NON-NATIVESPECIES POLICY

3.23 Next to habitat loss, the introduction of non-native species is a main cause of speciesextinction globally, through predation,hybridisation, competition and the introduction ofdisease. In the UK, predation by the introducedNorth American mink for example has been amajor factor in the decline of water vole. Theescape of invasive non-native aquatic plantspecies, such as the Australian swamp stonecrop,is causing great concern due to their impact onaquatic ecosystems. With increasing globalisationof trade and movement of people for businessand pleasure, the risk to biodiversity from non-native species is increasing.

3.24 Defra is currently carrying out a fundamentalreview of UK policy on non-native species with theinvolvement of other Government Departments,industry, conservation bodies and the generalpublic. The review is likely to make a number ofdetailed recommendations and is expected to

A successful prosecution for wildlife crime

The collecting of wildlife specimens suchas birds’ eggs, orchids and butterflies isstill a serious threat to the survival ofseveral protected species. For example, itis estimated that there are some 300collectors actively pursuing the eggs ofrare breeding birds in the United Kingdom.Penalties for such offences in England andWales have recently been increased andnow include the option of a custodialsentence for offences involving scheduledspecies. A recent case investigated by thePolice and RSPB resulted in a six-monthcustodial sentence for an egg collectorfound in possession of over 400 eggs.These had been collected over a 20 yearperiod and included those of roseate tern(a BAP priority species), little tern, chough,goshawk, peregrine, osprey, golden andwhite-tailed eagle, all of which are speciesafforded special protection by the Wildlifeand Countryside Act.

conclude shortly. The Government will consider itsfindings carefully, and may need to adjust both itspolicy approach and its research programme inthe light of its conclusions and recommendations.

KEY OUTCOMES

● Non-native species review report andappropriate implementation ofrecommendations

REVIEW OF MARINE NATURECONSERVATION

3.25 The Review of Marine Nature Conservationwas established because of the need to do moreto protect the UK’s marine environment. TheReview’s Working Group is made up of a broadrange of stakeholder interests from thecommercial sector, conservation and recreationgroups, and Government. It is charged withevaluating the success of previous marine natureconservation measures and putting forwardproposals for improvement. The Working Grouphas considered various options, including animplementation framework for national marineconservation measures.

3.26 The Review’s Interim Report12 recommendeda pilot scheme at regional sea scale to test someof the ideas developed during the course of theReview. The Irish Sea is the chosen location forthe pilot, which began in May 2002 and isexpected to last until the end of 2003. It willattempt to determine the limits of existing systemsand look at ways of implementing an ecosystem-based approach to marine nature conservation.Most notably it will examine how we can integratebiodiversity into key marine sectors to make aneffective contribution to sustainable development.

3.27 The Government has already indicated itssupport in Parliament for the principles oflegislation that would allow for the identificationand management of marine conservation sites ofnational importance. We will be looking to theReview of Marine Nature Conservation to makefurther recommendations, should additionallegislation be necessary to safeguard the marineenvironment and secure sustainable managementof key resources.

28

Chapter 3A holistic approach

12 Review of Marine Nature Conservation Interim Report March 2001 DETR

Page 30: BSG Ecology

KEY OUTCOMES

● Completion of Regional Seas Pilot Schemein the Irish Sea and consideration andappropriate application of findings

● A coherent legal and administrative systemfor nature conservation in the marineenvironment

INFORMATION FOR BIODIVERSITY

3.28 Our ability to make the best possibledecisions on policies and programmes forbiodiversity depends upon the accuracy andrelevance of our information. This includesinformation about the current status and trends ofspecies and habitats, the threats they face, thetypes of conservation activities that are underway,and the results of relevant scientific research.

(Joe Sutton, Plantlife)England is blessed with a precious tradition of amateur naturalhistory recording. Volunteers’ enthusiasm needs to beharnessed and developed.

Biological Recording and Inventory

3.29 England has a large amount of surveyinformation, with records for some speciesstretching back for more than a century, largely asa result of the enthusiasm of volunteer naturalists.These data help us understand the national statusand distributions of many species. However, it is

only relatively recently that records have beencollected at a sufficiently fine scale to help withon-the-ground management decisions. Betterdata are now being collected by professionals andvolunteers involved in recording schemes acrossthe country, often working to help assess local andnational BAP targets. There are however recognisedinformation gaps in terms of lower plants, marineand soil biodiversity, including their taxonomy.

3.30 The challenge is to sustain, develop, integrateand interpret this tremendous resource ofinformation so that it is readily accessible to thosewho need it. Biodiversity information should bemade widely available at a variety of geographicalscales and for a multitude of uses, whether to informthe decisions of conservation professionals, plannersand politicians, or to improve understanding andenjoyment of wildlife by members of the public.To achieve this, we wish to promote:

● More consistent approaches to data recordingand maintenance so that locally collectedinformation, especially information from habitatsurveys, can be aggregated at differentgeographical levels

● Improved quality of biological records, inparticular in recording less charismatic speciesand marine biodiversity. This is likely to requiregreater emphasis on the teaching ofidentification skills (taxonomy) and supportingvolunteers through training

● Co-operative working by all relevantorganisations, Government departments,agencies, voluntary organisations, business,academics and research institutes, in developinginformation systems to support decisions

3.31 Several initiatives are currently underwaythat will help us meet these challenges:

● The National Biodiversity Network (NBN) aimsto develop standards and internet technologyto enable sharing of biodiversity informationbetween the data gatherers and users, at localand national levels. The NBN involves therelevant Government agencies, nationalsocieties and schemes, Local Record Centres,research institutes and museums andcollections

29

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 31: BSG Ecology

● MAGIC (Multi-Agency Geographical Informationfor the Countryside) is a collaborative projectbetween Government departments and agenciesin England which has created an on-linegeographical information system of designatedsites (such as SSSIs and other land-basedapproaches like agri-environment schemes). Theweb-based mapping tool will enable biologicalinformation from the NBN to be viewedalongside designation and scheme boundaries

● The South West Pilot is a component project ofthe NBN looking at the availability of habitatsurveys and remote sensing data from varioussources, including Local Record Centres, todevelop GIS datasets that describe thedistribution of BAP priority habitats

Biodiversity Monitoring and Surveillance

3.32 As well as understanding the distributionand general status of biodiversity we also need toassess the effects of our policies andmanagement and to understand how biodiversityis changing as a consequence. Information fromsuch monitoring initiatives will be used to assessthe achievement of biodiversity targets andproduce the indicators proposed for measuringthe success of this Strategy.

3.33 Designing monitoring schemes that arecost-effective, accurate and reliable is aconsiderable challenge. Information requirementsvary widely, including for example:

● monitoring of rare species populations thatoccur on very few sites, as well as widespreadspecies which are found throughout the country

● assessment of the condition of the nationalnetwork of SSSIs, as well as the condition ofhabitats in the wider countryside

● reporting of the outcomes of actions withinAction Plans

● assessment of the effectiveness of agri-environment schemes

● monitoring the effects on biodiversity of longerterm environmental impacts such as globalclimate change

3.34 Monitoring and surveillance approaches areoften most appropriately designed at a national(UK) level. National schemes are already in placefor monitoring particular species groups includingbirds, butterflies, moths, bats and other terrestrialmammals, mostly relying on co-ordination ofvolunteer efforts. There are also a number ofinitiatives for habitat surveillance includingCommon Standards for SSSI assessment, RiverHabitat Surveys, Countryside Survey and agri-environment scheme monitoring. Further work isrequired to develop common approaches andimprove co-ordination of habitat monitoring sothat it is more comprehensive and robustincluding marine ecosystems.

3.35 Understanding the impacts on biodiversity oflarge-scale and long term environmental changeis particularly challenging as it requires precisemeasurements of biodiversity and otherenvironmental variables. The EnvironmentalChange Network provides a national network ofsites established for long term observations ofenvironment change, including biodiversity.Ongoing research is reviewing the adequacy ofexisting monitoring for the early detection ofclimate change impacts.

3.36 The Biodiversity Action Reporting System(BARS), to be launched in 2003, is a web-basedinformation system that will establish a commonformat for planning, monitoring and reporting BAPdelivery at national and local level and for allthose, including businesses, who have their ownBiodiversity Action Plans.

Biodiversity Research

3.34 Correct use and interpretation of biodiversityinformation requires a good scientificunderstanding of the underlying ecosystemdynamics and the impacts of human activities.Better links are needed between the conservationand research communities to ensure thatconservation decisions are based on goodscience and that science and scienceprogrammes are relevant to policy needs. Therecently established UK Biodiversity ResearchPlatform will enable improved exchange ofinformation and co-ordination of research.

30

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 32: BSG Ecology

KEY OUTCOMES

● The National Biodiversity Networkestablished as a working tool to supportbiodiversity action and policy development

● Improved co-ordination of national and localsurveillance of habitats

● Comprehensive monitoring systems in placeto enable assessment of the Strategy,including development and implementationof the Biodiversity Action Reporting Systemand the early detection of climate changeimpacts

31

Chapter 3A holistic approach

Page 33: BSG Ecology

32

Chapter 3A holistic approach

New Atlas of British and Irish Flora

The New Atlas of British and Irish Floracontains maps and accompanying text for over3300 flowering plants and ferns in Great Britain,Ireland, the Isle of Man, and the Channel Islands.It presents a comprehensive, up-to-date summaryof the range of British and Irish plant species,replacing the Atlas of the British Flora (1962) anddemonstrating the large changes in the rangeand frequency of many species since theprevious Atlas.

All native species and all the commoner hybridsand introduced species are covered, togetherwith a wide range of sub species. The 910-pagevolume and accompanying CD-ROM has beenproduced from nine million records. The NewAtlas contains 750 species not listed in theprevious volume.

Such a tremendous resource was only possiblethrough partnership. Volunteers collected the vastmajority of the 51⁄2 million records between 1996and 1999 with some recorders spending up to100 hours in a single 10-km square. The principalfunder in England was Defra and the collection

and collation of the records was the responsibilityof BSBI and CEH. English Nature also providedsupport for the project.

The New Atlas is a comprehensive andauthoritative reference. It complements the moredetailed information that is available on the rareand scare plant species and other informationsources such as the Countryside Survey and databeing made available by National BiodiversityNetwork and MAGIC.

Defra is working with the National BiodiversityNetwork Trust and the BSBI to facilitate rapidaccess to the data collected by volunteerrecorders over the Internet using the NBNGateway.

With the CD-ROM that accompanies the NewAtlas, users can view and print distributionmaps, captions and associated data tables, aswell as manipulate the data to produceadditional maps such as co-incidence maps,and add overlays containing environmentalinformation.

Distribution of Red-tipped Cudweed Filago lutescens

Page 34: BSG Ecology

33

Essay 1

13 CBD Decision V1/23 Alien species that threaten ecosystems, habitats or species

How to manage non-nativeinvasive speciesThe impact of non-native invasive species is one of the most critical issues for biodiversity conservationtoday. It was a major theme of the 2002 conference of the parties of the Convention on BiologicalDiversity. Many of the sectors covered by this strategy identify alien species as a particular problem to beaddressed in their work programmes. The threat from non-native invasive species is identified in 8% ofspecies action plans. Defra is carrying out a fundamental review of policy on non-native species with theinvolvement of other Government Departments, industry, conservation bodies and the general public. Thereview process will:

● Evaluate the effectiveness of current statutory or non-statutory procedures for dealing with theintroduction and establishment of non-native species and identify examples of current best practicewithin the UK and abroad

● Identify the main vectors for the introduction and spread of non-native species

● Put forward practical and proportionate costed proposals for improving measures to limit theecological and economic impact of non-native species in Great Britain and recommend measures tolimit the impact of the introduction of native species beyond their natural range. These could includeproposals for statutory or non-statutory measures in areas of research and monitoring, trade, andcontrol of non-native species

● Identify appropriate organisations to take forward any measures recommended

The CBD Conference of the parties agreed a series of Guiding Principles for States13 to take into accountin their non-native species policies, and the review has taken these fully into account. Because of theextremely detailed nature of the work, the group set up three sub-groups to look at the following specificareas:

● Prevention

● Monitoring and risk assessment

● Remedy and control

The review is likely to make a number of detailed recommendations. It has already recognised that thereis currently a wide range of organisations that have inspection, enforcement and control activities inrelation to non-native species. These are mixed up across species groups, limited to individual sectorsaddressing specific issues. The overriding view is that this sectoral approach has not worked; somecentral co-ordination of policy would bring together all of the different sectors, make the most of theregimes in place and ensure a more consistent and coherent approach. Another crucial factor will beincreasing public awareness and understanding of the issue. This will assist in almost every area, fromprevention, through monitoring and alertness to the presence of non-natives, to acceptability of anycontrol programmes put in place.

The review is expected to conclude shortly. Defra will consider its findings carefully, and may need toadjust both its policy approach and its research programme in the light of its conclusions andrecommendations. Of course, some non-native species have considerable benefits to society, for examplethe trade in agricultural, horticultural and forestry crops, the pet industry and other sectors. Many of ourbest-loved plants, such as arable wild flowers, were introduced to Britain before 1500 and are nowsubject to recovery plans. Non-native species have also contributed positively to the biodiversity of urbanand suburban areas; many people’s daily contact with the natural world is often with such species. Inaddition, in an increasingly multi-cultural country, the language around and responses to ‘aliens’ and‘non-natives’ needs to be used with sensitivity The recommendations of the review must be proportionate,and address the threats posed without unnecessarily hindering legitimate activities.

Page 35: BSG Ecology

34

Sustainable management by sectorThe quality of England’s biodiversity is dependent not just on nature conservation programmes, buton a whole range of other policies and measures. The influence, for example, of agriculturalpractices, woodland, water and marine management and urbanisation on biodiversity arepervasive. This means we must look carefully at these other programmes themselves, and thepolicies that drive them, to see how they can be progressed in ways that are consistent with ourbiodiversity conservation objectives. This is an essential part of our overall aim to create a socially,economically and environmentally sustainable future.

Thus this part of the Strategy seeks to integrate concern for biodiversity into the key economicsectors that most affect it. In Chapters 4-8 we look at biodiversity in agriculture, woodland andforestry, water and wetlands, our towns and cities and on the coasts and seas and set outobjectives and programmes for delivery in each.

Page 36: BSG Ecology

VISION

4.1 An economically viable agriculture industryin which farmers and growers maximise, and arevalued for, their contribution to the conservationand enhancement of the biodiversity associatedwith farmed and semi-natural habitats.

Our aims are:

● To improve the quantity and quality ofbiodiversity on agricultural land in England

● To reduce the negative effects, and enhancethe positive effects, of agriculture on the widerenvironment

● To promote the conservation and enhancementof biodiversity as part of a sustainable food andfarming strategy in England

● To promote a whole farm approach by landmanagers to the conservation of species andhabitats in England

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

4.2 Today’s countryside has been shaped andmaintained largely by farming and most semi-natural areas have historically been managed withagriculture (primarily food production) as a primemotive. Agriculture is a key determinant – and isthe most significant potential deliverer – ofbiodiversity in England. Over 70% of the Englishland surface is farmed. But the influence of

The UK BAP has Action Plans for:

82 priority species – including the skylark,the tower mustard and the adonis bluebutterfly; and

9 priority habitats, including cereal fieldmargins, ancient species-rich hedgerowsand upland hay meadows

that are associated with farming oragriculture in England.

35

Agriculture

Chapter 4Agriculture

Surveysuccess

1% No report15%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

13%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

34%

Extinct (pre-BAP)11%

Declining4%

No change13%

H3 Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Source: English Nature, JNCC

All England species (n = 347 species)

Surveysuccess

1%

Noreport

5%Insufficient information

(surveys required)11%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

49%

Extinct (pre-BAP)7%

Declining5%

No change9%

Figure 1: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

13%

Source: English Nature, JNCC

The agriculture sector (n = 82 species)

Page 37: BSG Ecology

agriculture on biodiversity goes far beyond farmedland itself, as the majority of semi-natural habitatsare linked to the surrounding agricultural land,and may be fragmented or isolated within thelarger agricultural landscape. We must addressthe impact of agriculture on biodiversity at alandscape scale, and ensure that an economicallyviable industry and wildlife can both enjoy asustainable future.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Unimproved hay meadows underwent a significant decline inthe 20th Century; associated species, like corncrake, alsodeclined as the management of their habitat changed.

4.3 The current depression in agriculture and, inparticular, the effects of currency movements onworld prices and price support, weakens UKfarmers’ and land managers’ abilities to maketheir contribution to our environmental goals. TheGovernment needs to provide, and increase useof, tools to encourage and enable farmers andland managers to meet the demands of themarket place in a sustainable manner.

4.4 Agriculture policy in the UK operates within anumber of binding international agreements. Inparticular, individuals’ decisions on landmanagement are currently constrained by the

European Union’s Common Agricultural Policy(CAP) and environmental legislation, World TradeOrganisation (WTO) rules and a multitude of otherinternational policies and agreements.

4.5 The main concerns for biodiversityassociated with agriculture are:

● Deterioration in the quality of many semi-naturalhabitats as former types of management wereabandoned or replaced with more intensivesystems

● Loss, fragmentation and isolation of semi-natural habitats through agriculturalintensification or development

● Loss of important farmland features such ashedges, ponds, ancient trees and copses

● Deterioration in the biodiversity value ofagriculturally productive land as productionmethods have changed

● Damage to soil, water and other ecosystems byagricultural pollution, compaction, erosion,pesticides and fertilisers; and agriculture’scontribution to climate change

(Jane Smart, Plantlife)Changes in agriculture have lead to a dramatic reduction in thedistribution of the Cornflower, which formerly occurred on arableland throughout England.

36

Chapter 4Agriculture

Page 38: BSG Ecology

Enhancing the biodiversity of grouse moors

Until the 1950’s High Moor nearMacclesfield had been a managedmoorland with annual grouse shoots.Increasing sheep numbers then resulted ina severe loss of heather to be replaced bydominant stands of purple moor grass. Thiswas unpalatable to sheep and the resultwas that the value of the moor for grouse,wildlife and sheep had suffered a hugedecline.

The owner wanted High Moor restored toit’s former glory, with the aim of producinga harvestable surplus of game from athriving heather moorland. Duringthe1980’s he experimented with grassspraying and the heather regeneration wasso good that, in 1991, he joined theCountryside Stewardship Scheme torestore the whole moor.

Sheep were encroaching, so over the first4 years 2 miles of stone wall were rebuilt.From 1994 spraying and topping of thegrass began and heather started toreappear. This was supplemented withsome scraping and seed enhancement.Heather coverage is now approaching 80%and burning will start in autumn 2002 tocreate more structural diversity. Sheepgrazing will also be re-introduced in 3 or 4years to help maintain the intricate mosaicfavoured by grouse.

An adjacent overgrazed moorland block of400 acres within the National Park hasbeen purchased and similar managementwill be undertaken starting with therestoration of 500m of wall. It was decidedto introduce 20 pairs of red grouse inDecember 2000. The females were radio-tracked which showed that 7 hens stayedat High Moor with 4 breeding the followingseason. Black grouse were also released inautumn 2001. With the presence of speciesincluding bilberry, skylark and now curlewthere is no doubt that this project isproducing excellent results for biodiversity.

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE

4.6 This Strategy has developed the programmeof action at Appendix 1 which aims to achieve:

● The retention and good condition of semi-natural habitats within farming systems

● The promotion and reward of appropriate landmanagement techniques that benefit semi-natural habitats, either directly or indirectly

● Preservation, management, restoration, creationand joining up of matrices of semi-naturalhabitats in a way that will allow wildlife to thrive

● A halt to the losses of farmland features ofvalue to wildlife and the positive managementof all such features including habitat re-creation

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)The results of the Countryside Survey 2000 suggest that theloss of hedgerows that had continued into the early 1990s, wasbeing reversed during the latter half of the decade as agri-environment incentives started to take effect.

● A sustained increase in the biodiversity value ofagriculturally productive land

● The achievement of best environmental practiceto limit the incidental impact of agriculturalpractices on wider biodiversity across all ofEngland’s farmland

37

Chapter 4Agriculture

Page 39: BSG Ecology

OUR PROGRAMME

4.7 The Government’s overall programme ofaction for the agriculture sector contains variouselements that will benefit biodiversity. Not all ofthem are new, but some deserve special mentionhere as evidence of our determination to quicklyhalt and reverse the damage done to biodiversityby past policies.

● The report of the independent PolicyCommission on the Future of Farming andFood in January 200214 recommendedproviding incentives for the production ofenvironmental public goods, includingbiodiversity, which would otherwise be under-provided by the market. The Commissionrecommended that public payments should beshifted towards reconnecting farming with thecountryside. Reform of the CAP was seen bythe Policy Commission as a way of providingfunds for environmental and social publicgoods through rural development programmes.Through its discussion document SustainableFood and Farming: Working Together15, theGovernment has invited stakeholders to submittheir views on how to take forward issuesidentified in the Policy Commission's report.Stakeholder responses, together with therecommendations of the Commission, aremaking a major contribution to theGovernment’s new food and farming strategy.

● The Government is committed to deliveringa new Strategy for Sustainable Food andFarming in England, to be published shortly.In addition to the recommendations made inthe report of the Policy Commission, thestrategy will be informed by wide rangingengagement with key players. The 2002Spending Review settlement provides theresources to deliver the Government’scommitment to more sustainable, competitiveand diverse food and farming industries whichwill shift the balance more in favour ofbiodiversity.

4.8 The Agenda 2000 mid term review offersa tremendous opportunity to secure furtherchange in the CAP to achieve the shifts infavour of the environment that we want. In theEU, the CAP, costing over €40bn per year,

continues to send outdated signals to landmanagers with over €10bn being spent onmarket price support and over €25bn on directpayments. The European Commission’sproposals for CAP reform, published in July2002, mark an important next step in the future ofEU Agriculture policy. The Government fullysupports the European Commission's vision of aCAP that delivers economic viability,environmental improvement and ruraldevelopment. But while the document reflects theGovernment’s thinking on a number of topics itfalls short of our expectations in others.

4.9 The UK as a whole has long called for afurther shift in support from production-linkedsubsidies to wider agri-environment and ruraldevelopment measures, and the EuropeanCommission’s proposals make a significant stepin that direction. The proposal to decouplepayments from production is a brave and radicalmove, which would remove some of the perverseincentives to over-production in the presentsystem and could provide opportunities to“green” payments under pillar 1 of the CAP. Butin several key areas we do not think that theCommission's document goes far enough. Thereis no proposal for the progressive annualreduction in subsidies that is required to deliverbudgetary savings, and put the CAP on asustainable footing as we take forward ourenvironmental and rural development objectives.In addition, the proposal to limit total subsidiespayable to an individual farmer is framed in a waythat will inhibit restructuring and discourageimprovements in efficiency.

4.10 The review of agri-environment schemesin England, concentrating on the CountrysideStewardship Scheme (CSS) andEnvironmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) willfeed into the forthcoming review of the EnglandRural Development Programme. This will shapethe future of rural development policy in thiscountry. Agri-environment schemes have made amajor contribution to the conservation andenhancement of biodiversity on farmed land,through for example:

● Creation and good management of BAP priorityhabitats such as hedgerows and cereal fieldmargins

38

Chapter 4Agriculture

14 ‘Farming and Food a sustainable future’: Policy Commisssion on the Future of Farming and Food January 200215 Defra March 2002

Page 40: BSG Ecology

● Restoration of habitats such as lowland heathand species-rich grassland in predominantlyarable areas

● Special projects for BAP species like the cirlbunting and stone curlew

● Encouraging the adoption of beneficial grazingand cutting regimes

● Encouraging farmers to leave wildflower-richstubbles and fallow arable land

The review will develop a revised structure foragri-environment schemes that will enable them tocontribute effectively to solving current and futureenvironmental problems.

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)England supports the entire UK population of stone curlews,this species has benefited from a special project under theCountryside Stewardship Scheme.

4.11 A key Policy Commissionrecommendation, central to the new food andfarming strategy, is the development of a newentry level agri-environment scheme. Pilots forthe new scheme will be rolled out from 2003onwards, and it will then be made available to asmany farms as possible in England. The design ofthe entry level scheme is still evolving, but it islikely to provide rewards to farmers for thecontinuing stewardship of their existing assets, beavailable to all farmers without the need tocompete to enter the scheme, and encourage allfarmers to make environmental enhancements.The scheme aims to provide a means of scalingup agri-environment activity to make a realdifference to the way most land is managed, and

to contribute to solving a number of widespreadenvironmental problems. Possible measures tobenefit biodiversity could include:

● Grass field margins which benefit smallmammals, a range of invertebrates and thebirds that feed on them

● Conservation headlands – areas planted with acrop but left unsprayed, which greatly benefitfarmland bird species and rare arable plants

● Buffer strips along watercourses, which not onlybenefit wildlife but also can help to reduce theflow of eroded soil into watercourses

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)The Policy Commission on Food and Farming highlighted theneed for sustainable farming that takes account of biodiversity.

4.12 The Organics Action Plan, which aims tohelp the home-grown organic food and farmingsector develop sustainably, is crucial. Drawn upfollowing recommendations of the PolicyCommission report, the Plan looks at the organicfood chain as a whole and seeks to address thekey issues that will assist the development of thesector. An enhanced Organic Farming Scheme,

39

Chapter 4Agriculture

Page 41: BSG Ecology

new research funding, and an undertaking by themajor retailers to work with producers to increasethe UK organic market are key components of thePlan. Organic farming can make a majorcontribution to farmland biodiversity through:

● Increased organic content in soils

● Increased invertebrate numbers and densities

● More arable wildflowers

● Increased crop and field diversity

● Use of important habitats such as field marginsand boundaries (hedges and trees) in boundarymanagement and weed and pest control

4.13 In addition to working to reform the systemwhich provides financial incentives to farmers forenvironmental enhancement, the Government isalso implementing a range of regulatorymeasures to further the control of pollution fromagriculture and spearhead a drive to improve thequality of water courses throughout England. Themeasures will contribute to the protection of fish,plants and other wildlife in streams, rivers, lakesand coastal waters. The EC Water FrameworkDirective establishes the strategic framework formanaging the water environment. Itsimplementation will put in place a commonapproach to protecting and setting environmentalobjectives for all ground and surface waters.

4.14 The Government is developing an overallstrategy to tackle diffuse water pollution byagriculture in England, which will implement cost-effective policy measures to reduce pollution fromagriculture to levels that meet existingcommitments and encourage sustainable farmpractices. 58% of the country has now beendesignated as Nitrate Vulnerable Zones. Thisextension of the designated area will help toprevent and reverse the impacts of eutrophicationwhich are damaging to biodiversity. Better controlof manure spreading will cut microbiologicalinputs to water, while more efficient use offertilisers and manure will provide some offsettingeconomic benefits for farmers.

4.15 We know that to deliver this programme, wewill need to work in partnership with a range oforganisations and individuals, across the private,public and NGO sectors. We will value innovativeapproaches and welcome new ideas.

White and Wild – Milk on the Wildside!

White and Wild is a brand-new milk productfor the Wildlife Trusts which aims to use theconsumer market to give dairy farmers asignificant financial incentive to conserveand enhance biodiversity on their farms.The milk sells for a small premium – foreach litre bought 3p goes to the farmer and2p to the Trusts. The farmer undertakes tokeep to environmental standards set by theWildlife Trusts and FWAG. This will lead toat least 10% of the farm being managed forwildlife and a whole farm BAP beingimplemented on the farm. White and Wild iscurrently in Sainsbury’s and will shortly beavailable in over 500 stores across the UK.The supermarkets have enthusiasticallywelcomed this innovative approach in thedairy sector.

40

Chapter 4Agriculture

Page 42: BSG Ecology

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

4.16 There are a number of risks anduncertainties that will affect progress over the next5 years. The outcomes of future Governmentspending reviews and the financial limitations ofthe pillar 2 of the CAP will govern the resourcesthat will be available. Because this area is sosubstantially influenced by internationalagriculture, environment and trade policy, thesuccess of the policies set out in this strategy willdepend on the UK’s negotiating success.Crucially, continuing poor returns from farming willaffect farmers’ own ability to contribute financiallyto preserving and enhancing biodiversity.Uncertainties about the impact of futuretechnological change (including the introductionof novel crops and biotechnology) and the effectson agriculture of climate change ( e.g. theresponse to increased flood risk, water demandand shifting patterns of land use) will haveimpacts on biodiversity as yet unknown.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

4.17 This strategy will contribute to Defra’s PublicService Agreement target to:

● Reverse the long-term decline in the number offarmland birds by 2020, as measured annuallyagainst underlying trends. This will be part ofthe headline indicator (H1)

4.18 But new objectives are needed to measureprogress towards our vision. We want:

● An increasing proportion of total farmed landunder positive environmental management

● A situation where most farmers participate in atleast the entry level aspects of English agri-environmental schemes

● The majority of farmers to adopt a whole-farmapproach which fully integrates biodiversity as aconsideration in the management of their land

The following indicators for this sector will beadopted:

● Area of land under agri-environment schemeagreement in England (H4)

● Progress towards farmland HAP/SAP targets inEngland (A1)

● Condition of farmland SSSIs (A2)

● Extent and condition of farmland habitatfeatures (e.g. hedgerows, individual trees,ponds) (A3)

● Trends in plant diversity in fields and fieldmargins (A4)

● Number of farms with LEAF audit; number offarms achieving Assured Farm Standards (A5)

41

Chapter 4Agriculture

Page 43: BSG Ecology

VISION

5.1 Healthy and biologically diverse rivers, lakesand wetlands in a landscape managed for thesustainable use of water. This means a holisticapproach to land and water management, withactive support from local communities,recognising and benefiting from the social,economic and environmental gains.

5.2 Our aims are:

● To promote policies that tackle the root causeof damage to water and wetlands, harnessnatural processes rather than resist them, andthus reverse historical habitat degradation andfragmentation and restore the functioning andquality of wetland ecosystems.

● To achieve a whole catchment approach to landuse and water management, focusing efforts

where environmental risks are greatest andactions are most likely to result in significantbenefits

● To promote the principle, established in theWater Framework Directive16, that theecological health of the water environment is akey test of its sustainable management

The UK BAP has Action Plans for:

89 priority species – including the watervole, the allis shad and the southerndamselfly; and

9 priority habitats – including chalk rivers,lowland raised bogs and reedbeds,

that are associated with the fresh watersand wetlands in England.

Water and wetlands

16 EC Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC)

42

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

Surveysuccess

0%No report

16%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

15%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

24%

Extinct (pre-BAP)15%

Declining4%

No change17%

Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)

Surveysuccess

0%No report

16%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

15%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

24%

Extinct (pre-BAP)15%

Declining4%

No change17%

Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)

Page 44: BSG Ecology

43

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

5.3 Clean, fresh water is a fundamental humanneed. Water also provides an essential rawmaterial for agriculture, commerce and industry.Consequently water and wetland features havedetermined where people have settled, and howcommunities and economies have grown.

5.4 As the demand for water and land hasincreased with population growth and economicdevelopment, so have pressures on the water andwetland environment. For example, we havedeployed technical and engineering solutions tokeep land and property dry, and to maintain andimprove the quality and quantity of drinking watersupplies. As a consequence, reservoirs, landdrainage, river embankment and canalisationhave radically re-shaped our landscape.

5.5 Until recently, the ‘wise use’ of water, aprinciple which acknowledges the centralimportance of wetland ecosystems, has beenmarginal to mainstream water management. As aresult:

● Water quality, flood defence and waterabstraction problems have often been treatedseparately, with local solutions delivered on apiecemeal basis. This has hindered thedevelopment of catchment management usingthe natural functioning of water and wetlandhabitats at a landscape scale

● Nutrient, sediment and pesticide inputs to riversand lakes, derived from both point and diffusesources have caused deterioration in waterquality and damage to aquatic wildlife

● Land drainage, to maximise agriculturalproduction, and flood defence, to protectexpanding urban areas, have changed thenatural dynamics and behaviour of riversystems, which have contributed to thedegradation, fragmentation and loss of aquaticand wetland habitats

● Water abstraction in some areas has exceededthe natural ability of ground and surface watersto be replenished, with potential impacts forseveral freshwater habitats, particularly indrought years

The state of water and wetlands in England

Rivers

● 94% of rivers of good or fair quality in 2000 (upfrom 86% in 1990)

● despite recent improvements 55% of rivers stillhave high phosphate levels and 32% have highnitrate levels, which may lead to eutrophicationproblems

● 85% of lowland rivers have been physicallyaltered, with channels often disconnected fromtheir floodplain

● Wild salmon have declined in southern chalkrivers but increased in the post- industrialnorth. (The River Tyne is now the best salmonriver in England)

Lakes

● 46% of English lake SSSIs are affected bynutrient enrichment

Wetlands

● There are approximately 200,000ha of grazingmarsh, 5,000ha of reedbed and 1500ha offloodplain meadow, representing a smallfragment of the wetland that has been lost

● Undrained fenland has reduced from 3,380km2

in the 1700s to 10km2 in 1984

● Undisturbed raised bog has reduced by 94%to 200ha

● 500 SSSIs on floodplains need appropriatewater level management

Ponds

Following dramatic declines in 1960-80 thenumber of lowland ponds in England hasstabilised at around 200,000 but half are badlyaffected by nutrient enrichment

Page 45: BSG Ecology

44

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

(Mike Hammett, English Nature)The white-clawed crayfish is dependent on good water qualityand is also under threat from introduced North Americancrayfish.

5.6 Past reliance on fixing local symptoms ratherthan tackling the root causes has provedexpensive, not only in terms of the loss ofbiodiversity, but also because the recurrent natureof the problems has often proved costly toremedy. For example, the annual cost ofsediment-related problems in urban drainagesystems is estimated to be about £50m, whilstdealing with nutrient enrichment (eutrophication)problems in water costs in the order of £100m ayear.

5.7 The long-term social, economic andenvironmental benefits we could gain bydeveloping landscape-scale solutions for the wiseuse of water are now more widely recognised andneed to be encouraged further. This strategy aimsto help in the process, making the link betweenenvironmental management and the social andeconomic and biodiversity gains we can expect.

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT

5.8 The main statutory and policy drivers forimproving biodiversity through effective pollutioncontrol, sustainable abstraction and water levelmanagement are already in place. Increasingly,implementing the EC Water Framework Directivewill bring clear benefits for aquatic and wetlandwildlife.

5.9 There has already been considerableprogress. For example companies’ programmesfor 2000-2005 allow for £5bn of investments inquality improvements in sewerage. River waterquality is now the best since the industrialrevolution. Water abstraction problems are alsobeing resolved in some wetland SSSIs. Thebiodiversity targets set for flood defence operatingauthorities that are applicable to all flood defencecapital schemes have resulted in net gains ofmore than 150ha in both freshwater habitats, suchas chalk rivers, and coastal and intertidal habitats,such as saltmarsh. Progress has also been madein securing our remaining peatland resource fromfurther destruction. A number of river and wetlandrestoration projects involving voluntary conservationbodies, government agencies and watercompanies have been started in the last ten years.

Wise use of floodplains: the Parrett catchment

The EU LIFE-Environment programme haspart-funded a major project to create newways of achieving sustainable watermanagement for the benefit of allstakeholders in the River Parrett catchment– the largest river system in Somerset –which has suffered from severe flooding inthe recent past. The Somerset Levels andMoors is the most important lowland wetgrassland in England and 10% of its64,000ha is designated as a SpecialProtection Area (SPA).

The Environment Agency, English Nature,the RSPB and Somerset County Councilhave worked with the Levels and MoorsPartnership (LAMP), representing localcommunity interests, and have establisheda statement of common ground. Thepartnership aims to encourage integratedcatchment management and the WaterLevel Management Action Plan for the day-to-day management of water in the Levelsand Moors.

Page 46: BSG Ecology

45

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

Over the life of the project it will:

• Initiate a debate among stakeholders onthe future of farming in relation toenvironmental change

• Analyse the practicalities and economicsof creating washlands on the floodplainand mid-catchments

• Produce sustainability indicators tomonitor the effectiveness of changes inwater and land management

• Examine the economics of achievingfavourable condition of the SPA

• Produce the philosophy and design foran Integrated Catchment ManagementPlan for the Parrett system

• Design a ‘catchment-care’ programme tomaintain stakeholders’ involvement in themanagement of their catchment

5.10 We need to build on this momentum and,using knowledge from effective monitoring andassessment, to secure cost-effective investment offinancial and management effort that will benefitbiodiversity and people. Landscape-scalecountryside management will be necessary totackle diffuse agricultural pollution which isharming aquatic wildlife, and to reverse thefragmentation of river corridors and the past lossof wetlands.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Diffuse pollution from agriculture is an important issue for thewetland environment.

Protecting peat bogs for posterity

Raised peat bogs are amongst the mostvaluable habitats for biodiversity,supporting species found rarely elsewhere,such as sphagnum mosses and cottongrass. They also support invertebrates andoffer feeding areas for birds such as thenightjar. The greater part of England’sraised bog resource has been drained andtaken into agriculture, forestry, peat miningor landfill. It is estimated that 94% of thatwhich existed in the 1900s has been lost.

In recognition of the importance of thehabitat, in March 2002 English Nature andDefra bought out the rights for peatextraction at three of the largest workedbog sites in England from Scotts Ltd at acost of £17.3m. Peat cutting at Wedholme

Flow, Cumbria, and Thorne Moor, SouthYorkshire, has now ceased. There will alsobe a phased withdrawal from a third site atHatfield, with harvesting stopping therealtogether by autumn 2004. This actionprotects the three sites that jointly coverover 4000 hectares.

As part of the agreement, Scotts Ltd hascommitted itself to secure employmentthrough the processing of peat alternatives,and to work with English Nature to restorethe peat-forming capabilities of the sites.This will guarantee protection for threeNatura 2000 sites and prevent any furtherdamage caused by large scale commercialpeat extraction, whilst at the same timesafeguarding local employment.

Page 47: BSG Ecology

5.11 Given the landscape-scale influence of landmanagement on the quality of water and wetlandhabitats, changes in agricultural practice will holdthe key to much of the improvement sought forwater and wetland habitats. The Strategy’s workprogramme for agriculture, for example throughimplementation of the the Nitrates Directive andthe Government’s Sustainable Food and FarmingStrategy, should help to secure better environmentalconditions for aquatic and wetland wildlife.

5.12 Above all, however, we need to recognisethat healthy, fully-functioning ecosystems are apre-requisite for truly sustainable watermanagement and that this can only be achievedthrough further development of a catchment-scaleapproach. The European Commission’sBiodiversity Action Plan for Natural Resources17

identifies the EC Water Framework Directive(WFD) as the main new means by which this willbe put into practice at community level. The WFDwill increasingly set the context for the other policyinitiatives outlined in our programme of action forwater and wetlands.

The programme of action at Appendix 2 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.

5.13 In particular:

● Biodiversity will be an important element of theGovernment’s Water Policy Document to bepublished shortly

● We will encourage links between catchment-scale biodiversity targets and the River BasinManagement Plans prepared by theEnvironment Agency for the Water FrameworkDirective through the development of pilot sub-plans linked with relevant Local BiodiversityAction Plans

● We will take full account of the water quantityrequirements of wetland SSSIs and speciesidentified to meet BAP targets at a catchmentlevel, and consider them in abstraction andwater level management planning decisions

● We will identify policy instruments to addressdiffuse pollution from agriculture, considering

the role of regulation, economic instrumentsand advice with the aim of reducing nutrientrun-off, soil erosion and flood risk, helping toincrease biodiversity interest

● We will develop and implement biologicalbased water quality objectives to help protectpriority species and habitats and also includethem as an element of condition assessmentfor water-dependent SSSIs

● We will promote wetland conservation andenhancement in policies, plans and projects forwater level, flood management and waterwaysregeneration activities, looking in particular foropportunities to create wetland habitats as partof catchment-scale land management solutionsthat harness natural processes

● We will, through provisions in the Water Bill,seek improvements in regulating abstractionwhich will encourage sustainable waterresources management

● We will ensure that biodiversity is properly takeninto account as a driver in Ofwat’s forthcomingreview of water prices for 2005-2010

● We will continue to tackle, through theEnvironment Agency’s review of consents, thepollution, harmful abstraction and other watermanagement problems affecting Natura 2000sites

● We will promote pond conservation measuresthrough agri-environment schemes andrecognition of Local Biodiversity Action Plans inthe land-use planning system through therevised PPG9

● We will take account of the findings of theGovernment’s review of non-native species inrespect of those that threaten wetlandecosystems, considering awareness campaignsand a programme of prevention, containmentand management as appropriate

● We will continue to promote and encourage theuse of peat alternatives to safeguard thepeatland resource

46

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

17 Commission document COM(2001) 162 final Volume II/V

Page 48: BSG Ecology

47

Chapter 5Water and wetlands

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

5.14 A major concern is that current problemsmay well intensify as a result of climate change.Uncertainties about temperature regimes andlocal rainfall patterns could exacerbate potentialcompetition for water, whilst more intense stormevents will inevitably increase soil erosion, nutrientand pesticide run-off, and heighten public anxietyabout floods. Chalk streams were indentified inthe MONARCH study as particularly vulnerable toclimate change.

5.15 There are also still considerableuncertainties over the precise ecologicalrequirements of several species and habitats.Further scientific research is needed to determinethe most effective risk-based approach to tacklingthis uncertainty, thereby allowing us to be moreconfident about setting achievable cost-effectivetargets and tracking progress towards them. Thethreat to native wildlife posed by invasiveintroduced species could be a significant futureproblem which, for some species, may becompounded by climate change.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

5.16 The biodiversity indicators that we will use forthis sector are:

● Biological quality of rivers in England (H7)

● Progress towards water and wetland HAP/SAPtargets in England (including the contribution ofhigh level flood management targets) (W1)

● Condition of water and wetland SSSIs inEngland (W2)

● Populations of water and wetland birds inEngland (W3)

● Trends in riverine plant diversity in England(W4)

● Nutrient levels in rivers and lakes (W5)

● Number of rivers meeting conservation targetsfor salmon (W6)

Page 49: BSG Ecology

48

Chapter 6Woodland andforestry

VISION

6.1 Woodland and forests, managed andcreated to enhance both woodland and non-woodland species and habitats, that at the sametime provide sustainable goods, environmentalservices and recreational benefits enhancingpeople’s quality of life.

(Mike Hammett, English Nature)England supports most of the UK population of the dormouse, aspecies of coppice woodland.

Our aims are:

● To conserve the biodiversity of all woodlandtypes, particularly ancient semi-naturalwoodland, veteran trees and wood pasture

● To protect biodiversity-rich woodland fromexternal threats from industry and surroundingland uses to ensure its role is fully recognisedin development proposals

● To ensure that forestry and woodlandmanagement and creation enhances non-woodland habitats and species, and contributesto the conservation of biodiversity at a wider,landscape scale

● To fulfil the potential of forestry as one of thebest examples of sustainable development andto increase woodland’s role in enhancingpeople’s quality of life

Woodland and forestry

Surveysuccess

0%No report

16%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

15%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

24%

Extinct (pre-BAP)15%

Declining4%

No change17%

Figure 2: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

9%

Water and wetlands (n = 89 species)

No report14%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

12%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

43%

Extinct (pre-BAP)12%

Declining5%

No change8%

Figure 3: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

6%

Woodland and forestry management (n = 65 species)

Page 50: BSG Ecology

49

Chapter 6Woodland andforestry

18 Forestry Commission 1998 UK Forestry Standard (Forestry Commission)

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

6.2 There are two main threats to biodiversityassociated with this sector:

● Threats to the biodiversity of ancient trees andnative woodland, including subtle decline, lackof appropriate management, and – occasionally– total loss

● The negative impacts of certain types of forestry(plantations in particular) and forestry practiceson non-woodland habitats and species

The programme of action at Appendix 3 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)In the past, some trees have been planted in the wrong places.Removing these plantations is an important part of therestoration of our heathlands.

The UK BAP has Action Plans for thefollowing habitats and species associatedwith woodland and forests in England:

65 priority species associated withwoodland – including the high brownfritillary butterfly, the red squirrel and thebullfinch.

5 priority habitats– upland oakwoods,upland mixed ashwoods, wet woodlands,lowland beech and yew woodland, woodpasture and parkland.

A new HAP for lowland mixed deciduouswoodland is currently in preparation.

BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT

6.3 Trees, woodland and forests arequintessential features of the landscapes andenvironment of almost every part of England.Woodland is an important land use, and has beena source of renewable materials and energy for aslong as people have settled here. And woodlandhas provided a range of environmental and socialbenefits. The long lifetime of trees and the verylong continuity of woodland cover has meant thatplanning for future generations has always beenpart of woodland management. Sustainability isthus a familiar concept in this land use and in theforestry profession.

6.4 The last two decades have seen the threestrands of sustainability established on a moreequitable footing in forestry. Conservation ofbiodiversity is now seen as an integral part ofwoodland management and creation. The HAPsand SAPs have provided a valuable framework forplanning, and a great deal of woodland creationand improvement has already been completed.However, there is a need for woodland ownersand managers to be more fully engaged with theaspirations and delivery of these plans. There isalso a need to increase recognition of the role thatwoodland biodiversity can play in enhancing thequality of life of local communities and promotingsustainable development in both rural and urbanareas.

6.5 The UK’s forestry policy has been re-shapedsince the 1992 Rio Earth Summit, and the UKfulfilled its commitment in Rio by producingSustainable Forestry: the UK Programme toaccompany the UK Biodiversity Action Plan in1994. The twin objectives of UK forest policy are:

● the sustainable management of our existingwoods and forests; and

● a continued steady expansion of our woodlandarea to provide more benefits for society andour environment.

6.6 All forest operations approved by theForestry Commission are subject to compliancewith the UK Forestry Standard18, a comprehensivebenchmark of sustainable practice.

Page 51: BSG Ecology

50

Chapter 6Woodland andforestry

19 England Forestry Strategy – a new focus for England’s Woodlands, Forestry Commission 1999

6.7 The Government’s strategic priorities andprogrammes for woodlands and forestry in Englandare set out the England Forestry Strategy (EFS)19.Biodiversity plays a significant role in each of itsfour key programmes:

● Promoting the rural economy and employment,where biodiversity plays a role in sustaining ruralenterprises dependent on either wildlife or game

● Restoring former industrial land and enhancingurban environments which can bring woodlandwildlife right into the heart of our cities andmake woodland birdsong and wildflowers apart of people’s everyday lives

(Forest Life Picture Library)Woodlands can provide environmental and social benefits aswell as economic income.

● Promoting public access and recreationactivities in woodland; there is no doubt thatobserving a wide variety of wildlife enhancesmost people’s visits to woodland

● Conserving our environmental resources,landscape character and cultural heritage, withbiodiversity being the element which literallybrings landscapes to life, and which has had amajor influence on their evolution over themillennia

6.8 The Felling Licence regulations and theWoodland Grant Scheme (WGS), operated by theForestry Commission, are the main deliverymechanisms for protecting and managing treesand woodland. More specifically, WoodlandImprovement Grants have been targeted topromote management operations to improvebiodiversity within existing woodlands. WGS incombination with the Farm Woodland Premium

Scheme (FWPS) supports woodland creation, andseeks to create 3000ha of new woodland onfarmland each year. Both WGS and FWPSschemes are currently under review.

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE

6.9 The programme of action for this sector(see Appendix 3) has a comprehensive rangeof actions to ensure that our aims are achieved.In summary it will:

Protect native woodland from furtherdamage, i.e.

● Take measures to prevent loss or damage toancient woodland and trees, and their uniquelyrich biodiversity, from development and mineralextraction

● Tackle the adverse impacts from agriculturalactivities on land adjoining woodland and inwood pasture, including intensification, over-grazing and drift of agro-chemicals

● Arrest undesirable change in woodland due tothe impact of certain species (especiallyrhododendron, deer and grey squirrels)

Enhance, extend and restore the existingnative woodland resource, i.e.

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Climate change may have a significant adverse effect on thelong term future of beech woodland in southern England.

● Seek better evidence about the ecologicalcondition and threats to native woodland,wood pasture and ancient trees and betterunderstanding and awareness of theimplications of climate change

Page 52: BSG Ecology

51

Chapter 6Woodland andforestry

● Encourage woodland management whichconserves and enhances the rich biodiversity ofour native woodland – including promoting therestoration of ancient woodland sites andparkland adversely affected by past coniferplantation

● Create new native woodland where it willcomplement, enhance and protect both existingwoodland and open ground habitats

Manage non-native woodland to improvebiodiversity in the wider landscape, i.e.

● Diversify and restructure commercialplantations to provide a range of habitats andstructures, to suit both woodland and non-woodland species

● Take appropriate opportunities to re-create orrestore open-ground habitats, such as heathand moorland, by removal of the largelyconiferous plantations that were established onthem in previous decades

Realise the broader quality of life benefits ofwoodland biodiversity, i.e.

● Improve the evidence on the contribution ofwoodland, and its associated biodiversity, topeople’s quality of life and on the value of theenvironmental services it provides

● Secure more high quality public access towoodland with rich biodiversity. This willenhance people’s enjoyment, provide healthbenefits and increase public understanding ofwoodland and the sustainability of woodproducts

HOW WE WILL ACHIEVE THIS

6.10 To achieve these outcomes, the programmeof action for woodland will use the following tools:

● Refined Government approaches to theconservation and restoration of ancientwoodland in England, and on re-creation ofopen habitats from forestry plantations

● More effective incentives to woodlandowners, including closer integration of forestryand agri-environment measures to achievebenefits at a landscape scale. The mid-termreview of the ERDP and the results from thereviews of woodland creation and managementof existing woodland in England will guide thedevelopment of new incentives

● Better advice/services to inspire and guidewoodland owners and managers, and to ensurepests and other threats are adequatelyaddressed

● Promotion of the role of woodland in providingenvironmental benefits, such as flood alleviationand recreation, to both urban and ruralcommunities

● Practical action by the Forestry Commissionon its own estate to further realise the potentialof public forests to enhance biodiversity andpublic enjoyment; (e.g. restoration of plantationson ancient woodland sites to native woodland)

● Research and development to increase ourknowledge of the condition of woodlandbiodiversity, to gather evidence on the extent ofthe non-market benefits and to increase ourawareness of the conservation needs ofwoodland biodiversity

(Derek Ratcliffe, Plantlife)Recent conservation management has arrested the decline ofthe sword-leaved helleborine (Cephalanthera longifolia) – awoodland orchid. But lack of appropriate managementcontinues to result in the decline of many woodland plants.

Page 53: BSG Ecology

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

6.11 Achieving what we want will not be easy. Incommon with many other land uses, we do nothave an adequate information base on theresource, nor a full understanding of themanagement techniques and natural dynamics ofall habitats and species, hence the need forfurther research.

6.12 There are two fundamental and closelyrelated challenges which will affect progress.Firstly, the fall in timber prices has reduced theeconomic viability of most forestry enterprises,

The White Rose Forest

The White Rose Forest is an urban forestryproject that aims to create a genuinely well-wooded landscape, benefiting the people,economy and wildlife of West Yorkshire.It is supported by partners including theCountryside Agency, Forestry Commission,local authorities and non-governmentalorganisations.

As a sub-regional initiative, the White RoseForest has been able to secure significantsupport from the Regional DevelopmentAgency, Yorkshire Forward, to fund deliverythrough local projects. This has beenmatched with contributions from partnerorganisations and funding from landfill tax.

The White Rose Forest is concerned withbiodiversity among a number of keyobjectives. It directly contributes tobiodiversity targets, such as through therestoration of upland oak clough woodlandin the Southern Pennines, and requiresecological appraisal of all projects to avoidadverse impacts.

The White Rose Forest exemplifies anapproach that includes biodiversity withinbroader regeneration and environmentalenhancement objectives. For example it isworking with partners to explore the use ofwoodland and tree establishment withincatchments to reduce the risk of localflooding and contribute to habitat targetssuch as those for wet woodland.

and thereby reduced their ability to fundmanagement activity for biodiversity. Even thosemanaged primarily for non-market benefits havesuffered a fall in any secondary income fromtimber. There is therefore an increased need todevelop new value-added markets for timber, andalso alternative woodland-based enterprises.

6.13 The second major challenge is that less thanhalf the area of woodland is currently underappropriate management within an approvedscheme. Although many woods do not needactive intervention, in the short term many arevulnerable to slow decline or are under threat.Many unmanaged woods are also likely to beunder-performing in terms of providing benefits fortheir owners and for wider society. We have alimited knowledge of the condition of suchwoodland, and we have an equally limitedengagement with the owners. If we are to bring alarger area back into management we have toprovide the advice, support and inspirationtailored to the needs of the owners of allwoodland. Linked to both of these is the decline inthe capacity of the forestry contracting sector,which is likely to affect delivery on the ground.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

6.14 A set of UK Indicators of SustainableForestry is currently being finalised, including acluster relating to biodiversity. The specificbiodiversity indicators we will use for this part ofthis Strategy are:

● Populations of woodland birds (H1)

● Progress towards woodland HAP/SAP targets inEngland (F1)

● Condition of woodland SSSIs in England (F2)

● Trends in woodland plant diversity (F3)

● Area of ancient/broadleaved woodland underan approved management regime (F4)

● Area of ancient woodland open for publicaccess and number of leisure day visits towoodland (F5)

52

Chapter 6Woodland andforestry

Page 54: BSG Ecology

VISION

7.1 Towns and cities which have a place forwildlife, and in which a flourishing biodiversitymakes a real contribution to the quality of life ofurban residents, workers and visitors.Development that makes minimal impact onwildlife habitats and contributes to theconservation of biodiversity.

(Jeremy Dagley, English Nature)Suburban gardens can be an important habitat for the stag beetle.

Our aims are:

● To ensure that cities, towns and othersettlements contribute fully to the goals ofbiodiversity conservation

● To ensure that construction, planning,development and regeneration have minimaladverse impacts on biodiversity and enhance itwhere possible

● To ensure that biodiversity conservation isintegral to sustainable urban communities, bothin the built environment, and in parks andgreen spaces

● To ensure that biodiversity conservation isintegral to measures to improve the quality of

people’s lives, delivered through other initiativese.g. Community Strategies, includingNeighbourhood Renewal and CulturalStrategies, social inclusion, health and equalityof opportunity

● To value, further and enhance people’s owncontributions to improving biodiversity in townsand cities and to increase their access to it

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

7.2 An important part of our biodiversity has itshome in urban areas, whether inner cities, markettowns or suburbs. The black redstart is almostwholly an inner urban bird in England, and somespecies, such as the common frog, stag beetleand juniper pug moth have nationally significantpopulations in suburban areas. Improvements inwater and air quality over the past 30 years,together with the maturation of the urban forest,have enabled many species to colonise our townsand cities with some success. These include awide range of fish species returning to urbanrivers and the growing success for example ofgrey heron, great spotted woodpecker andspeckled wood butterfly. But others, such as rook,have disappeared, or are declining, likehedgehog. Any comprehensive biodiversitystrategy or policy needs to include our towns and

Habitat and Species Action Plansparticularly relevant to urban areas anddevelopment include:

Lowland heathsWood pasture and parkland

Stag beetleGreat crested newtSong thrushWater voleBats

53

Towns, cities anddevelopment

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

Page 55: BSG Ecology

cities as much as rural and marine areas, and weneed to move away from the widespreadassumption that nature belongs solely in thecountryside. Indeed, some of the best places forbiodiversity in towns and cities can be in areas of‘encapsulated countryside’, where the pressureson biodiversity are similar to those of the widercountryside.

7.3 The main concerns for biodiversityassociated with urbanisation and development are:

● Pressure on high-value land for developmentand other uses leads to the potential for conflictwith biodiversity objectives

● Urban green spaces often consist of highly-managed, largely artificial landscapes used formany competing interests and maintainedusing methods not always sympathetic tobiodiversity

● The population density of urban areas leaveslittle space for natural processes to operateeffectively

● A common perception that nature is not of orfor towns and cities, and thus an unwantedintrusion

● Gardening practices can be the source ofintroduced species with the capacity to causedamage to native habitats and species. Petscan have adverse impacts on wildlife in certaincircumstances

The programme of action at Appendix 4 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to tackle these concerns.

7.4 Although only about 10% of England’s landcover is urbanised, we are an urban nation;almost 90% of the population lives in towns andcities. This figure is set to grow. The role of thenatural world, albeit often in stylised forms, inenhancing the quality of life in urban areas haslong been recognised. This country’s tradition ofcity parks and squares and town houses with their

own gardens matches any in Europe. Our urbantrees and woods help to reduce air pollution; theyprovide shade from ultra violet light; and they actas a buffer to wind and noise. Even the simplestexperiences of feeding ducks in the park,watching tadpoles in the garden pond, andhearing the robin singing on the way to work bringabout the contact with nature that researchsuggests is an important contribution to ourmental well-being. The role of natural greenspaces in contributing to urban people’s health, toflood control, pollution amelioration, andeconomic value is increasingly recognised.

(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Many developments can incorporate features to enhancebiodiversity.

7.5 The Urban White Paper20 set out theGovernment’s policy of bringing an urbanrenaissance to our towns and cities. The aim is todeliver real improvements in terms of localeconomies, quality housing and schools, socialcapacity, and people’s everyday environments –to improve ‘liveability’. Biodiversity has anessential role to play in liveability improvements:‘designing with nature’, especially in buildings andpublic spaces, can improve people’s quality of lifedirectly and show how nature can itself work tomaintain the qualities of land, air and water forpeople’s benefit. And there are benefits andopportunities within towns and cities to createhabitats through new development, with someinnovative schemes that show that biodiversitycan be conserved and even enhanced as aconsequence of urbanisation and development.

54

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

20 Our Towns and Cities: The Future Delivering an Urban Renaissance DETR November 2000

Page 56: BSG Ecology

(Charron Pugsley-Hill, English Nature)Garden ponds are an important wildlife habitat.

7.6 There is already tremendous enthusiasm fornature in urban populations. The populations thatlive and work in urban areas are important tosuccess in conserving biodiversity not just intowns but also in the wider countryside.Membership of nature conservation organisations(some 5 million) outstrips that of political partiesand 78% of households say that they take someaction to encourage wildlife into their gardens.There is a tradition of innovation and enthusiasmwithin the urban nature conservation movementthat we need to harness to maximise thebiodiversity of urban areas.

55

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

Totalhouseholdsgardeningfor wildlife

Feed wildbirds

Avoid usingchemicals

Plantvarieties

attractive towildlife

Make anduse owncompost

Put up anestbox

Leave deadwood orleaves

Feed wildanimals

Use peatsubstitutes

Have a pondto attractwildlife

Have aspecial

wildlife area

Activity

Source: ODPM Survey of English Housing 2001–2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

% o

f h

ous

eho

lds

with

gar

den

Figure 4: Gardening with wildlife in mind

Page 57: BSG Ecology

7.7 Although there are few priority BAP habitatsand species which depend on towns and citiesthere is considerable energy in the delivery ofLocal Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs) for urbanareas. All LBAPs so far published have somerelevance to them. Many identify local action fornational priorities (e.g. heathland, stag beetle,bats). Some LBAPs address towns and cities with ageneric action plan for urban habitats (e.g. Surrey).Others, usually including the larger cities, addressa suite of habitats and species more typical of townsand cities, and reflecting where many people’svalues in nature lie. These include, urbangrasslands, parks and gardens (e.g. Newcastle,North Merseyside, Birmingham & the BlackCountry), cemeteries and churchyards (e.g.London), and wasteland and industrial land (e.g.Newcastle, Sheffield). Many have also taken the leadfor species with no nationally co-ordinated action(e.g. black redstart, peregrine falcon), or haveidentified species that have subsequently becomenational conservation issues (e.g. house sparrow).

7.8 A few LBAPs have specifically addressed thehard, built environment. Those for Newcastle,Birmingham and the Black Country, Westminster,Camden, and Hull contain specific plans forbuildings and other artificial structures. Othershave action plans for species that use the builtenvironment, such as swift, house martin and bats.

Nature and Community development:Castle Manor estate Sheffield

The Sheffield Wildlife Trust is makingnature conservation central to the socialand environmental regeneration of the mostdeprived wards of the city. Using £10m ofpartnership funding, 22 green estateprojects will be implemented over 8 years.The initiative has involved many localresidents in the areas’ transformation fromderelict estates into natural beauty. Therewill be community parks and gardens and awhole urban renaissance for people andwildlife. The key to success is in givinglocal people a direct say in how thecommunity gardens, tree nurseries andgreen spaces are managed.

Green roofs and black redstarts

Concerns at the loss of breeding sites ofblack redstart in parts of inner London, hasled to a range of initiatives that mayeventually lead to a renaissance of greenroofs – those with vegetation or otherhabitats built onto them. The black redstartis a priority species of the London BAP, andthe London Wildlife Trust in partnershipwith local people, English Nature, theBritish Trust for Ornithology and others,has produced guidance to alert and aiddevelopers and planners. This hasprogressed through the enthusiasm of localvolunteers to the design and recentinstallation of pilot ‘brownfield’ roofs inDeptford, and the preparation of detailedguidance on the web:www.blackredstart.org.uk

The London Borough of Lewisham hasadopted a green roofs policy in their UDPand the Lewisham Biodiversity Partnershiphas drafted a Green Roof Action Plan.Green roofs for black redstarts will be partof the developments at the Kings CrossChannel Tunnel link, the World TradeCentre at Canary Wharf, the new Arsenalfootball stadium and Battersea PowerStation.

English Nature has funded continuingresearch on the potential of a variety typesof green roofs to conserve biodiversity inurban areas, and will promote theirenvironmental benefits to the urbandevelopment professions.

56

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

Page 58: BSG Ecology

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT.

7.9 The programme of action set out in thisstrategy focuses in particular on the following:

● Integration of biodiversity into policies andprogrammes for sustainable urbancommunities, through the development andpromulgation of awareness and good practicein using biodiversity for urban regeneration.Existing examples are: Building for Nature(SEEDA), the Creekside Environment Project(Deptford, London), Developing Naturally(ALGE) and forthcoming guidance from EnglishNature on green roofs and brownfielddevelopment.

Cambridgeshire County Council has produced guidance forincorporating biodiversity interests into a whole series ofdevelopments from housing, minerals, waste and transport.

● Planning policies and developmentdecisions that recognise the need toconserve and enhance biodiversity. PlanningPolicy Guidance Notes (PPGs) 3 and 17recognise the importance of biodiversity in thecontext of housing and open space planning.

We are preparing a revision of Planning PolicyGuidance No. 9 on nature conservation, whichwill take full account of the needs ofbiodiversity, including that in built-up areas.Consultation on the revised guidance will takeplace in Spring 2003.

● The planning and implementation of large-scale strategic and infrastructure projectsthat take full account of the needs ofprotected areas and species and widerbiodiversity. Large-scale projects, for examplefor transport and energy infrastructure, shouldtake account of the potential impacts onbiodiversity along with other environmentalimpacts at all stages from preliminary planning,through detailed design to implementation. Forprojects subject to the European Directive onEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) effectson fauna and flora must be assessed. TheStrategic Environmental Assessment (SEA)Directive, which will apply from 2004 to a rangeof plans and programmes that set frameworksfor such projects, creates a specificrequirement to consider effects on biodiversity.Mitigation of adverse effects and compensationfor damage are required in some cases, forexample under the EU Habitats and BirdsDirectives. Experience to date supports theview that in most instances development canlive side by side with nature and damage tobiodiversity can often be avoided by carefulchoice of location and design and by usingopportunities for enhancement.

● Encouragement to local authorities anddevelopers to see the potential ofbiodiversity as an enhancement todevelopments through good practice sharing,partnership and guidance. Existing examplesare the Wetland Centre, Barnes and Leamouthin London. Work will continue on biodiversityindicators for the construction industry throughthe DTI-funded CIRIA project.

● Incorporation of more biodiversity elementsinto green buildings. Our aim is to contributeto making environmentally sound buildingdesign a more mainstream practice byencouraging the development of expertise inthe biodiversity elements of green buildingsthrough the relevant professional bodies. This is

57

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

Page 59: BSG Ecology

an area that requires further research, but astart has been made with English Nature’s workon green roofs.

● Urban parks and green spaces managedwith biodiversity as a core principle, andgreater recognition of the biodiversity valuesand potential of more informal green spacesuch as churchyards, cemeteries, institutionalgrounds, transport corridors and allotments.The Government’s response to the work of theUrban Green Spaces Taskforce will includemeasures to encourage the improvement of thebiodiversity quality of formal and informal greenspaces in towns.

● Further understanding of biodiversity ingardens and parks and encouragement ofgardening practices in urban areas thatenhance wildlife through information, publicityand citizen science. The 1998 stag beetlesurvey (PTES and others) and 2001 GardenSafari (Wildlife Trusts, Daily Telegraph and BBCTomorrow’s World) and 2002 RSPB Big GardenBirdwatch involved hundreds of thousands ofpeople, demonstrating the public’s interest inhelping to understand biodiversity.

● Recognition of the opportunities of LocalNature Reserves – these are local sites whichthrough positive management and partnershipwith local communities can bring the benefits ofnature closer to people and people closer tonature. 35% of England’s Local Nature Reservesare urban, and a further 33% lie within 1 km ofan urban area, so they are an important tool forconservation in urban and suburban areas.

● Promotion of a standardised approach to theidentification of local wildlife sites. Manyauthorities, including those in towns and cities,have identified sites that are an importantbiodiversity resource. These are recognised bydevelopment plans and have been given weightin planning decisions and at public inquiries.The selection of these sites on their biologicalinterest is often given added weight by thesocial and educational values they can provide,especially in urban areas (see paragraph 3.12).

Connecting with London’s Nature:The Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategy

London is one of the greenest of worldcities. The parks and other green spacesare renowned, and the Thames is one ofthe cleanest metropolitan rivers in Europe.The green spaces support a huge variety ofplants and animals; over 1,500 species offlowering plants and 300 types of birdshave been recorded in recent years.Wildlife habitat extends from the fringes ofthe urban area right into the heart of thecity and includes woodlands, meadows,wetlands, rivers, parks and the ‘urban’habitats found, for example, on disusedrailway land or areas where buildings havebeen demolished and nature has takenover. The Mayor’s strategy sets out howthese important features and their benefitsto the population of London can be lookedafter for the future.

The London Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategywas launched in July 200221, and is one of8 strategies the Mayor must produce. Allthe other strategies have links tobiodiversity and thus biodiversity isembedded into the whole range of policiesfor London’s future. The SpatialDevelopment Strategy, for example, will setout an integrated social, economic andenvironmental framework for the futuredevelopment of London including policiesto protect, manage and enhancebiodiversity.

Partnership is essential to the delivery ofthe strategy. Borough Councils, communitygroups, businesses, conservationorganisations and individual Londoners willall need to work together with the Mayor tomeet the Strategy’s aims. A vital player isthe London Biodiversity Partnership,chaired by the GLA, which brings togetherthose with a stake in the future ofbiodiversity in London.

For more details see www.london.gov.uk

58

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

21 Connecting with London’s Nature The Mayor’s Biodiversity Strategy July 2002 GLA

Page 60: BSG Ecology

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

7.10 Despite the enthusiasm for nature among alot of urban residents, a great many people havelimited access to nature, and a significant minoritylive and work in areas where the quality of theenvironment is very poor. Dealing with life’spressures often means that biodiversity or accessto natural green space close to home are lowpriorities for many. Addressing environmentalexclusion, by demonstrating the contribution thatthe natural world can make to improving people’slives, will require broadening the appeal andbenefits of biodiversity conservation to a verymuch wider audience. This will be a significantchallenge.

7.11 The choices that people make to spend theirtime and money are diversifying rapidly. It ispossible that technology and ‘virtual’ experienceswill further increase the disconnection betweenpeople and nature. Knowledge of globalenvironmental issues is widespread, but appearsto translate poorly locally. The increased ethnicdiversity within England’s towns and cities andwider awareness of other global environments(through increased travel) will result in newevaluations and interpretations of the environmentin which people choose to live, work and play. Thechallenge is to address the widely varying valuesystems that people place on the naturalenvironment, and how these may diversify withincreasing cultural multiplicity and technologicalchoices.

7.12 The need to maintain competitiveness in anincreasingly global economy, as well as theGovernment’s vision for an urban renaissance, arelikely to continue to require new development,including extensions to transport infrastructurenew offices and workspaces and new housing.The demand for urbanisation will lead to furtherdevelopment on brownfield sites, and pressureson other open areas, some of which are ofbiodiversity interest. In the face of such pressures,the challenge of sustainable development willrequire dedication, imagination and flair.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

7.13 The biodiversity indicators we will use for thissector are:

● Progress towards urban related SAP targets(T1)

● Condition of SSSIs in urban areas (T2)

● Populations of birds in towns and gardens (T3)

● Ease of access to local green space andcountryside (T4)

● Proportions of households in Englandundertaking wildlife gardening (T5)

● Unitary Development/Structure Plans withbiodiversity policies and targets (T6)

59

Chapter 7Towns, cities anddevelopment

Page 61: BSG Ecology

60

Essay 2

The effects of climate change onbiodiversityThe Changing Climate

The Earth’s climate is undergoing exceptional change. The latest predictions of the UK Climate ImpactsProgramme (UKCIP) in April 2002 suggest that climate change will be earlier and sharper thanpreviously thought. The predictions are based on the Hadley Centre’s latest climate models and fouremissions scenarios provided by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC).

Records indicate that temperatures in central England rose by almost 1°C during the 20th Century; the1990s was the warmest decade since records began in the 1660s. In the UK during the last 100 years, thegrowing season has extended by about one month, and the average UK sea level has risen approximately10 cm (after taking account of natural land movements).

By the 2080s, the scenarios suggest:

● Average annual temperature rising by between 2°C and 3.5°C.

● Winter precipitation increasing by perhaps 10% to 35%.

● Summers between 35% and 50% drier and sunnier.

● More frequent extreme weather events.

● Rising relative sea levels, by between 26 and 86cm above the current level in south east England.

Ongoing research studies, such as the collaborative MONARCH project (Modelling Natural ResourceResponses to Climate Change), are developing models and techniques to forecast the impacts of climatechange on wildlife and geological features in the UK. The results so far indicate that the responses ofdifferent species to climate change will vary: some will lose suitable ‘climate space’ whilst others willgain. For most species, however, the geographical location of suitable climate space will shift; in somecases there will be no overlap with current distributions.

Addressing climate change in the UK and globally

The Government is taking steps to stabilise the concentration of greenhouse gases in the Earth’satmosphere, to mitigate the severity of climate change. The UK Government’s target, under the EUburden-sharing agreement to meet its Kyoto commitment, is a 12.5% reduction in greenhouse gasemissions by 2010. The Government’s domestic goal, to cut CO2 emissions by 20% below 1990 levels by2010, is supported by a programme that combines fiscal measures with voluntary incentives. However,despite these actions, CO2 emissions are expected to increase globally, compared to current levels, bybetween approximately 12% and 200% by 2050, according to the latest IPCC assessment.

Page 62: BSG Ecology

61

Climate change impacts on biodiversity

Research studies have shown that climate change is likely to have a major impact on biodiversity inEngland. Some species will be affected directly as climatic conditions within their current distributionsbecome less suitable. For example, some Arctic and Alpine species (such as Trailing Azalea and theMountain Ringlet butterfly) which are relics of the last Ice Age, may become less able to compete with aninflux of temperate species as the climate warms in the mountains of northern England. Some vulnerablespecies may become locally extinct. Species currently restricted to southern England may find suitableclimates extending northwards (such as Sea Purslane and Azure Damselfly), but they may not be able todisperse to and colonise suitable habitats. Some habitats (including raised bogs, wet heaths, coastal duneslacks, drought-prone acid grasslands and beech woodlands) and their associated species will be affectedby changes to the hydrological cycle, especially increases in summer drought in south east England.Coastal habitats will be affected by rising sea levels and increased storminess.

Climate change will also have indirect effects on biodiversity through, for example, changes in land use,demand for water, and patterns of recreational activity. In addition, conditions may become morefavourable for the spread of invasive non-native species. Evidence from the recently published ButterflyAtlas suggests that distributions of some butterflies are already changing in response to climate change.Overall, we need to ensure that we have adequate monitoring systems in place to detect the effects ofclimate change.

Adapting to climate change

It is difficult to frame a precise response when there remains so much uncertainty about future climates.Instead our response has to be to maximise the adaptive capacity of the predominately semi-naturalecosystems in England and to avoid setting ourselves impossible tasks in trying to maintain current orrestore pre-existing patterns of biodiversity. All our objectives for 20 or 50 years hence should takeaccount of the likelihood of significant climate change. In helping biodiversity to flourish now we arealso improving its ability to cope with future pressures. In promoting policies which regard biodiversityas a component of a larger ecosystem, operating across whole landscapes or seas, we are better able tomanage change in those ecosystems to sustain biodiversity.

As our knowledge of the likely impacts of climate change improves, through continued research andmonitoring, we will need to adjust our management strategies and target actions where they will be mosteffective in enabling vulnerable species to survive or to disperse to and colonise new areas. Schemes forhabitat creation and restoration will have to take account of likely new conditions as the new habitatsbecome established. Management of our network of protected sites will be critical as they not onlyprovide the main ‘hot spots’ from which biodiversity must disperse, but also the more natural ecosystemscapable of providing a ‘home’ for new colonists. Future condition assessments will need to take theselikely changes into account.

The UK Biodiversity Action Plan and the England Biodiversity Strategy provide the necessary policyframework to adapt to the long-term implications of climate change. Climate change will be an importantfactor in the continuing management of priority species and habitats and in the planning of actions toconserve them. The BAP and the Strategy also provide systematic frameworks of reporting andmonitoring, which can be used to steer adaptation to climate change over the coming decades.

Climate change indicator: Changes in abundance of climate sensitive species at Environmental ChangeNetwork sites in England (C1).

Page 63: BSG Ecology

62

Chapter 8The Coasts and seas

VISION

8.1 Clean, healthy, safe productive andbiologically diverse oceans and seas and acoastline which reconciles human needs with theconservation and restoration of wildlife habitats,as far as possible through natural processes.

(Roger Mitchell, English Nature)The edible sea urchin, one of over 44,000 species found aroundour coasts.

Our aims are:

● To maintain, and promote the recovery of theoverall quality of our seas and coasts, theirphysical and biological processes andbiodiversity

● To ensure the inclusion of considerations aboutbiodiversity as part of the development anddelivery of policies relating to marine andcoastal management

● To ensure the inclusion of considerations aboutbiodiversity into the activities of all thoseinvolved in coastal and marine use anddevelopment

The UK BAP has:

● 58 species action plans – including forsand lizard, shore dock, small dolphinsand marine turtles, and

● 17 habitat action plans – including forsand dunes, mudflats, cold water reefsand salt marsh

that are associated with the coasts andseas around England.

The Coasts and seas

No report35%

Insufficient information(surveys required)

10%

Insufficient information(surveys started)

22%

Extinct (pre-BAP)7%

Declining2%

No change19%

Figure 5: Progress with Biodiversity Action Plans

Signs ofrecovery

5%

The coasts and seas (n = 58 species action plans)

Page 64: BSG Ecology

63

Chapter 8The Coasts and seas

22 Safeguarding our Seas May 2002 Defra

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

8.2 People have had a major effect on thecomposition of life in marine ecosystems in termsof size, abundance, diversity, distribution, geneticcomposition and extent of habitats The mainspecific concerns for biodiversity in coastal areasand in the marine environment are:

● Pressures on coastal habitats arising fromconstruction, mineral extraction, recreation andtourism

● Loss of habitat through ‘coastal squeeze’,exacerbated by sea-level rise, where flooddefences prevent landward migration of inter-tidal or littoral habitats

● Over-exploitation of the natural resources of themarine environment, especially through fishing

● Pollution from land and at sea, includingorganic enrichment from sewage and fertiliserrun-off, hazardous substances which are toxic,persistent and liable to accumulate in marineorganisms

● Lack of satisfactory mechanisms for ensuringthat the conservation of nature at sea is as welldeveloped as on land

● Gaps in information about the components,quality, structure and functioning of the marineecosystem

(English Nature)Saline lagoons are being lost due to ‘coastal squeeze’.

Each of these is addressed by this Strategy.The Government’s first Marine StewardshipReport ‘Safeguarding our Seas’22 provides the

main policy framework for this part of thestrategy and has put an ecosystem-basedapproach to marine management at its heart.Sustainable development, integratedmanagement, stakeholder involvement, robustscience, the precautionary principle and theconservation of biodiversity are stressed asguiding principles.

(Chris Gomersall, RSPB Images)Retaining or developing coastal saltmarsh can providean effective alternative to man made coastal defences.

8.3 The coastline of England is represented by amixture of hard and soft geologies important for itsdiverse habitats and for the species they support.The marine environment is equally diverse and inmany cases extremely fragile and threatened. Theeconomic value of the coast and seas is oftenimplicitly linked to the presence of biodiversity,either through direct use of resources or indirectlythrough the importance of wildlife and nature totourism and recreation.

8.4 Coastal habitats, particularly thoseassociated with soft geology, are usually verydynamic and so their condition depends on thegeomorphological processes which shape them.This is especially important because people havemade considerable direct, morphological changesto the coastline through reclamation, industrialdevelopment (including port construction) andcoastal protection. And indirectly, we areincreasingly having an impact through climatechange which brings sea level rise and increasedstorminess. The marine environment is also highlydynamic and interconnected through the watercolumn. It faces numerous threats, for examplefrom over-fishing, pollution and litter. Because ofthe complexity of the marine ecosystems and theirdynamic nature, we need to develop further ourunderstanding of natural processes in order to

Page 65: BSG Ecology

64

Chapter 8The Coasts and seas

inform our decisions and policy directions. Wealso need to apply the precautionary principle,erring on the side of caution where the scientificevidence is not conclusive.

Flood defence through habitat creationon the Humber Estuary

The Humber Estuary is among the 10 mostimportant European estuaries for wildfowland wading birds. It is located within someof the country’s most productive farmland,is a major industrial centre and home toover a third of a million people.

The Environment Agency is developing along-term strategy for managing the flooddefences surrounding the estuary to takeaccount of all these factors in a sustainableway.

It is necessary to maintain the line ofdefence around the major commercial andpopulation centres on the estuary, eventhough this will lead to the loss of valuablewildlife habitat which will worsen as sealevels rise. But moving the defences backfrom the current line in other places willmake the overall system more sustainableby making the defences longer lasting andcreating new habitat to compensate for thepredicted losses.

The Humber Estuary ShorelineManagement Plan recommends thatopportunities for re-aligning the defencesshould be sought wherever this might:

● Reduce the threat of erosion affecting thestability of the defences

● Lower extreme high water levels

● Create habitat to offset losses resultingfrom schemes or rising sea levels

● Deliver better value for money

The Environment Agency has identified anumber of possible sites for setting backthe line of defence and is currentlyconsulting with landowners with a view topurchasing land at suitable sites in2004/2005.

8.5 It is virtually impossible to separate the useand exploitation of the marine environment fromthe wildlife that occurs there. The ecosystem-based approach adopted by the 5th North SeaConference and embraced by the MarineStewardship Report is essential to a coherentconsideration of the health of biodiversity in themarine environment. In such an approach, theconservation of biodiversity is central, rather thanincidental, to any regulation or investmentdecision. The Review of Marine NatureConservation (RMNC) and its Regional Seas PilotScheme in the Irish Sea recognises this fact.

8.6 A biodiversity strategy for coastal andmarine areas must reflect the socio-economicfactors and policies involved in their management.Historically they have been a major reason for theloss of biodiversity, but in the future they mustplay a part in its restoration. The awareness,inclusion and active participation of allstakeholders at all stages from planning todelivery are central to the Strategy.

8.7 The perceived conflict betweendevelopment and conservation often appearsparticularly acute in the coastal zone. An essentialprinciple of the Strategy is to ensure that the local,regional and national planning structures allow forand encourage the conservation of biodiversity tobecome an opportunity rather than a threat todevelopment.

8.8 Government direction, regulation andinvestment are particularly important in marineand coastal management. The presentinstitutional arrangements, funding streams andpolicy emphasis may not give sufficient weight tobiodiversity considerations. The Strategy seeks tobuild a sense of ownership of biodiversityobjectives among major regulators, developersand users of marine and coastal environmentsand to integrate biodiversity into wider regulatoryand management approaches. Considerableareas of the coastline are recognised through UKand EU statutory designations for conservation.However, the Strategy reflects the reality thatbiodiversity is about considerably more than justachieving the favourable condition of designatedsites. The Strategy seeks to ensure that theGovernment’s policies and programmes comply

Page 66: BSG Ecology

65

Chapter 8The Coasts and seas

with, contribute to and facilitate others tocontribute to the delivery of biodiversity objectivesthrough clear, transparent and effective regulatorysystems.

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT.

8.9 The programme of action in Appendix 5 setsout to achieve the following practical outcomes.

● The conservation of and, where appropriate,creation of habitats is fully incorporated intoall planning and management processes inthe marine and coastal zones. This will betaken into account in the current Governmentreview of the regulatory framework affectingdevelopment in coastal and marine waters.Biodiversity objectives will be incorporated intoa national strategy for implementing IntegratedCoastal Zone Management

● The achievement of biodiversity objectivesthrough flood and coastal managementpolicies and programmes, workingincreasingly with natural coastal processes.We will develop Shoreline Management Plansand Coastal Habitat Management Plans toincrease the use of natural coastal processes inthe conservation and creation of wildlife habitatsto deliver other management objectives

(Paul Knapman, English Nature)We need to make further progress if we are to manage ourcoastal and marine fisheries sustainably.

● Responsible and sustainable fisheries thatensure healthy marine ecosystems as wellas providing a livelihood for those in theindustry. We will work with the European

Commission and EU partners to implement theEU Biodiversity Action Plan for Fisheries and toensure that the review of the Common FisheriesPolicy gives full weight to sustainability andbiodiversity matters. The introduction of furtherno-take areas (as has happened in the seasaround Lundy Island) will be considered

● Sustainable development of the offshoreenergy sector through the furtherincorporation of biodiversity considerationsinto the environmental assessments (SEAsand EIAs) relating to offshore renewableenergy and other activities

● Continued reductions in pollution from land-based sources. Much has already beenachieved but we will continue to work with theEU and other partners internationally (especiallythrough OSPAR) to address marine pollutionproblems

● A coherent legal and administrative systemfor nature conservation in the marineenvironment. We will use the results of the pilotproject in the Irish Sea to establish a frameworkfor the future administration of biodiversityconservation in the marine environment. We willalso complete the EU Special Protection Areadesignations in coastal waters and theextension of Natura 2000 beyond territorialwaters as rapidly as possible

● An improved information base forunderstanding impacts on marinebiodiversity and to support the developmentof ecosystem-based policies. We will developimproved information systems, especially themapping of seabed habitats and thedevelopment of Ecological Quality Objectives(EcoQOs) and marine biodiversity indicators

● A simplified regulatory framework for theprotection and management of the marineenvironment. This is being undertaken by thecurrent review of the regulatory frameworkaffecting development in the coastal area. Initialproposals are expected by the end of this yearand will be subject to full consultation

Page 67: BSG Ecology

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

8.10 Because of the large number of peopleinvolved in the management and development ofthe coastal and marine zones, and theinterdependence of so many of their activities, theimportance of involving and seeking the generalsupport of stakeholders is a recurrent theme,particularly in this part of the Strategy. This ishighly desirable but inevitably makes action morecomplex and can take time. Much of the action inthe work programme relates to international actionand co-operation, where the UK is but one partyto the discussions and, although recognised as avaluable partner in this area, cannot direct theoutcome. A particular challenge will be to workwithin the framework of the Habitats Directive toaddress the effects of change in the marine andcoastal environment e.g. the loss of designatedfreshwater grazing marshes to new saltmarsh ormudflat as a result of sea level rise.

8.11 The uncertainties brought by climate changeare particularly problematic in the marineenvironment, where knowledge of existingecosystems is poor. In the coastal zone, sea levelrise will lead to more unpredictable events withconsequences for biodiversity. In addition non-native species in the marine environment broughtin by ships’ ballast water have potentially largeconsequences for native biodiversity which aredifficult to foresee.

Marine Biodiversity and Climate Change

The Government and other UK agencies(including the Environment Agency andEnglish Nature) are funding a major four-year study, MarClim to assess the influenceof climate change on marine biodiversity,using measurements and models ofintertidal species.

The results will be used to inform policiesconcerning the marine environment andprovide contextual information to assist inreporting the success or otherwise of thisand other Strategies.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS.

8.12 The biodiversity indicators we will use forthis sector are:

● UK fish stocks fished within safe limits (H6)

● Progress towards coastal and marine SAP/HAPtargets (M1)

● Populations of coastal and sea birds (M2)

● Marine biodiversity (to be developed) (M3)

● Number and size (or % of resource of coastaland inshore marine Natura 2000 sites; numberwith management plans; condition of coastalSSSIs in England (M4)

● Marine inputs: cessation of discharges,emissions and losses of hazardous substancesby 2020 (M5)

● Levels of cetacean bycatch in UK waters (M6)

66

Chapter 8The Coasts and seas

Page 68: BSG Ecology

67

The Importance of PeopleIt is fundamental to the success of England’s Biodiversity Strategy that it is not simply regarded as thepreserve of policy makers, experts and politicians. Whilst the sectors considered in Chapters 4 to 8above establish the framework for those public policies that are most likely to have an impact on thehealth of biodiversity in England, it is equally important to create opportunities for the population as awhole to understand the value of biodiversity for their lives and well-being. We want to encourage aclimate that builds consideration for biodiversity into everyday lives and businesses, so that it comesnaturally to society as a whole. This part of the Strategy looks at ways we can progress through anumber of cross-cutting themes, building in many cases on the excellent work that has already started.

We shall publish a companion volume to the Strategy which illustrates particularly the excellent work thatis already underway in England through local partnerships for biodiversity – making it a reality on theground for many people.

Page 69: BSG Ecology

VISION

9.1 The full integration of biodiversityconsiderations within regional and local policies,strategies and programmes. Healthy andflourishing broad partnerships that champion,promote and enhance local and regionalbiodiversity and its distinctiveness and helpdeliver national priorities.

(Simon Williams, Plantlife)Local Biodiversity Action Plans identify opportunities forincreasing public involvement.

Our aims are:

● To promote the integration of biodiversityobjectives with social and economic prioritiesthrough local and regional biodiversitymechanisms

● To develop broad local and regionalpartnerships delivering national and localpriorities for biodiversity in the long-term

● To promote communication, and sharedunderstanding and community involvement inbiodiversity objectives at local and regionallevels

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

9.2 The incorporation of biodiversity intoregional and local policies and programmes inEngland involves local communities, businesses,landowners, non-governmental organisations andcentral, regional and local government – in short,the full spectrum of stakeholders in biodiversity.This part of the Strategy is concerned mainly withthe administrative machinery that is necessary tosupport action for biodiversity locally andregionally over the next 5 years. These systemsshould facilitate the full integration of biodiversityconsiderations within local and regional policies,strategies and programmes and promotecomplementary action between sectors. The keyissues are :

● Taking full advantage of the opportunities forintegrating biodiversity issues provided by theCountryside and Rights of Way Act 2000, theLocal Government Act 2000 and the developingregional structures (e.g. Regional DevelopmentAgencies, Government Offices, RegionalChambers and the future Regional Assemblies)

● Clarifying the role and purpose of therespective administrative tiers (national,regional and local) in implementing biodiversityaction

● Developing the potential of people working onbiodiversity at local and regional levels tosupport the action programmes identified inother parts of this Strategy

● Ensuring that local contributions are fullyrecognised as integral to action for biodiversityin England

Local and regional action

68

Chapter 9Local andregional action

Page 70: BSG Ecology

69

Chapter 9Local andregional action

23 Strong Local Leadership: Quality Public Services DTLR December 2001

The programme of action at Appendix 6 setsout what we are doing now and what we needto do in the future to achieve this.

9.3 Local and regional action for biodiversity hasbeen vital to the UK Biodiversity Action Plan sinceits inception. Together they are amongst the bestexamples of multi-stakeholder partnerships in theUK or abroad. Since 1995 approximately 100Local Partnerships, covering almost all ofEngland, and 9 Regional Biodiversity Partnershipshave been established. National advice, guidance,training and workshops enabling the exchange oflocal experiences and good practice has beenfacilitated by the Local Issues Sub-Group of theEngland Biodiversity Group throughout this periodof growth. Recommendations to encourage theintegration of biodiversity into the work of theemerging regional administrative structures havebeen made e.g. for exchange of good practice,establishment of regional targets and integrationof biodiversity objectives into regionalprogrammes. These will be taken forward as partof the Strategy.

(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Biodiversity conservation should be a key component ofCommunity Strategies.

9.4 Local and regional initiatives have helpeddeliver national and local biodiversity objectives inpartnership with a broad range of organisations,communities and individuals across the country.They have contributed innovation and localdistinctiveness to England’s biodiversityprogramme and helped to promote understandingof and involvement in biodiversity amongst localpeople. A report celebrating the achievements ofEngland’s Local Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs)will be published early in 2003.

9.5 A number of factors have constrainedprogress, however. One of the biggest has beenresource limitations. For example, in many casesit has been difficult for partnerships to secureresources to coordinate LBAPs in the long-term,and short-term contracts and lack of continuityhave been common. There have also beenproblems with communication between the localand regional levels on the one hand and betweenLBAPs and national action plan lead partners andagencies on the other. Better communicationswould promote common understanding of whereaction is most appropriate. The diversity of localadministrative approaches could benefit from theestablishment of common standards on targetsetting and guidance on best practice in reportingand monitoring. Work has already been takenforward to integrate LBAPs into the newBiodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) ,being piloted in 2002/3. Further work here willhelp to ensure that activities in local areas arecomplementary to one another and togethercontribute tangibly to national objectives.

9.6 Developments in national legislation haveprovided new opportunities for local biodiversitypartnerships to integrate their work with thatneeded to achieve broader sustainabledevelopment and quality of life objectives. S4 ofthe Local Government Act 2000 requires localauthorities to prepare Community Strategies forthe economic, social and environmental well-being of their areas. DETR Circular 04/2001makes it clear that Local Biodiversity Action Plansare amongst the elements local authorities shouldbuild upon when preparing these CommunityStrategies. It also recognises that local wildlifesites are important components of LBAPs. Manyexisting LBAP groups are excellent models forpartnership working and links between them andthe emerging Local Strategic Partnerships forCommunity Strategies should be established. TheLocal Government White Paper23, 2001, promisedto reduce the burden of planning requirementsimposed on local authorities and to improve theeffectiveness and consistency of the remainingplanning requirements for both central and localgovernment. This review provides the potential forbiodiversity objectives to be linked into other localauthority activities promoting the ‘well-being’(social, economic and environmental) of localareas through Community Strategies.

Page 71: BSG Ecology

(Andrew Hay, RSPB Images)Local and Regional BAPs can play an important role in targetingthe recreation of wildlife habitats such as heathland and wetlandto the right areas.

9.7 The increasing emphasis on regionalgovernment and administration is one of the mostimportant developments in governance inEngland in recent years. The Government’s WhitePaper on Regional Governance24 points towardsthe increasing importance of regionally-baseddecision making. The Regional BiodiversityPartnerships, now established in the 9 regions ofEngland, are well placed to advise regionaldecision makers on biodiversity issues by, forexample, assembling partners, identifying fundingstreams, providing data and coordinating large-scale projects.

9.8 All the English Regional Chambers havenow agreed Regional Sustainable DevelopmentFrameworks. These are high level visions forsustainable development, and are drawn up bypartnerships including Government Offices,Regional Development Agencies as well asbusiness, local authorities, charities and voluntarygroups. The Frameworks set out indicators andtargets for the region which will inform otheractivity in the region. Regional Frameworks informRegional Planning Guidance and RegionalEconomic Strategies and provide an importantlink between local level work on CommunityStrategies, and the National SustainableDevelopment Strategy. Sustainable developmentframeworks provide an opportunity to placebiodiversity issues in the wider regional contextby showing how biodiversity considerations canbe integrated into other policies andprogrammes, complementary to LBAPs in theregion.

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT

9.9 As with the other cross-cutting themes in thispart of the Strategy, we will establish a newStrategy Implementation Group to take forwardthis work programme and replace the formerEngland Local Issues Group. The programme forlocal and regional action has the following elements:

Work leading to the integration of local andregional contributions for biodiversity intoother sectors, in particular to achieve:

● Integration of biodiversity considerations inlocal authority activities and in particular as partof the preparation and implementation ofCommunity Strategies and recognition of therole of local biodiversity objectives in planningpolicies

● Full integration of biodiversity considerationswithin plans and policies for the EnglishRegions and in particular as part of theupdating and implementation of RegionalSustainable Development Frameworks and theactivities of Government Offices, RegionalDevelopment Agencies, Regional Chambersand government agencies operating at theregional level

● The effective contribution of local and regionalaction to the aims and objectives contained inthe agriculture, woodland and forestry, waterand wetlands, marine and coastal and urbanand development chapters of this Strategy

● Improved contributions from local partnershipsto communication and understanding and theinvolvement of local people in deliveringbiodiversity objectives

● Increased implementation of local biodiversityobjectives by businesses as guided by theproposed Business and BiodiversityImplementation Group

Measures to encourage the development andimprovement of LBAPs and regional co-ordination mechanisms, in particular to achieve:

● Local and regional action for biodiversity builton strong, inclusive partnerships with a long-term vision and stability for the future

70

Chapter 9Local andregional action

24 Your Region, Your Choice: Revitalising the English Regions. ODPM June 2002.

Page 72: BSG Ecology

71

Chapter 9Local andregional action

● Local and regional activity at appropriate andcomplementary geographical scales, making atangible contribution to national plans andprogrammes

● The widespread exchange of easily-accessibleinformation about biodiversity, good practiceand guidance about local and regionalbiodiversity activities

● Contributions to the investigation by theproposed Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group of the funding needs oflocal and regional partnerships.

Building on the new BARS approach,development of further target setting, reportingand monitoring systems, in particular toestablish:

● Local and regional priorities and targets that areinformed by national BAP targets and prioritiesand vice versa

● An effective means of reporting and monitoringlocal and regional progress

● A suite of regional and local biodiversityindicators to track progress on delivery of thelocal and regional work programme

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

9.10 There are a number of indicators, includingfor biodiversity, that have already been developedfor the use of local authorities by the AuditCommission and Improvement and DevelopmentAgency as part of their Library of LocalPerformance Indicators. Biodiversity targets havealso been used at the regional scale for examplein the preparation of Regional SustainableDevelopment Frameworks and Regional PlanningGuidance. The Public Service Agreementsbetween Government and local authoritiesprovide the opportunity to include biodiversityindicators. These indicators and targets need tobe monitored and fed into the process ofestablishing high-level indicators in the future. Wepropose to use the following biodiversityindicators in this area of work.

● Progress with LBAPs in England (H4)

● Condition of SSSIs in Local Authorityownership (L1)

● Community Strategies with biodiversityelements (L2)

● Incorporation of biodiversity objectives inregional programmes and strategies (L3)

Biodiversity target forEssex Public Service Agreement

Essex County Council and the Governmenthave entered into a Local Public ServiceAgreement (Local PSA) to help furtherimprove the Council’s services to localpeople. This agreement runs from 2002-2005 and includes a target relating tobiodiversity:

‘Maintaining biodiversity through theestablishment and achievement of appropriatemanagement objectives on a suite of councilowned sites.’

The County Council owns and manages 139sites designated as being of natureconservation interest, some of internationaland national importance, others of more localimportance. These include ancient woodland,grassland, and coastal sites, which total over800ha, and linear sites (road verges and oldrailway lines) nearly 70km in length.

The Council has carried out an assessment ofcurrent performance in establishing anddelivering management objectives forbiodiversity in these sites and considered howit could be improved and monitored over thethree-year period of the PSA. The proposedindicator measures the degree of achievementtowards this ideal, expressed as an averagedpercentage figure. Progress is assessed,independently where practicable, against adefined and rigorous checklist.

Essex County Council have found the processof preparing the PSA beneficial as it hasimproved their knowledge of their biodiversityresource, improved habitat management,secured delivery of BAP objectives across thebreadth of council services and directedfunding towards biodiversity objectives. It hasalso enabled the Council to play a greater rolein the local biodiversity partnership.

Page 73: BSG Ecology

72

Essay 3

Biodiversity for recreation,health and well-beingMany people value our countryside for quiet enjoyment – be it walking, wildlife watching, cycling orclimbing – for spiritual refreshment and well-being. Direct enjoyment of biodiversity is a major reasonfor these countryside visits: survey evidence suggests that birds and wildlife were the primary reasoninfluencing the decision of 59% of visitors to the countryside.

The Government believes it is important that opportunities for people to visit the countryside should beenhanced. Overall, the impact for biodiversity conservation will be positive, for providing opportunitiesfor people to enjoy the natural environment and to experience wildlife at first hand is vital in buildingsupport and understanding for its conservation. Visiting wildlife-rich areas sustains rural economies: forexample, the biodiversity-rich North Norfolk Coast attracts some 7.7 million day and 5.5 million nightvisits per year, generating visitor spend of £122 million and supporting 2,325 FTE jobs so encouraginglocal communities to support conservation in their areas.

Recent Government initiatives will do much to increase the area of England available for access on foot,cycle and horse. The Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 (CRoW) introduced a statutory right ofaccess on foot to land mapped as open country (mountain, moor, heath and down) and registeredCommon Land. Landowners may also dedicate land to extend the right of access to other users such ashorse riders or cyclists, or extend the right of access on foot to other land types. Although in some casesaccess could harm sensitive habitats, in many instances, such problems can be resolved through solutionssuch as wardening, signage, information or careful siting of car parks to require a “long-walk” tosensitive areas. Otherwise, the Act provides for access to be restricted or excluded in the small number ofcases where this is necessary to protect the biodiversity interest of the land.

CRoW also requires local authorities to prepare Rights of Way Improvement Plans. These will assess thecurrent provision of Rights of Way in relation to public demand. These plans will be an importantmechanism for stimulating the creation of new Rights of Way in areas that are deficient.

But there are far wider benefits to the public at large. Objective research is confirming what many peopleintuitively know: contact with “nature” is good for us, and enhances our quality of life as a whole. This isthe basis for English Nature’s Accessible Natural Greenspace model, which aims to encourage localplanning authorities to ensure that no person need live further than 300m from a quality natural greenspace. English Nature has developed a tool-kit for local authorities to assist them in assessing the qualityand quantity of natural green spaces in their area, and help them develop a strategy in order to addressdeficiencies and maximise opportunities.

Lack of physical activity is becoming a national problem: as a nation, we are walking 1% less perannum. Enhancing physical activity is an important means of preventative medicine. For example,mortality is 50% lower in those retired men who walk two miles per day; the risk of stroke is three timeshigher in those who abstain from exercise; strokes currently cost the nation £26 m per annum. Thusincreasing physical activity not only benefits the individuals concerned but also the NHS. However,studies illustrate that the prospect of better health does not in itself provide the motivation for people totake up and sustain physical activity. Projects aimed at encouraging people to take up walking, orundertake countryside management (such as the Countryside Agency/British Heart Foundation “Walkingyour way to Health”, and BTCV “Green Gym” initiatives) have resulted in far higher levels of sustainedparticipation, as the attractiveness of the countryside acts as an additional motivator. Delivery ofbiodiversity objectives will do much to enhance countryside quality, so providing the underlyingfoundation for such health improvement initiatives.

Research is also showing that biodiversity influences our quality of life in more subtle ways. Mere visual

Page 74: BSG Ecology

73

contact with “nature” reduces our stress levels and promotes well-being. Motorists are less stressedwhen driving, under similar traffic conditions, along leafy tree and shrub-lined roads. Hospital recoveryrates following surgery appear to be more rapid in patients with a view of green space than concrete. Sothere is a need not only to provide people with greater access to biodiversity, but to bring biodiversity topeople – pocket parks, urban tree planting, gardens, and green roofs are all important.

Page 75: BSG Ecology

74

Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity

25 English Nature 2002 Revealing the Value of Nature

10.1 Sustainable development requires us toensure that we have a more holistic view of theimplications of our decisions, taking account ofthe full costs and benefits to the economy, theenvironment and society as a whole, includingfuture generations. This Chapter considers theseeconomic issues in more detail, with particularreference to conserving biodiversity as part ofsustainable development.

10.2 Economic activities can adversely affectbiodiversity, by using up the resources on whichbiodiversity relies; by converting resources andhabitats to other uses; by polluting habitats andby increasing the risk of impacts from invasivespecies. This leads to real economic costsincluding the direct costs of preventing furtherhabitat degradation or of mitigating the effects ofhabitat loss; the costs of replacing the goods andservices biodiversity provides (such as coastaldefence, clean water and recreationalopportunities) if they are lost. It also leads toindirect economic costs through knock-on effectson other activities and negative environmentalimpacts in terms of lost future economicopportunities, for example for new drugs ormaterials from natural sources.

THE ECONOMIC REASONS FORBIODIVERSITY DEGRADATION

10.3 Whilst the underlying reasons forbiodiversity degradation are varied and complex,one of the explanations is market failure:

● The price signal from the market can undervaluebiodiversity. This has resulted in allocations ofresources that lead to biodiversity degradation

● Economic decision-makers may not takeexternal costs and benefits into consideration.Examples are: nutrient and pesticide pollutionfrom agriculture; point source water pollution;

water abstraction; landfill waste practices; peatextraction and air pollution

● Property rights – In cases where there are noproperty rights relating to many biodiversityresources, there is less incentive for people toconstrain their use, which can becomeunsustainable (e.g. fishing)

● Information failure: The full value of biodiversityis not known or appreciated so it is not usedoptimally

● Public Goods – often the providers ofbiodiversity as a public good are unable torealise the value of such provision

10.3 Biodiversity degradation also arises frompolicy/intervention failure, such as has arisen fromthe operation of the Common Agricultural Policy.

BENEFITS OF BIODIVERSITYCONSERVATION AND ENHANCEMENT

10.4 Biodiversity for its part contributes toeconomic activity and has itself significanteconomic value. Its benefits to society include:

● Direct benefits such as raw materials forproduction

● Indirect benefits such as reducing the likelihoodof floods, but also through biodiversity’saesthetic, ethical and cultural significance

● Option benefits such as the future possibleuses of biodiversity for industrial (includingpharmaceutical) or agricultural purposes, someof which are not yet known

● Intrinsic biodiversity values arising from its mereexistence, irrespective of the economic, aestheticor other benefits it provides25

The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Page 76: BSG Ecology

75

Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity

26 Rayment M and Dickie I 2001 Conservation Works… for local economies in the UK. RSPB, Sandy27 CEAS 1993 The Economy of Landscape and Nature Conservation in England and Wales. CEAS consultants report to Countryside

Council for Wales, Countryside Commission and English Nature. Unpublished28 Countryside Agency estimate

10.5 Because many of these benefits are notadequately recognised by the market, they are notadequately taken into account by policy anddecision makers. So reliably measuring the valueof biodiversity in monetary or other terms isimportant to help determine the most equitableand efficient use of resources.

(Forest Life Picture Library)Visits to wildlife sites can contribute to local economies

ECONOMIC IMPACTS OF BIODIVERSITYCONSERVATION

10.6 Conserving biodiversity can also have arange of positive impacts on local economies26.For example:

● Direct employment in specific natureconservation activities in England is estimatedat 8,800 full time equivalent (FTE) jobs

● Expenditures by conservation organisations,estimated at £485 million per year at thebeginning of the 1990s27, provide revenues andemployment for local suppliers and contractors.At that time about 80% of this expenditure wasfrom the public sector

● Conservation-related schemes (such as agri-environment and woodland managementinitiatives) fund work in the wider countryside,and have been shown to support incomes andemployment

● Conservation benefits the tourism sector, aswildlife, its habitats and landscapes dependenton wildlife attract visitors to rural areas, whospend money on local goods and services.Rural tourism spending totals £12 billion peryear in England, and supports 380,000 jobs28.Whilst there are numerous motivations for thesevisits, local visitor surveys have demonstratedthe importance of wildlife in attracting visitors toareas such as the Norfolk and Suffolk coasts,Lancashire and the Forest of Dean

FUNDING FOR BIODIVERSITY

10.7 The market failures identified above can tosome extent be avoided by better regulation andother measures. But, as in the case of other publicgoods, there is likely to continue to be a need fordirect and indirect public funding, justified onaccount of the public benefits that biodiversitybrings. Current central government (including EU)funding for biodiversity in England includes:

● Over £60m per annum by English Nature

The economic value of cirl buntings

The cirl bunting is now confined to low-intensity mixed farmland in South Devon,but its population has increased followingthe introduction of special CountrysideStewardship payments in 1992. To assesthe economic and social impact of CS cirlbunting agreements, the RSPB undertook aface-to-face survey of participating farmersin 1999/2000. This revealed that theagreements support extra employmenttotalling more than 6 FTE jobs among localfarmers, farm-workers and contractors, with89% of farmers perceiving that they hadincreased profitability. The study concludedthat as well as benefiting cirl buntings andother wildlife, the scheme had helped toenhance business viability and farmers’optimism about the future.

Page 77: BSG Ecology

● £114m per year rising to £174m in 2006/7 onagri-environment schemes to conserve andenhance the natural beauty and diversity of thecountryside

● Around £8m EC contribution to projectsapproved under the EU LIFE/Natureprogramme over the past three years

● About £64m on research by Defra to developmore effective policies and conservationmeasures

● Around £40m on conservation-related activityspent by the Forestry Commission and theEnvironment Agency

● Some £1.3m allocated to projects benefitingbiodiversity from Defra’s Environment ActionFund in the year 2002-03

(Paul Glendell, English Nature)HLF funding is helping to restore our heathlands

10.8 To this should be added the significant sumsbeing spent by other public bodies such as theMinistry of Defence, the Highways Agency andlocal authorities out of their own programmes todeliver biodiversity benefits. This is likely to be anincreasingly important element as biodiversityconsiderations are integrated into all publicpolicies. Other relatively recent but growingsources of funding include:

● The Heritage Lottery Fund; it is estimated thataround £66m has been spent on the naturalenvironment

● The Landfill Tax; It is estimated that around £11mhas been spent on biodiversity-relevant projects

● The Aggregates Tax Sustainability Fund. £5m ayear for two years has been allocated to theCountryside Agency and English Nature

10.9 Biodiversity is an area where the voluntaryand private sectors are an important additionalsource of funding. This reflects the publicacceptance of biodiversity as an important publicgood, and the readiness both of industry to spendmoney on biodiversity objectives and above all ofindividual members of the public to contributedirectly through their subscriptions, gifts andlegacies to conservation bodies. The Wildlife andCountryside LINK group of charities has acombined annual expenditure of about £150mgoing towards conservation.

Biffaward

In the last 5 years one landfill tax creditfund – Biffaward – has supported over 500projects worth £44m of which more than£12m has gone to community projects thatimprove the environment. The naturalenvironment has benefited from projectsworth £2.8m. To release this money,matched contributions worth £4.4m havebeen raised from the public and privatesectors.

76

Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity

Page 78: BSG Ecology

77

Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity

29 Environmental Taxation – Statement of Intent, HM Treasury July 1997

ECONOMIC MEASURES FORBIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ANDENHANCEMENT

10.10 The Government has sought to addressenvironmental issues using a range ofinstruments, individually or in combination. Theseinclude regulation, voluntary measures andeconomic instruments to address market failureand to send the right long term signals to helpsustainable development. The Treasury’senvironmental taxation statement of intent29 statesthat the Government would explore the scope forusing the tax system to deliver environmentalobjectives. The reform of the tax system over timewould shift the burden of tax from ‘goods’ to‘bads’, encourage innovation in meeting higherenvironmental standards and deliver a moredynamic economy and cleaner environment. Weshall therefore consider what possibilities mightbe explored for economic instruments in this areafollowing the examples of the landfill andaggregates taxes.

10.11 Against that background, the main prioritiesfor our programme of work for economics andfunding are:

● To identify the main gaps in biodiversityfunding. To establish the costs of the HAPs andSAPs arising in England, we need to developcountry based costs from the UK total preparedoriginally for the UK Biodiversity Group, todevelop our understanding of the regionalvariation in costs across the country of differentland uses and to differentiate between the costsof broad policies and those of actions under thedirect control of action plan steering groups. Apriority is to do more analysis to understand thecosting requirements of the species plans,which were only partially investigated in theoriginal costing exercise

● To do better at identifying the economicdrivers to biodiversity degradation by betteranalysis of the factors causing biodiversitylosses, with reference particularly to the HAPsand SAPs

● To ensure that existing government fundingprogrammes do not damage, but instead areused to enhance biodiversity. This will includeseeking to remove perverse incentives infunding programmes which currently lead tobiodiversity losses. Examples include thereforms of the CFP and CAP. The sustainabilityof other EU funding programmes and domesticgovernment incentives will be kept underreview. The review of agri-environment schemesshould also assist delivery of the HAPs andSAPs and biodiversity as a whole

● To develop further systems (including costingand appraisal methodologies and an LBAPfunding strategy) to ensure adequate reflectionof biodiversity requirements in spendingreviews and in local development priorities. Inquestions of funding, there are invariably awhole range of competing demands for publicand private funds that need to be met and anyidentified gaps in funding for biodiversity willinevitably be part of that competition. Sopreparation of a robust case is essential

● To identify and implement the taxation andother measures which will give the rightmarket signals. We need in particular toexplore further use of economic instruments tocorrect market failures and to preventbiodiversity degradation

● To improve techniques for the valuation ofbiodiversity by society and decision-makers.We shall need: continued development in thedesign of valuation techniques to ensure theyare sensitive to the problems of biodiversitymeasurement; research on services providedby ecosystems; the development of decisionprocesses to reflect – as far as possible – thefull costs and benefits of biodiversity; refinedappraisal methods to take account ofintergenerational issues and irreversible loss;the inclusion of both quantitative and qualitativeaspects of biodiversity in Regulatory andEnvironmental Impact Assessments andIntegrated Policy Appraisal

Page 79: BSG Ecology

● To promote a financial and cultural climate inwhich funding for biodiversity by the privatesector and NGOs is encouraged andcomplements that of the public sector. This willrequire continued close working betweenpublic, voluntary and private sectors

NEXT STEPS

10.12 Much of the thinking in this area is still at avery early stage. We shall therefore set up aspecial Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group to take the ideasforward. The programme of action at Appendix 7sets out the areas of work that will be explored inmore detail.

Rainham Marshes RSPB nature reserve

Rainham Marshes, about 350ha of grazingmarsh on the Greater London/Essex borderwas acquired by RSPB in June 2001. Afteryears of neglect, RSPB management willrestore the site to become London’s largestnature reserve. It is a major regenerationproject, with many technical problems, butoffers great opportunities for communityinvolvement and environmental education.

The project is a good example of howpublic and other funding can be matchedby private contributions to make a hugedifference for biodiversity. RainhamMarshes cost £1.1m to buy, using acombination of RSPB membershipcontributions, the Heritage Lottery Fundand the Cleanaway Havering RiversideTrust (using Landfill Tax credit).

However, this is only the beginning: large-scale habitat restoration, the provision ofvisitor facilities and establishing educationand community outreach programmes willrequire similarly innovative approaches tofuture funding for the vision to be fullyrealised and for ongoing revenue costs tobe sustained.

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

10.13 The valuation of biodiversity is not a certainscience. It has a number of limitations. Inparticular:

● Biodiversity values do not always representactual prices and income and hence valuationis approximate and involves many assumptions

● It is impossible to value all biodiversity goodsand services, especially certain option andexistence values, and they need therefore to beused in conjunction with qualitative data

● The value of biodiversity is unequallydistributed between people and over time.Intergenerational considerations are particularlyimportant in the context of valuation andsustainable development, which – byimplication – must go beyond the preferencesof the current generation to take account of thepotential preferences of future generations

● Biodiversity degradation and loss can haveirreversible effects. The full risk and ultimateimplications of these losses is largely unknownand can never be fully reflected in valuation

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

10.14 We propose to develop indicators in thissector to measure the direct economiccontribution of biodiversity:

● Economic contribution of tourism (E1)

● Numbers of visits to nature reserves in England(E2)

● Sustainable tourism (E3)

78

Chapter 10The economicsand funding ofbiodiversity

Page 80: BSG Ecology

79

Essay 4

Biodiversity and sustainabletourismTourism is a large and expanding sector, accounting for between 4% and 5% of the UK Gross DomesticProduct, 7% of employment and it is Britain’s largest invisible export. Domestic demand is forecast tosteadily increase. By some estimates, tourism is now the world's largest industry—in 2000, it generatedan estimated $3.6 trillion in economic activity and accounted for one in every 12 jobs worldwide. Thereis clearly increasing pressure on our landscape and environmental resources but also more opportunitiesfor enhancing the revenue stream for biodiversity and improving public understanding of conservationissues. The tourism industry increasingly recognizes that the attractiveness of a destination is linked withlocal distinctiveness and that this distinctiveness owes much to wildlife and natural features

There is also a distinct and growing market in specialist holidays. Although small in comparison to majortourism themes, wildlife and geo-tourism has grown in demand over the last 25 years and this growth isanticipated to continue. In 1998, 20.96 million day visits were made to wildlife attractions in England,with 10 million of these to 232 National Nature Reserves.

The needs of the visitor, local communities and the environment must all be integrated to make tourismmore sustainable. To achieve this there is a need to improve access to wildlife and to information about it,to promote accreditation of sustainable providers and to facilitate action for the enhancement of thewildlife resource.

English Nature is leading a Wildlife and Geo-tourism Initiative that is looking at the role of biodiversity(and earth science heritage) in the tourism sector.

The two primary aims of the initiative are:

1.To maintain a high profile for wildlife and geological conservation in sustainable tourism development

2.To add value to the work of agencies at national, regional and local level who are addressing ruralregeneration through improving sustainable tourism opportunities

One of the outputs from the Wildlife and Geo-tourism Initiative will be the development of a TourismBiodiversity Action Plan. This identifies impacts that the tourism sector has on the UK’s priority speciesand habitats and identifies opportunities for improved management or interpretation. It is anticipatedthat by signing up to a Tourism Biodiversity Action Plan, tourism businesses will be guided throughappropriate interpretation and information to enable them to take simple, cost effective action to reducethe impact their business has on its surrounding biodiversity and landscape and contribute to its longterm enhancement while enriching the visitor experience.

Page 81: BSG Ecology

80

Chapter 11The engagementof business

VISION

11.1 We want to see business automaticallyengaging in managing and reporting onbiodiversity as an integral part of its processesand activities.

Our aim is to encourage all businesses, fromFTSE listed companies to Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs), to contribute in positiveways to national biodiversity objectives through:

● Integrating biodiversity requirements intocompany management systems for all businessplanning, operations and processes (e.g.emissions to air and water, water use, waste etc)

● Managing landholdings to achieve biodiversitytargets, and taking opportunities throughplanned development to avoid damage to and,where possible, to enhance biodiversity

● Managing supply chain and investmentdecisions to reduce the risks of indirect adverseimpacts and to enhance biodiversityopportunities

● Working in partnership with Local BiodiversityAction Plans

● Participating in the Champions scheme forHAPs and SAPs, which is available to allcompanies who are prepared to support the‘lead partner’ in conserving their chosen habitator species

(Northumbrian Water)Using spoil waste to create wetland as part of a £70mimprovement to Howden Sewage Treatment Works avoided theneed for some 16,000 heavy lorry journeys through the localcommunity and saved £1.152m.

The engagementof business

Page 82: BSG Ecology

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

The impact of business on biodiversity

11.2 Business is crucial to the achievements ofour targets on biodiversity action plans andSSSIs. English Nature and the Joint NatureConservation Committee have identified theimpacts of the main FTSE sectors on habitat andspecies action plans (see table below). Theinvolvement of business on designatedconservation sites is equally crucial. Overall,companies in 15 FTSE sectors own and/or control27,000 hectares of land within more than 1450SSSIs in England. Companies with operations inagriculture, water and wetlands, on the coast and

at sea, in woodlands and forestry, tourism andtransport are the most significant in terms of directimpacts on landholdings and indirect impactsthrough their processes, supply chain andproducts. Other companies can have indirectimpacts, such as financial services companiesthrough loan or investment policies, and retailers,for example through the purchase of intensivelyfarmed agricultural products. But it is not justlarge companies that have responsibility forprotecting the environment and restoring habitatsand species. SMEs make up 99.8% of all UKbusinesses and if each takes some action fornature conservation their overall contribution ispotentially huge.

BAP Sector Main impacts Relevant FTSE economic sectors

Agriculture Pollution, intensification, Food producers and processors; food andover-grazing and agro drug retailerschemical use

Water and Abstraction, drainage and Water; food producers and processorsWetlands pollution

Coasts and Coastal defence works, Water; transport; electricity; oil and gas;Seas development pressure, chemicals; leisure, entertainment and hotels;

overfishing and pollution construction and building materials; foodproducers and processors; food and drug retailers

Woodlands Inappropriate management Construction and building materialsand Forestry

Tourism Visitor pressure and disturbance Leisure, entertainment and hotels

Transport Infrastructure development Transport; construction and building materials

81

Chapter 11The engagementof business

Page 83: BSG Ecology

82

Chapter 11The engagementof business

30 UK Biodiversity December 2000 The Stationery Office31 Earthwatch, DETR and Northumbrian Water 2001, Case Studies in Business and Biodiversity 32 DEFRA report to the Prime Minister, available in HoC Library33 salterbaxter and Context July 2002. Trends in Corporate Social Responsibility Reporting 2001/02

The need for more business engagement

11.3 The Environment, Transport and RegionalAffairs Select Committee, in its report onbiodiversity in 200030, drew attention to the needfor business to engage more fully in theconservation of biodiversity. Business has beenpart of the biodiversity partnership for many years,and there are many examples of good practiceand engagement, as illustrated by the CaseStudies in Business and Biodiversity.31 15 speciesand two habitats have been supported bycompanies signing up to the biodiversityChampions scheme and Government andindustry have collaborated in the establishment ofEarthwatch’s Business and Biodiversity ResourceCentre. But general appreciation of the need tointegrate conservation considerations into allactivities as part of an overall move towardssustainable development has been slow to grow.

11.4 In October 2000, the Prime Ministerchallenged all FTSE 350 companies to producesocial and environmental reports by the end of2001. Defra/DTI reporting guidelines released inNovember 2001 highlighted biodiversity as anarea that most companies would have an effect onand included a few examples of indicators to helpcompanies report. As at July 2002, Defra foundthat 99 companies were reporting on at leastsome aspects of their environmental performance,and a further 140 companies made someinformation about their environmentalengagement public.32 While this response hasfallen some way short of the challenge, thenumber of large companies reporting has risensharply in the face of growing pressure forcorporate disclosure not only from Governmentand NGOs but increasingly from investor groups.Fifty of the largest companies reported on theirenvironmental and/or social performance for thefirst time in 2001/02, against only 18 new reportersthe previous year, (salterbaxter and Context,July 2002)33. The Government believes thatimpact on the environment is “first among equals”of a range of factors that every director needs toconsider in pursuing a company’s businessobjectives.

The main barriers to businessengagement

11.5 A small number of multinationals and FTSE350 companies are seriously engaged inmanaging and reporting on biodiversity, butuptake has generally been poor and this is aparticular challenge amongst SMEs. The mainbarriers are:

● Companies do not perceive a coherentbusiness case to invest in managementcompetency and systems to addressbiodiversity issues, and Board levelcommitment is lacking

● ‘Biodiversity’ and the related language of BAPs,HAPs and SAPs are not always easy forbusiness to understand

● Biodiversity is often regarded as a stand-aloneissue, rather than an integral part of existingcompany management systems

● Businesses lack practical tools to aid decisionmaking through clear evaluation of risks andopportunities in relation to biodiversity impacts

● A lack of standardised performance indicatorsmakes it difficult for companies to manage,measure and report on their biodiversityimpacts

The business case for biodiversity

“Biodiversity, the variety of life on earth, is an issueof strategic importance to business. At thesimplest level, many businesses own and manageland: their actions therefore affect biodiversity andthey need to be aware of the regulationsprotecting it, the risks involved if it is harmed – andthe opportunities to act positively. Businesses arealso being scrutinised much more intently abouttheir impacts on biodiversity by their stakeholders,not least by investors, employees and localcommunities. Ignoring the issue may risk negativepublicity, poor investment, or even affect thelicence to operate”. Sir Robert Wilson, Chairman,Rio Tinto plc Risk management

Page 84: BSG Ecology

83

Chapter 11The engagementof business

34 Forum for the Future and Co-0perative Insurance (CIS) July 2002 Sustainability Pays

(Innogy plc)Site-level action plans can help companies to manage theirimpacts on biodiversity.

11.6 Environmental incidents, unauthorised waterabstraction and pollution can result in prosecutionand fines, whilst the presence of designated sitesand protected species can affect developmentproposals. Although the direct costs of non-compliance with biodiversity related legislation areinsignificant for most companies, increasedrequirements for corporate governance and riskmanagement such as the Combined Code onCorporate Governance (1998) are encouragingcompanies to take account of the risks of potentialdamage to their reputations and to their licence tooperate. A review from the Centre for SustainableInvestment (July 2002)34 offers growing evidencethat managing non-financial risks, such asexposure to social, environmental and ethicalissues, can materially add to business success.

Competitive advantage

11.7 Companies with good social, environmentaland ethical performance are widely considered tobe better managed overall and therefore betterplaced to attract and retain investors, customers,suppliers and employees who share their values.Reporting on a survey of 200 chief executives,chairmen and directors in 10 European countries,Business in the Community (June 2002) foundnearly 80% agree that companies which integratesocially and environmentally responsible practiceswill be more competitive; and 73% accept that

“sustained social and environmental engagementcan significantly improve profitability”.

Stable operating environment

11.8 Nature provides water, energy, fuels, rawmaterials and waste ‘sinks’ for business. Managedwisely, natural systems can mitigate the effects offlooding and pollution and ensure a stableoperating environment for business.

Environmental reporting

11.9 Voluntary recognition of the benefits ofreporting in terms of increased transparency, andthe requirements of the Combined Code andGovernment pressure are driving an increasingnumber of FTSE 350 companies to report on theenvironmental risks they face and themanagement of those risks. The Government’sresponse to the Independent Company LawReview has proposed that approximately 1000 ofthe largest companies should be required to coverenvironmental policies and performance, wherethese are material to an understanding of thebusiness, in their annual reports and accounts bypublishing an Operational and Financial Review(OFR). It will be for company directors to decidewhat information is material to their business, butfor some businesses the OFR could includedisclosure of a company’s policy on biodiversityissues and its performance in managingbiodiversity during the financial year to which theOFR relates. The Secretaries of State for theEnvironment Food and Rural Affairs and for Tradeand Industry have agreed to set up anindependent group of experts to provide guidanceon how directors can assess whether an itemshould be included in an OFR.

Socially Responsible Investment

11.10 The growth of Socially ResponsibleInvestment (SRI), the Pensions Act 2000, and theAssociation of British Insurers (ABI) disclosureguidelines 2001 on social responsibility haveincreased investors’ scrutiny of non-financialperformance. A small, but rapidly growing,proportion of fund managers now expectcompanies to disclose, manage and report ontheir environmental risks and some will voteagainst or abstain from the resolution to adopt the

Page 85: BSG Ecology

84

Chapter 11The engagementof business

Report and Accounts of those that do not. Thesechanges have increased demand from fundmanagers for reliable environmental performancedata to inform their investment decisions. Suchinvestors want:

● Information about the environmental issueswhich give rise to significant commercial risksand opportunities for companies

● Evidence that companies understand and haveeffective governance systems for all relevantand significant risks

● Assurance on contentious issues

Managing biodiversity: the role ofCompany Biodiversity Action Plans

11.12 A company BAP (CBAP) can be a suitableprocess for managing biodiversity. This meansestablishing a formal system to manage thecompany’s overall impacts on biodiversity,including management plans for sites in itsownership or control. Local Biodiversity ActionPlans provide the context for developing site-levelBAPs for company landholdings.

11.13 A CBAP, therefore, requires a company toassess its impacts on biodiversity; places themwithin the context of local, regional and nationaltargets; sets priorities for action; specifies actions;and measures the impact of those actions. ACBAP can be integrated with a company’sEnvironmental Management System so thatimpacts on biodiversity will be addressed,minimised and managed appropriately, alongsideother broader risks to the environment. Progresscan be measured by establishing targets anddates by when these are to be achieved.Examples of targets might be:

● The number of company landholdings at whichsite-level BAPs are to be implemented. This willinclude any designated sites or other protectedareas, such as SSSIs, which are to bemaintained in a favourable managementcondition

● The proportion, by area, of a company’slandholdings for which the company intends toimplement a biodiversity management process

11.14 The national Biodiversity Action ReportingSystem (BARS), due to be launched in early 2003,will include a framework for Company BAPs toreport on their activities so that they can be takeninto account in the overall achievement of BAPobjectives.

A UK-based company’s approach tobiodiversity

Innogy plc (part of the RWE group) hasdeveloped a Biodiversity Frameworkdescribing how the company will addressbiodiversity throughout the business. Itexplains why the company has decided totake action on biodiversity issues, as wellas its commitments. The Framework states:

“Our work on biodiversity forms a key partof Innogy’s commitment to integrate theprinciples of sustainable development intoour business.”

Innogy’s Biodiversity Framework has threetiers:

1. Managing biodiversity within its siteboundaries

2. Managing biodiversity impacts beyondits site boundaries as part of its strategy formanaging the effects of emissions anddischarges

3. Contributing to biodiversity initiativesand organisations more widely

The company surveyed each of its sites forbiodiversity value in the context of UK andlocal BAPs. Appropriate biodiversityinitiatives have been drawn up for eachsite, with comprehensive BiodiversityAction Plans being implemented at 2 sitesin collaboration with local conservationorganisations. Innogy is co-funding the UKBusiness and Biodiversity Resource Centreas part of its commitment to support widerbiodiversity initiatives in the UK.

Page 86: BSG Ecology

WHAT WE WANT TO SEE AND HOW WEWILL ACHIEVE IT

11.15 The programme of action at Appendix 8sets out what we are doing now and what weneed to do in the future to tackle theseconcerns. We will:

● Establish a Business and BiodiversityStrategy Implementation Group with public,private and voluntary sector partners todevelop and implement the programme ofaction

● Raise awareness and understanding of thebusiness case for biodiversity so as toachieve policy recognition, engagement andaction at Board level within companies withoperations in England. In particular, we willpromote business engagement through the BiEand BITC Corporate Responsibility indices,develop guidance and training for companyboards and environment managers, andprovide basic information and web basedsupport for SMEs

● Encourage the financial services sector tointegrate biodiversity performance criteriaand standards within investment analysis,especially within Socially ResponsibleInvestment. In particular, we will invite businessorganisations and SRI fund managers to helpdevelop a coherent business case andstandard performance indicators for managingbiodiversity

● Encourage companies to managebiodiversity, as an integral part of allbusiness planning and operations, withincompany management systems (e.g. risk,health and safety, quality assurance, supplychain, sustainability and environmentalmanagement). In particular, we will publish apractitioners guide to provide a ‘route map’ forcompanies to achieve successful integration

● Provide advice, simple tools and support tohelp companies manage their biodiversityimpacts and contribute to nature conservationtargets in England. In particular, we will publishguidance on how to prepare a company BAPand work through established business

networks to promote wider adoption of thisapproach

● Encourage companies to report annually onbiodiversity as a performance managementissue and provide guidance on how to integratebiodiversity in environmental reporting. Inparticular, we will publish guidance onbiodiversity reporting with standard biodiversityperformance indicators, and we will work withACCA to develop a biodiversity category for theUK Environmental Reporting Awards, and areporting service for companies with land inSSSIs

● Coordinate business and biodiversityinitiatives through active partnershipsbetween Government, its agencies, companiesand NGOs in England. In particular, we willdevelop guidelines for NGOs seeking toengage with businesses on biodiversity, and wewill promote and facilitate companyinvolvement in LBAP partnerships and thehabitat and species Champions scheme. Wewill also highlight case studies of good practicein NGO-company partnerships

● Identify share and promote good practice. Inparticular, we will use the responses to the BiEand BITC Corporate Responsibility indices toidentify company ‘sector leaders’, publish areport and hold a workshop in Autumn 2003 topromote best practice

CONSTRAINTS AND UNCERTAINTIES

11.16 The widespread fall in company shareprices since 2000 and more recent concernsabout corporate governance and accountingstandards may deflect bigger businesses awayfrom addressing biodiversity issues. However,managing environmental impacts is part of goodcorporate governance so the business case formanaging biodiversity impacts as part ofsustainable development is arguably stronger inthese circumstances.

11.17 More generally, the sheer diversity ofbusiness types and the difficulties in reachingSMEs and influencing the supply chain posesignificant challenges.

85

Chapter 11The engagementof business

Page 87: BSG Ecology

86

Chapter 11The engagementof business

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS

11.18 At company level, there are five key tests ofa company’s commitment to move towards goodpractice on biodiversity:

● Formal recognition that the company has aresponsibility for managing its impacts onbiodiversity

● Integrating biodiversity issues with existingenvironmental management or sustainabilitystrategies, so that impacts can be minimisedand managed alongside other environmentalrisks

● Developing a formal biodiversity managementprocess, such as a CBAP

● Setting targets and dates by when theseactions are to be achieved in ways that willallow progress to be measured

● Reporting progress against targets in thecompany annual environment or sustainabilityreport

More broadly, the biodiversity indicators proposedfor this sector are:

● The condition of SSSIs in company ownership(B1)

● The proportion of expenditure by business onbiodiversity (B2)

● The number of companies for whombiodiversity is a material issue which report ontheir biodiversity performance in annualenvironmental/sustainability reports (B3)

● Coverage of company BAPs as a contributionto LBAPs (B4)

Page 88: BSG Ecology

‘Experts tend to think that scientific facts areconvincing in themselves. Exchange of this type ofinformation does not necessarily motivate peopleoutside these circles. These data are insufficient tochange knowledge, attitudes and behaviour. Theyhave to be translated into concepts and messagesthat appeal to the target audience, are relevant tothem and connect with emotional aspects andrelate to personal benefits’35

VISION

12.1 A society in which people recognise, value and take action to maintain and enhancebiodiversity as part of their everyday lives – in the same way that they might address healthissues, the community in which they live, or their economic circumstances.

Our aims are that people should:

● Be aware of biodiversity locally, in England as awhole, and globally

● Understand that most of these issues affectthem directly or indirectly; and be aware of theirown role

● Understand the close links between the qualityof the natural environment and the quality oflife, including the economic, social or personalbenefits

● Be more knowledgeable about biodiversity sothat they can both appreciate it and act tosafeguard it

(Peter Wakely, English Nature)Promoting consumer awareness is a key action in theconservation of limestone pavement – a scarce and non-renewable resource.

87

Education andpublic understanding

Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding

35 Mainstreaming Biodiversity: the role of communication, education and public awareness, IUCN, 2002

Page 89: BSG Ecology

THE NATURE OF THE CHALLENGE

12.2 There is much evidence to suggest thatbroad sectors of society have little knowledge of,or direct interaction with, biodiversity orbiodiversity issues. Many barriers prevent contactbetween people and biodiversity which theStrategy must address if it is to be successful.They include:

● Conservation or education projects that treatpeople as targets rather than as equal,participating partners

● Poor integration of biodiversity into otherpolicies or strategies, for example, as part ofbroader Community Strategies or local ornational economic initiatives

● A perceived lack of relevance to people,including a lack of knowledge of howbiodiversity can be marketed effectively

● Limited understanding by many involved ineducation of the added value of biodiversityeducation, for example, towards social orbroader education goals

● Ineffective communication between biodiversityprofessionals and educators

12.3 The ultimate success of this Strategy willdepend on the extent to which it is accepted andimplemented . This in turn will depend on howwell it is communicated.

12.4 It is clear, from the support given in thiscountry to wildlife conservation organisations –with UK-wide membership of around 5 million –that there is considerable popular support forbiodiversity and nature conservation. This is itselfan encouraging base on which to build. Valuablework is already taking place to broaden the

understanding and appeal of biodiversity and tomake it relevant to a wider range of groups andcommunities, in educational establishments , localauthorities, museums and voluntary organisations.Much of this is related to direct conservationaction on the ground. Other activities may relateto awareness raising or campaigns, for exampleabout endangered species or threatened habitats.

(Andrew Simons, The Wildlife Trust for Birmingham and theBlack Country)Learning about nature can take many forms and involve avariety of settings.

12.5 The Sustainable Development EducationPanel has placed ideas about biodiversity firmlywithin the wider context of cultural, social andeconomic diversity. Similarly it recognised, as thefirst of its key concepts, the interdependencebetween society, the economy and the naturalenvironment and extended these ideas into therights and responsibilities of people as citizensand stewards of the environment.

12.6 The future development of this part of theStrategy will need to build on what is alreadyhappening. The main task will be to identifyimportant gaps and ensure that, throughpartnerships, the various organisations alreadyworking in the field can improve the quality,effectiveness and extent of their influence.

88

Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding

Page 90: BSG Ecology

ACHIEVING THE VISION

12.7 A comprehensive strategy to achievegreater public understanding and commitmentneeds to work at different levels. It involves thedissemination of information, the capacity tocreate dialogue with and between differentsectors of the community as well as morestructured education experiences in both formaland non-formal settings. It will only be successfulif all those with an interest in biodiversity issuesrecognise, support and work co-operativelytowards its aims:

● Government and government agencies cangive a lead, promote a collaborative approachbetween sectors and help develop a sense ofpublic ownership for biodiversity

● Local government can act both as a linkbetween different groups and organisations,and more directly through its provision ofservices

● The media can raise public awareness. Theycan engage a wider spectrum of the public byrelating biodiversity to broader issues and,through a more interactive approach, engagethem in dialogue

● The many organisations involved in biodiversityeducation can co-operate to ensure that theexperiences they provide are more effectiveand reach a wider audience

Growing Schools

The successful Growing Schools garden atHampton Court Flower Show in Julyattracted many thousands of visitors –parents, grandparents, governors, teachers– to see how the outdoor environment canbe used as a learning resource across thecurriculum for all ages and abilities at amodest cost. 21 schools – all ‘beacons’ forgood practice in sound educational use ofschool grounds, contributed ideas, createdfeatures, grew plants for the garden. TheGrowing Schools garden is now at GreenwichEnvironmental Centre, where, together withthe website and resource pack, it will remaina living resource for trainee and servingteachers and for LEAs for years to come.

● In the schools sector the National Curriculum’srecognition of links between sustainability andbiodiversity gives opportunities to increaseappreciation of the educational, social andeconomic benefits of biodiversity, enhanced bythe introduction of Citizenship into theCurriculum from September 2002

● LBAP partnerships can promote understandingand involvement among local organisations,communities and individuals

● The business community can lead by exampleand promote partnerships

12.8 Appendix 9 sets out ideas for exploration inmore detail. They have not so far been developedinto a specific programme of action, becausemore work is necessary to prioritise the needsand develop a clear way forward with partnersand stakeholders. We will do this through theestablishment of an Information,Communication and Education Groupreporting to the England Biodiversity Group.The ideas for exploration include:

● Integration of information into other parts of thestrategy – e.g. into LBAPS, urban renaissanceand the Government’s sustainable Food andFarming Strategy

● Developing media opportunities and improvingpublic biodiversity information networks

● Extending and expanding the links betweeneducation on biodiversity and existingeducational programmes; and improvingcommunication between biodiversityprofessionals and educators

● Improving biodiversity education expertise andencouraging partnerships with other sectorssuch as local authorities and business

● Increasing skills in biodiversity identification,survey and taxonomy

● Extending opportunities for young people toexperience biodiversity at first hand throughoutdoor experiences

89

Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding

Page 91: BSG Ecology

12.9 We plan immediately, however, to establishmechanisms for involving children and youngpeople in the development of policy forbiodiversity as part of the England BiodiversityGroup’s implementation of the Strategy. We shallalso be open to further ideas and means ofinvolving children and young people, which will alsohelp develop the policies of Defra’s Children andYoung People’s action plan as a whole.

(Paul Glendell, English Nature)Educational visits to local nature reserves expand children’sunderstanding and appreciation of England’s natural heritage.

Wandsworth School GroundsBiodiversity Action Plan

The London Borough of Wandsworth hasheld children's fora to feed information intothe biodiversity action planning process.The idea initially came from the formermayor of Wandsworth, Chief Cllr Mrs LolaAyonrinde who made it her Wildlife 2000Millennium resolution in December 1999.

So far children from Wandle primary schooland Balham nursery school have decidedupon their favourite animal in the borough –respectively robins and hedgehogs. Withthe help of the Nature Study Centre, theyare now looking at ways to encouragethese species and monitor numbers in theirplaygrounds and wildlife areas. They havebecome flagship species for a schoolgrounds’ habitat action plan for theborough. This identifies targets for speciesand habitats within school grounds andallows progress to be monitored. This willbe the first step towards implementingbiodiversity action in schools within theBorough.

12.10 In involving children and young people, weshall take account of the following principles:

● Children and young people’s experiences needto be enjoyable, informative and memorable tocreate doorways to more demandinginvolvement

● The importance of low-cost entry to sites isessential to encourage children and youngpeople to become engaged. They do not oftenhave their own funds to support their interestsand parents may not always be willing or ableto contribute

● Communication is essential:

– information needs to be both understandableand accessible without being patronising

– an understanding of the terminology isnecessary before influence and involvementtake place

– the message should always be positive

– explanation of what is already being done andwhy, e.g. removal of trees and scrub torestore heathland

Maximum use should be made of newcommunication technologies, such as by usingtailor-made web pages and stronger linksbetween relevant websites.

TARGETS, MILESTONES ANDINDICATORS.

The indicator to measure progress in this areawill be:

● Volunteer time spent in conservation activity(U1)

90

Chapter 12Education andpublic understanding

Page 92: BSG Ecology

91

Essay 5

Involving children andyoung peopleMany young people place environmental issues high on their list of concerns, there is already an obviousactive interest in conservation. The awareness is usually at an international level, for example manychildren and young people are aware of the threats to rainforests and globally endangered species butthey are not aware of the threats to their immediate surroundings nor of the opportunities for making adifference closer to home.

The Government is committed to engaging more effectively with children and young people, involvingthem more in the planning, delivery and evaluation of policies and services relevant to them. ‘InvolvingChildren and Young People: An Action Plan for Defra – Giving Children and Young People a real say inthe Defra policies and services that affect them’ was published in June 2002. It highlights the importanceof taking account of the views of children and young people and identifies Biodiversity as a policytrailblazer. Incorporating the views of children and young people is the opportunity to take a forward-looking approach to the strategy and the conservation of biodiversity for future generations.

Projects involving children and young people that are currently underway include ‘The Wildflower ArkProject’, National schemes including ‘Growing Schools’, ‘Forest Schools’, the ‘GLOBE’ programme, and‘Wildlife WATCH’. More general schemes such as the Duke of Edinburgh Award and Scouts offer furtheropportunities through both formal and informal routes.

But it will be important to reach all sectors of the community not just the active young citizens alreadyinvolved with conservation and those that take part in national schemes and groups. We must find ways ofbringing in wider communities and social groups and recognise that concerns will differ across theregions. There will also be issues affecting children and young people in the different work streams of thisstrategy.

We aim to involve children and young people in the development and implementation of our strategy aswell as to raise their awareness of the direct educational, recreational and social benefits of beinginvolved with biodiversity.

Page 93: BSG Ecology

92

Page 94: BSG Ecology

93

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Impl

emen

t new

com

mon

land

legi

slat

ion

– in

par

ticul

ar th

efo

rmat

ion

of s

tatu

tory

asso

ciat

ions

for

self-

regu

latio

n of

gra

zing

inte

nsity

on

com

mon

s(D

efra

).

All

part

ies

to a

ct o

n th

ere

mai

ning

reco

mm

enda

tions

of t

heP

olic

y C

omm

issi

on o

nFa

rmin

g an

d Fo

od.

A

ll pa

rtie

s w

ork

tow

ards

favo

urab

le c

ondi

tion

ofS

SS

Is (

targ

et 9

5% b

y20

10).

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

co-

fund

ing

appr

oach

es to

man

agem

ent o

f Nat

ura

2000

site

s as

agr

eed

with

Eur

opea

nC

omm

issi

on.

Sec

ure

new

com

mon

land

legi

slat

ion

–in

clud

ing

allo

win

gfo

rmal

ass

ocia

tions

tore

gula

te g

razi

ngin

tens

ity o

n co

mm

ons

(Def

ra).

All

part

ies

to a

ct o

n th

ere

com

men

datio

ns o

f the

Pol

icy

Com

mis

sion

on

Farm

ing

and

Food

.

All

part

ies

wor

k to

war

dsfa

vour

able

con

ditio

n of

SS

SIs

.

Ado

ptio

n of

Eng

lish

Site

s of

Com

mun

ityIm

port

ance

, bas

ed o

nU

K c

andi

date

SA

C li

st(D

efra

, EN

).

Pre

ss fo

r re

form

of

lives

tock

reg

imes

tode

coup

le p

rodu

ctio

nfro

m s

ubsi

dy a

ndfa

cilit

ate

exte

nsiv

egr

azin

g sy

stem

s (D

efra

).

Rev

iew

of D

efra

over

graz

ing

cont

rols

.

Res

earc

h on

clas

sific

atio

n of

hill

land

.

Sus

tain

ing

Eng

land

’sW

oodl

ands

rev

iew

.

Rev

iew

of W

oodl

and

Cre

atio

n gr

ants

.

RS

PB

res

earc

h on

the

effe

cts

of la

ndm

anag

emen

tte

chni

ques

on

bird

s.

Com

plet

ion

of li

st o

fca

ndid

ate

SA

Cs.

UK

Rep

ort t

o th

e FA

Oon

the

stat

e of

the

natio

n’s

Farm

Ani

mal

Gen

etic

Res

ourc

es.

L –

Cro

ss-c

ompl

ianc

e to

prev

ent o

verg

razi

ng a

ndda

mag

ing

supp

lem

enta

ryfe

edin

g; S

SS

I des

igna

tion

and

man

agem

ent;

Cou

ntry

side

and

Rig

hts

ofW

ay A

ct 2

000;

Env

ironm

enta

lIm

pact

Ass

essm

ent

(Unc

ultiv

ated

Lan

d an

d S

emi-

Nat

ural

Are

as)

Reg

ulat

ions

;E

U H

abita

ts a

nd B

irds

Dire

ctiv

es.

I – H

ill F

arm

Allo

wan

ceS

chem

e (H

FA);

Env

ironm

enta

lly S

ensi

tive

Are

as (

ES

A)

and

Cou

ntry

side

Ste

war

dshi

p S

chem

es (

CS

S);

Org

anic

Far

min

g S

chem

e(O

FS);

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme

(WG

S);

Ext

ensi

ficat

ion

prem

ia; H

LF;

Wild

life

Enh

ance

men

tS

chem

e (W

ES

);E

nviro

nmen

tal A

ctio

n Fu

nd;

Nat

iona

l Par

k m

anag

emen

tag

reem

ents

; Ass

ured

Foo

dS

tand

ards

and

ret

aile

r le

das

sura

nce

sche

mes

.

(a)

The

rete

ntio

nan

d go

odco

nditi

on o

f sem

i-na

tura

l hab

itats

with

in fa

rmin

gsy

stem

s.

(b)

The

prom

otio

nan

d re

war

d of

appr

opria

te la

ndm

anag

emen

tte

chni

ques

that

bene

fit s

emi-

natu

ral h

abita

ts,

eith

er d

irect

ly o

rin

dire

ctly

.

Det

erio

ratio

n in

the

qual

ity o

f sem

i-na

tura

l hab

itats

as

form

er fo

rms

ofm

anag

emen

t are

aban

done

d or

repl

aced

with

mor

ein

tens

ive

syst

ems.

Page 95: BSG Ecology

94

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Ass

ist f

arm

ers,

thro

ugh

ince

ntiv

es a

nd a

dvic

e,to

take

adv

anta

ge o

fne

w m

arke

top

port

uniti

es fo

ren

viro

nmen

tally

sust

aina

ble

prod

ucts

,fo

llow

ing

the

exam

ple

ofot

hers

(e.

g. “

Whi

te a

ndW

ild”

milk

, Sur

rey

Hill

sbr

and

etc)

.

Con

tinue

to d

evel

opag

ri-en

viro

nmen

tal

ince

ntiv

es s

o th

at th

eyde

liver

eve

r hi

gher

envi

ronm

enta

l far

min

gst

anda

rds.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

Wat

erLe

vel M

anag

emen

tP

lans

(D

efra

and

rele

vant

ope

ratin

gau

thor

ities

).

Est

ablis

h a

pilo

t net

wor

kof

dem

onst

ratio

n fa

rms

and

build

on

exis

ting

netw

orks

to d

isse

min

ate

best

pra

ctic

e in

envi

ronm

enta

lly fr

iend

lyfa

rmin

g (D

efra

).

Pro

mot

e us

e of

Gra

zing

Ani

mal

s P

roje

cts

toac

hiev

e en

viro

nmen

tally

sust

aina

ble

graz

ing

inun

derg

raze

d ar

eas

(EN

).

Rat

iona

lisat

ion

ofG

over

nmen

t adv

ice

stre

ams.

Mar

ket-b

ased

envi

ronm

enta

l ini

tiativ

es(s

uch

as “

Whi

te a

ndW

ild”

milk

, the

Sur

rey

Hill

s br

and)

.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

me

revi

ew.

Res

earc

h on

cha

nges

inco

nditi

on o

f sem

i-na

tura

l hab

itats

(Cou

ntry

side

Sur

vey

2000

FO

CU

S p

roje

ct).

EN

Gra

zing

Ani

mal

sP

roje

cts.

Res

earc

h to

det

erm

ine

base

line

envi

ronm

enta

lst

anda

rds

in R

ed T

ract

orS

chem

e (D

efra

, AFS

,A

genc

ies)

.

A –

Cod

es o

f Goo

dA

gric

ultu

ral P

ract

ice;

R&

Dan

d kn

owle

dge/

tech

nolo

gytr

ansf

er; F

WA

G w

hole

-farm

advi

ce; R

SP

B (

and

othe

rN

GO

) ad

vice

to fa

rmer

s; F

ive

Poi

nt P

lan

for

wild

life

frien

dly

farm

ing

(EN

, NFU

); B

AS

C, E

Nad

vice

to s

hoot

ing

com

mun

ity.

Page 96: BSG Ecology

95

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Furt

her

deve

lop

inve

ntor

y of

prio

rity

sem

i-nat

ural

hab

itats

acro

ss E

ngla

nd (

EN

).

Nat

iona

l Bio

dive

rsity

Net

wor

k pi

lot s

tudy

in

Sou

thw

est E

ngla

nd to

deve

lop

inve

ntor

y of

prio

rity

sem

i-nat

ural

habi

tats

(N

BN

).

Del

iver

y of

AO

NB

man

agem

ent p

lans

(par

tner

ship

s of

LA

s,D

efra

, CA

, FC

, EN

).

Rev

iew

of E

IAre

gula

tions

to e

nsur

eth

ey a

re m

eetin

g th

eir

biod

iver

sity

and

oth

erob

ject

ives

(D

efra

).

Sou

th D

owns

Enh

ance

men

t Ini

tiativ

e –

to a

chie

ve lo

ng-te

rmre

stor

atio

n of

land

scap

ean

d ha

bita

ts(p

artn

ersh

ip o

fC

ount

rysi

de A

genc

y,D

efra

, loc

al a

utho

ritie

s,va

rious

NG

Os)

.

EN

Life

scap

es in

itiat

ive.

Use

agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

mes

to p

rote

ctha

bita

ts is

olat

ed w

ithin

agric

ultu

ral l

ands

cape

s(D

efra

).

Prio

rity

Hab

itat A

ctio

nP

lans

.

Man

agem

ent p

lann

ing

by A

ON

B b

oard

s.

New

gui

danc

e fo

r H

LFon

man

agem

ent o

fw

ood

past

ure

and

park

land

.

Tom

orro

w’s

Hea

thla

ndH

erita

ge (

HLF

).

LIFE

pro

ject

s.

Pos

sibl

e es

tabl

ishm

ent

of n

ew N

atio

nal P

arks

.

Sus

tain

ing

Eng

land

’sW

oodl

ands

rev

iew

.

Rev

iew

of W

oodl

and

Cre

atio

n gr

ant.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

me

revi

ew.

Res

earc

h on

effe

cts

ofcl

imat

e ch

ange

on

fragm

ente

d ha

bita

ts (

EN

MO

NA

RC

H p

roje

ct).

L –

EIA

Reg

ulat

ions

; SS

SI

desi

gnat

ion;

EU

Hab

itats

and

Bird

s D

irect

ives

; CR

OW

Act

;Li

mes

tone

Pav

emen

t Ord

ers.

I – E

SA

s an

d C

SS

; W

GS

;Fa

rm W

oodl

and

Pre

miu

mS

chem

e (F

WP

S);

EA

F; H

LF;

Nat

iona

l Par

k m

anag

emen

tag

reem

ents

; Ass

ured

Foo

dS

tand

ards

and

ret

aile

r le

das

sura

nce

sche

mes

.

A –

Cod

es o

f Goo

dA

gric

ultu

ral P

ract

ice;

Def

ra-

fund

ed fr

ee c

onse

rvat

ion

advi

ce; R

&D

and

kno

wle

dge/

tech

nolo

gy tr

ansf

er; L

and

Man

agem

ent I

nitia

tives

;va

rious

Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy

advi

ce s

trea

ms;

FW

AG

who

le-fa

rm a

dvic

e; R

SP

Bfa

rm a

dvic

e; F

ive

Poi

nt P

lan

for

wild

life

frien

dly

farm

ing

(EN

, NFU

).

Pre

serv

atio

n,m

anag

emen

t,re

stor

atio

n,cr

eatio

n an

djo

inin

g up

of

mat

rices

of s

emi-

natu

ral h

abita

ts in

a w

ay th

at w

illal

low

wild

life

toth

rive.

Loss

,fra

gmen

tatio

n an

dis

olat

ion

of s

emi-

natu

ral h

abita

tsth

roug

hag

ricul

tura

lin

tens

ifica

tion

orde

velo

pmen

t.

Page 97: BSG Ecology

96

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Com

mis

sion

new

Cou

ntry

side

Sur

vey,

with

mor

e an

alys

is o

fsc

ale

of, a

nd r

easo

nsfo

r, ch

ange

s to

farm

land

biod

iver

sity

.

Am

end

the

Hed

gero

ws

Reg

ulat

ions

to p

rovi

dem

ore

effe

ctiv

epr

otec

tion

of a

ssoc

iate

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty (

Def

ra).

Ach

ieve

pro

tect

ion/

good

man

agem

ent o

fim

port

ant f

arm

land

feat

ures

thro

ugh

deve

lopm

ent o

f ag

ri-en

viro

nmen

tsc

hem

es a

nd fa

rmad

viso

ry s

ervi

ces

(Def

ra).

Con

tinue

to p

ress

for

refo

rm o

f liv

esto

ckre

gim

es to

dec

oupl

epr

oduc

tion

from

sub

sidy

(Def

ra).

Con

sulta

tion

on n

ewpl

anni

ng g

uida

nce

onna

ture

con

serv

atio

n an

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty –

PP

G9

(OD

PM

, Def

ra).

Con

sulta

tion

onam

endm

ents

toH

edge

row

s R

egul

atio

ns19

97 a

nd p

rote

ctio

n of

othe

r co

untr

ysid

efe

atur

es.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

me

revi

ew.

Sus

tain

ing

Eng

land

’sW

oodl

ands

rev

iew

.

Rev

iew

of W

oodl

and

Cre

atio

n gr

ants

.

L –

Cro

ss c

ompl

ianc

eco

nditi

ons

to p

reve

nt lo

ss o

ffe

atur

es o

n se

t asi

de la

nd;

Hed

gero

ws

Reg

ulat

ions

1997

; Tre

e P

rote

ctio

n O

rder

s;S

SS

I des

igna

tion;

EU

Hab

itats

Dire

ctiv

e.

I – E

SA

s an

d C

SS

; FW

PS

and

WG

S; E

AF;

HLF

; Nat

iona

lP

ark

man

agem

ent

agre

emen

ts; F

WA

G F

arm

Bio

dive

rsity

Act

ion

Pla

ns.

A –

Def

ra fu

nded

free

cons

erva

tion

advi

ce; R

&D

and

know

ledg

e/te

chno

logy

tran

sfer

; Lan

d M

anag

emen

tIn

itiat

ives

; var

ious

Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy

advi

cest

ream

s; F

WA

G w

hole

farm

advi

ce; R

SP

B fa

rm a

dvic

e;Fi

ve P

oint

Pla

n fo

r w

ildlif

efri

endl

y fa

rmin

g (E

N, N

FU).

A r

ever

sal o

f los

ses

of f

arm

land

feat

ures

of v

alue

tow

ildlif

e an

d th

epo

sitiv

em

anag

emen

t of a

llsu

ch fe

atur

es.

Loss

of i

mpo

rtan

tfa

rmla

nd fe

atur

essu

ch a

s he

dges

,po

nds,

anc

ient

tree

s, a

nd c

opse

s(in

clud

ing

byre

mov

al a

ndne

glec

t).

Page 98: BSG Ecology

97

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Rol

l out

ent

ry le

vel a

gri-

envi

ronm

ent s

chem

ean

d st

rong

ly p

rom

ote

upta

ke b

y fa

rmer

s.

Inve

stig

ate

impa

ct o

nbi

odiv

ersi

ty o

f cha

ngin

gag

ricul

tura

l pra

ctic

e in

resp

onse

to c

limat

ech

ange

.

Sec

ure

an a

ppro

pria

tene

w C

ounc

il R

egul

atio

non

con

serv

atio

n of

gene

tic r

esou

rces

impo

rtan

t for

agr

icul

ture

.

Impl

emen

t cha

nges

incr

iteria

for

entr

y on

to th

eN

atio

nal L

ist o

f Pla

ntVa

rietie

s.

Wor

k w

ith A

ssur

ed F

ood

Sta

ndar

ds o

n in

clus

ion

of a

dditi

onal

bas

elin

een

viro

nmen

tal

stan

dard

s w

ithin

“R

edTr

acto

r” a

ssur

ance

sche

mes

(D

efra

).

Con

tinue

to r

evie

wop

tions

for

redu

cing

cont

ribut

ion

ofag

ricul

ture

to c

limat

ech

ange

(D

efra

and

stak

ehol

ders

).

Ens

ure

that

net

wor

ks o

fde

mon

stra

tion

farm

s ar

edi

ssem

inat

ing

best

prac

tice

inen

viro

nmen

tally

frie

ndly

farm

ing

(Def

ra).

Org

anic

Far

min

g A

ctio

nP

lan.

Dev

elop

men

t of t

heco

ncep

t of I

nteg

rate

dFa

rm M

anag

emen

t and

prom

otio

n of

the

mod

el.

Rev

iew

of c

urre

nt p

olic

yst

rate

gy fo

r th

eco

nser

vatio

n an

dsu

stai

nabl

e us

e of

gene

tic r

esou

rces

impo

rtan

t for

agr

icul

ture

(Def

ra).

Dis

cuss

ion

of d

raft

Cou

ncil

Reg

ulat

ion

onco

nser

vatio

n of

gen

etic

reso

urce

s in

agr

icul

ture

.

UK

Rep

ort t

o th

e FA

Oon

the

stat

e of

the

natio

n’s

Farm

Ani

mal

Gen

etic

Res

ourc

es.

L –

SS

SI a

nd o

ther

site

desi

gnat

ion;

EU

Hab

itats

and

Bird

s D

irect

ives

.

I – O

FS, E

SA

s an

d C

SS

;be

spok

e m

anag

emen

t pla

nsfo

r se

t-asi

de; F

WP

S a

ndW

GS

; EA

F; H

LF; N

atio

nal

Par

k m

anag

emen

tag

reem

ents

; Ass

ured

Foo

dS

tand

ards

and

ret

aile

r le

das

sura

nce

sche

mes

.

A –

Def

ra fu

nded

cons

erva

tion

advi

ce; R

&D

and

know

ledg

e/te

chno

logy

tran

sfer

; Lan

d M

anag

emen

tIn

itiat

ives

; var

ious

Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy

advi

cest

ream

s; F

WA

G w

hole

-farm

advi

ce; F

ive

Poi

nt P

lan

for

wild

life

frien

dly

farm

ing

(EN

, NFU

); B

AS

C/R

SP

Bad

vice

abo

ut fa

rmla

nd b

irds.

A s

usta

ined

incr

ease

in th

ebi

odiv

ersi

ty v

alue

of a

gric

ultu

rally

prod

uctiv

e la

nd.

Det

erio

ratio

n in

the

biod

iver

sity

val

ueof

agr

icul

tura

llypr

oduc

tive

land

as

prod

uctio

nm

etho

ds h

ave

chan

ged.

Page 99: BSG Ecology

98

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mot

e be

tter

envi

ronm

enta

lm

anag

emen

t of s

et-

asid

e, in

clud

ing

take

up

of m

ulti-

annu

al s

et-

asid

e, a

nd b

espo

kem

anag

emen

t pla

ns(D

efra

).

Con

tinue

to p

ress

for

refo

rm o

f liv

esto

ckre

gim

es to

dec

oupl

epr

oduc

tion

from

sub

sidy

(Def

ra).

Dev

elop

men

t of

cons

erva

tion

plan

s fo

rra

re s

heep

bre

eds

inN

atio

nal S

crap

ie P

lan

(Def

ra).

Con

side

r bi

odiv

ersi

tyim

plic

atio

ns o

f res

ults

of

farm

scal

e tr

ials

of

gene

tical

ly m

odifi

edcr

ops.

Dis

cuss

ion

with

stak

ehol

ders

in F

orum

on S

eeds

for a

Sus

tain

able

Env

ironm

ent

(FO

SS

E) a

nd a

t EC

on

legi

slat

ion

to p

erm

it th

em

arke

ting

of s

eed

cons

erva

tion

mix

ture

s,va

rietie

s th

reat

ened

by

gene

tic e

rosi

on a

ndhe

ritag

e va

rietie

s.

Dis

cuss

ions

in F

OS

SE

on c

hang

ing

bala

nce

ofva

lue

for c

ultiv

atio

n an

dus

e (V

CU

) crit

eria

tow

ards

mor

esu

stai

nabl

e qu

aliti

es.

Res

earc

h in

tore

latio

nshi

p be

twee

nag

ricul

ture

and

clim

ate

chan

ge.

Vario

us lo

cal f

arm

land

bird

initi

ativ

es (e

.g. t

heN

orth

Wes

sex

Dow

nspr

ojec

t).

Hig

h W

eald

s M

eado

wIn

itiat

ive.

New

ara

ble

optio

ns in

CS

S.

Page 100: BSG Ecology

99

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Res

earc

h in

to in

tegr

atio

nof

bio

dive

rsity

and

prod

uctiv

e la

nd (e

.g.

SA

FFIE

pro

ject

).

Pro

mot

ion

of In

tegr

ated

Farm

Man

agem

ent.

Scr

apie

gen

otyp

essu

rvey

for r

are

shee

pbr

eed

flock

s (D

efra

Nat

iona

l Scr

apie

Pla

n).

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

me

revi

ew.

Stra

tegy

for S

usta

inab

leFo

od a

nd F

arm

ing.

Page 101: BSG Ecology

100

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Impl

emen

t out

com

e of

Nitr

ates

Dire

ctiv

e re

view

in D

ecem

ber

2006

(Def

ra).

Ong

oing

rev

iew

of s

oil

actio

n pl

an.

Mak

e fu

ll us

e of

Rur

alD

evel

opm

ent R

egul

atio

nto

ens

ure

it pr

ovid

es a

nad

equa

te fr

amew

ork

for

natio

nal m

easu

res

(Def

ra).

Pub

lish

and

cons

ult o

nriv

er b

asin

man

agem

ent

plan

s an

d co

mpl

ete

rela

ted

plan

ning

and

mon

itorin

g w

ork

(Def

ra).

Mon

itor

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

Nitr

ates

Act

ion

Pro

gram

me

and

revi

ewm

easu

res

(Nitr

ates

Dire

ctiv

e) (

Def

ra).

Dev

elop

men

t and

prom

otio

n of

Inte

grat

edFa

rm/C

rop

Man

agem

ent

(LE

AF)

.

Rev

iew

of p

estic

ides

regi

me

in li

ght o

f the

envi

ronm

enta

l ben

efits

deliv

ered

by

the

Volu

ntar

y In

itiat

ive.

Del

iver

impr

oved

adv

ice,

actin

g on

less

ons

lear

ned

from

Def

raK

now

ledg

e Tr

ansf

erpr

ojec

t.

Impl

emen

t so

il ac

tion

plan

.

Intr

oduc

e na

tiona

l soi

lin

dica

tors

and

mon

itorin

g sc

hem

e, a

sen

visa

ged

in th

ena

tiona

l soi

l str

ateg

y(D

efra

, EA

, NS

RI).

Ext

ensi

on o

f cov

erag

eof

Nitr

ate

Vuln

erab

leZo

nes

in E

ngla

nd to

55%

of a

gric

ultu

ral l

and

area

.

Cro

p P

rote

ctio

n, fa

rmin

gan

d re

late

d in

dust

ries’

Volu

ntar

y In

itiat

ive.

Pes

ticid

es fo

rum

.

R&

D o

n en

hanc

emen

t of

biol

ogic

al p

est c

ontr

ol(IA

CR

, CS

L, D

efra

).

Str

ateg

y fo

r S

usta

inab

leFo

od a

nd F

arm

ing.

Was

te S

trat

egy

for

Eng

land

.

Follo

w-u

p to

cons

ulta

tion

on s

oil

stra

tegy

.

Org

anic

Far

min

g A

ctio

nP

lan.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

me

revi

ew.

Sus

tain

ing

Eng

land

’sW

oodl

ands

rev

iew

.

L –W

ater

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e; N

itrat

es D

irect

ive;

Wat

er M

easu

res

Act

199

1;E

nviro

nmen

tal P

rote

ctio

n A

ct19

90; C

lean

Air

Act

199

3; T

heC

ontr

ol o

f Pes

ticid

esR

egul

atio

ns 1

986;

Pes

ticid

es(M

axim

um L

evel

s in

Cro

ps,

Food

and

Fee

ding

stuf

fs)

(Eng

land

and

Wal

es)

Reg

ulat

ions

199

9; T

he F

ood

and

Env

ironm

ent P

rote

ctio

nA

ct 1

985;

Pla

nt P

rote

ctio

nP

rodu

cts

(Bas

ic C

ondi

tions

)R

egul

atio

ns 1

997;

Con

trol

of

Sub

stan

ces

Haz

ardo

us to

Hea

lth A

ct 1

999;

UK

Fer

tilis

erR

egul

atio

ns 1

991;

Fre

shw

ater

Fish

Dire

ctiv

e; N

atio

nal

Em

issi

ons

Cei

ling

Dire

ctiv

ean

d U

NE

CE

Got

henb

urg

Pro

toco

l; W

aste

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e.

I – O

FS, F

arm

Was

te G

rant

Sch

eme;

EA

F; H

LF; A

ssur

edFo

od S

tand

ards

and

ret

aile

rle

d as

sura

nce

sche

mes

.

To a

chie

ve a

cros

sal

l of E

ngla

nd’s

farm

land

bes

ten

viro

nmen

tal

prac

tice

to li

mit

the

inci

dent

al im

pact

of a

gric

ultu

ral

prac

tices

on

wid

erbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Dam

age

to s

oil,

wat

er a

nd o

ther

ecos

yste

ms

byag

ricul

tura

lpo

llutio

n,co

mpa

ctio

n,er

osio

n,pe

stic

ides

, org

anic

and

inor

gani

cfe

rtili

sers

.

Page 102: BSG Ecology

101

Appendix: 1Agriculture

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pub

lish

and

cons

ult o

nR

iver

Bas

inM

anag

emen

t Pla

ns b

yD

ecem

ber

2008

and

com

plet

e re

late

dpl

anni

ng a

nd m

onito

ring

wor

k (D

efra

) by

200

9.

Com

plet

e th

e re

view

of

agri-

envi

ronm

ent

sche

mes

, to

incl

ude

‘bro

ad a

nd s

hallo

w’

sche

me

optio

ns th

atin

clud

e re

sour

cepr

otec

tion.

Com

plet

e Tr

ansp

ositi

onof

Wat

er F

ram

ewor

kD

irect

ive.

Exp

ansi

on o

f adv

ice

sche

mes

on

river

catc

hmen

t pro

ject

s (E

A, E

N, F

WA

G).

Est

ablis

h a

pilo

t net

wor

kof

dem

onst

ratio

n fa

rms

to d

isse

min

ate

best

prac

tice

inen

viro

nmen

tally

frie

ndly

farm

ing

(Def

ra).

Am

end

Fert

ilise

rR

egul

atio

ns to

take

acco

unt o

f for

thco

min

gE

C R

egul

atio

n on

fert

ilise

rs.

Rev

iew

impa

cts

ofat

mos

pher

ic e

nric

hmen

ton

agr

icul

tura

l sys

tem

.

Sec

ond

cons

ulta

tion

onth

e W

ater

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e.

Cro

ss c

uttin

g re

view

of

diffu

se p

ollu

tion

ofw

ater

s by

agr

icul

ture

.

Am

mon

ia S

trat

egy.

Pub

lish

Wat

er P

olic

yD

ocum

ent,

incl

udin

gst

rate

gic

visi

on fo

r th

efu

ture

(D

efra

).

A –

Cod

es o

f Goo

dA

gric

ultu

ral P

ract

ice;

Def

rafre

e ad

vice

on

Nitr

ate

Vuln

erab

le Z

ones

; Far

mM

anur

e M

anag

emen

t Pla

ns;

Org

anic

Con

vers

ion

Info

rmat

ion

Ser

vice

;C

ontr

ollin

g S

oil E

rosi

on p

ack;

Fert

ilise

r R

ecom

men

datio

nsfo

r A

gric

ultu

ral a

ndH

ortic

ultu

ral C

rops

; Brit

ish

Sur

vey

of F

ertil

iser

Pra

ctic

e;La

ndca

re P

artn

ersh

ip (

EA

lead

); R

&D

and

kno

wle

dge/

tech

nolo

gy tr

ansf

er; F

WA

Gw

hole

farm

adv

ice;

riv

erca

tchm

ent m

anag

emen

tpl

ans;

Fiv

e P

oint

Pla

n fo

rw

ildlif

e fri

endl

y fa

rmin

g (E

N,

NFU

).

NO

TES

:

1.Th

e ta

ble

does

not

incl

ude

actio

ns th

at a

re in

tend

ed to

del

iver

UK

BA

P h

abita

t and

spe

cies

act

ion

plan

s (t

houg

h m

any

of th

e ab

ove

actio

ns w

illco

ntrib

ute

to d

eliv

ery

of a

ctio

n pl

ans.

)

2.O

ther

than

the

“Red

Tra

ctor

”, th

e to

ols

colu

mn

does

not

incl

ude

spec

ific

deta

ils a

bout

the

wid

e ra

nge

of c

omm

erci

al m

arke

ting

met

hods

and

ret

aile

rin

cent

ive

sche

mes

, of w

hich

ther

e ar

e to

o m

any

to li

st.

Page 103: BSG Ecology

102

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Dra

fting

and

impl

emen

tatio

n of

new

HA

Ps

as d

ecid

ed b

y U

KP

artn

ersh

ip.

Hab

itat A

ctio

n P

lans

for

pond

s, a

ctiv

e sh

ingl

eriv

ers,

olig

otro

phic

lake

s, c

onsi

dere

d in

the

light

of H

AP

rep

orts

in20

05 (

UK

Par

tner

ship

).

3 ad

ditio

nal w

etla

ndH

AP

s re

com

men

ded.

PH

abita

t Act

ion

Pla

ns fo

rad

ditio

nal w

ater

and

wet

land

type

s.

Impl

emen

tatio

n (E

A).

All

plan

s an

d st

rate

gies

activ

ely

prom

ote

inte

grat

ed c

atch

men

tm

anag

emen

t and

deliv

ery

of B

AP

targ

ets

(EA

).

Impl

emen

tatio

n an

dre

view

.P

Exi

stin

g E

nviro

nmen

tA

genc

y P

lans

and

Str

ateg

ies.

Impl

emen

tatio

n (D

efra

).P

rinci

ple

of e

stab

lishi

ngin

tegr

ated

cat

chm

ent

man

agem

ent,

with

prog

ress

tow

ards

BA

Pta

rget

s (D

efra

).

Bei

ng d

evel

oped

.P

Def

ra W

ater

Pol

icy

Doc

umen

t.

Pilo

t sub

-pla

ns li

nkin

gB

AP

targ

ets

and

Riv

erB

asin

Man

agem

ent

Pla

ns (

EA

, EN

).

Riv

er b

asin

char

acte

risat

ion

ofim

pact

s an

d pr

essu

res

take

s fu

ll ac

coun

t of

wat

er r

elat

ed n

eeds

of

Nat

ura

2000

site

s an

dris

k of

sig

nific

ant

dam

age

to w

etla

nds

(EA

, EN

).

Con

side

r de

velo

pmen

t of

pilo

t riv

er b

asin

sub

-pla

nsta

king

acc

ount

of

biod

iver

sity

at t

heca

tchm

ent s

cale

inco

rpor

atin

g ag

ri-en

viro

nmen

t pos

sibi

litie

sw

here

app

ropr

iate

(EA

, EN

).

Dra

fting

reg

ulat

ions

.C

onsu

ltatio

n on

Ann

exes

II a

nd V

(Def

ra).

LW

ater

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e.B

iodi

vers

ityin

tegr

ated

into

who

le c

atch

men

tm

anag

emen

t.

Inte

grat

edC

atch

men

tM

anag

emen

t.

Page 104: BSG Ecology

103

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pre

pare

for

impl

emen

tatio

n of

mea

sure

s (D

efra

, EA

).

Pac

kage

of m

easu

res

(eg

regu

lato

ry, f

isca

l and

ince

ntiv

es)

to a

ddre

ssag

ricul

tura

l and

oth

erdi

ffuse

pol

lutio

n (D

efra

).

Dev

elop

men

t of t

echn

ical

basi

s fo

r es

tabl

ishi

ngan

dm

easu

ring

good

ecol

ogic

al s

tatu

s fo

rw

ater

habi

tats

(Def

ra, E

A).

Dra

fting

reg

ulat

ions

.C

onsu

ltatio

n on

tech

nica

l Ann

exes

II a

ndV

(D

efra

).

LW

ater

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e.

Con

tinue

pro

gram

me.

NV

Z pr

ogra

mm

ein

tegr

ated

with

nut

rient

targ

ets

for

stat

utor

y si

tes

and

prio

rity

habi

tats

(Def

ra).

Ade

quat

e po

licin

g an

dm

onito

ring

of N

VZ

regu

latio

n (E

A).

Rev

iew

of N

itrat

eVu

lner

able

Zon

es(N

VZs

) (D

efra

).

LN

itrat

es D

irect

ive.

Impl

emen

t app

ropr

iate

cont

rols

on

was

te w

ater

disc

harg

e. (

EA

, Wat

erC

ompa

nies

via

PR

O 4

).

Rev

iew

of E

utro

phic

Sen

sitiv

e A

reas

use

sap

prop

riate

wat

erqu

ality

sta

ndar

dsde

velo

ped

for

stat

utor

ysi

tes

and

prio

rity

habi

tats

(E

A, D

efra

).

Fort

hcom

ing

revi

ew o

fE

utro

phic

Sen

sitiv

eA

reas

.

LU

rban

Was

te W

ater

Trea

tmen

t Dire

ctiv

e.

LIP

PC

Dire

ctiv

e.

Wat

er q

ualit

yta

rget

s de

velo

ped

and

met

for

prio

rity

BA

P h

abita

ts a

ndw

ater

and

wet

land

SS

SIs

.

Pol

lutio

n.

Page 105: BSG Ecology

104

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Impl

emen

t Str

ateg

y(D

efra

, EA

).

Est

ablis

h su

cces

s of

EC

AP

s (E

A).

Intr

oduc

e m

easu

res

tota

ckle

org

anic

diff

use

pollu

tion

affe

ctin

g w

ater

and

wet

land

hab

itats

, to

be in

clud

ed in

agr

i-en

viro

nmen

t, fa

rmst

anda

rds

and

the

Str

ateg

y fo

r Fo

od a

ndFa

rmin

g (E

A, E

N,

Def

ra).

Con

tinue

to im

plem

ent

pilo

t Eut

roph

icat

ion

Con

trol

Act

ion

Pla

ns(E

CA

Ps)

and

ref

ine

tool

kit a

nd c

ontr

olm

easu

res

(EA

).

Con

sulta

tion

phas

e(D

efra

).

Res

earc

h to

sup

port

deci

sion

-mak

ing

(Def

ra,

EN

).

Def

ra D

iffus

e P

ollu

tion

Str

ateg

y.

Impl

emen

t mea

sure

s to

mee

t sta

ndar

ds (

EA

,D

efra

).

Impl

emen

t mea

sure

s to

mee

t sta

ndar

ds in

acco

rdan

ce w

ith P

SA

targ

ets

for

SS

SIs

by

2010

(E

A, D

efra

).

Agr

eem

ent o

f wat

erqu

ality

sta

ndar

ds(in

clud

ing

nutr

ient

s) fo

ral

l wat

er a

nd w

etla

ndS

AC

s, S

PAs

and

Ram

sar

site

s (E

A, E

N,

Def

ra).

Agr

eem

ent o

f wat

erqu

ality

sta

ndar

ds fo

rS

SS

Is. R

equi

rem

ents

incl

uded

as

a dr

iver

inP

RO

4 (E

A, E

N, D

efra

).

Ong

oing

Rev

iew

of

Con

sent

s, p

lus

wid

erm

easu

res

to a

chie

vefa

vour

able

con

serv

atio

nst

atus

(E

A).

Agr

eed

prot

ocol

and

proc

edur

es (

EN

, EA

).

LH

abita

ts a

nd B

irds

Dire

ctiv

es.

LC

RoW

Act

.

Page 106: BSG Ecology

105

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Impl

emen

t the

PR

O4

natio

nal e

nviro

nmen

tpr

ogra

mm

e (W

ater

Com

pani

es, E

A).

Pre

pare

for

PR

O 5

.

Wat

er q

uant

ityre

quire

men

ts fo

rst

atut

ory

site

s an

dpr

iorit

y ha

bita

ts in

clud

edas

a d

river

for

fund

ing

inP

RO

4 (

Def

ra, E

N, E

A).

AM

P 3

impl

emen

tatio

n.D

evel

opm

ent o

f PR

O 4

prog

ram

me.

Nat

iona

l Env

ironm

ent

Pro

gram

me

in W

ater

Indu

stry

Inve

stm

ent P

rogr

amm

e.

Pre

pare

for

impl

emen

tatio

n of

mea

sure

s to

ach

ieve

good

eco

logi

cal s

tatu

s(E

A, D

efra

).

Dev

elop

men

t of

tech

nica

l bas

is fo

ras

sess

ing,

mon

itorin

gan

d cl

assi

fyin

gco

nditi

on o

f wat

eren

viro

nmen

t, in

clud

ing

wat

er q

uant

ity

(Def

ra, E

A).

Dra

fting

reg

ulat

ions

,co

nsul

tatio

ns o

nA

nnex

es II

and

V(D

efra

).

LW

ater

Fra

mew

ork

Dire

ctiv

e.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

Bill

.(D

efra

, EA

).

Impl

emen

tatio

n on

prio

rity

site

s (E

A).

Wat

er B

ill to

impr

ove

mec

hani

sms

that

allo

wm

ore

sust

aina

ble

wat

erre

sour

ce m

anag

emen

t(D

efra

).

Inve

stig

atio

n w

ork

toes

tabl

ish

wor

kpr

ogra

mm

e (E

A, E

N).

Bill

aw

aitin

gpa

rliam

enta

ry ti

me

(Def

ra).

Und

er d

evel

opm

ent

(EA

).

LW

ater

Bill

.

PR

esto

ratio

n of

Sus

tain

able

Abs

trac

tion

Pro

gram

me.

Wat

er q

uant

ityre

quire

men

tsde

velo

ped

and

met

for

all p

riorit

y w

ater

and

wet

land

habi

tats

and

use

dfo

r co

nditi

onas

sess

men

t of

rele

vant

SS

SIs

.

Abs

trac

tion.

Impl

emen

t the

PR

O 4

natio

nal e

nviro

nmen

tpr

ogra

mm

e (W

ater

com

pani

es, E

A).

Pre

pare

for

PR

O 5

.

Wat

er q

ualit

y st

anda

rds

esta

blis

hed

for

stat

utor

ysi

tes

and

prio

rity

habi

tats

as a

driv

er fo

r fu

ndin

g in

PR

O 4

(D

efra

, EN

, EA

).

AM

P 3

impl

emen

tatio

n.D

evel

opm

ent o

f PR

O 4

prog

ram

me.

Nat

iona

l Env

ironm

ent

Pro

gram

me

in W

ater

Indu

stry

Inve

stm

ent P

rogr

amm

e.

Page 107: BSG Ecology

106

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

BA

P ta

rget

s fo

r w

etla

ndha

bita

ts a

nd s

peci

es a

reke

y co

nsid

erat

ion

inde

velo

ping

par

t of

CA

MS

(E

A).

CA

MS

con

side

ren

viro

nmen

tal w

ater

need

s of

prio

rity

spec

ies

and

habi

tats

, inc

ludi

ngha

bita

t cre

atio

n op

tions

whe

re p

ract

icab

le (

EA

).

Bei

ng im

plem

ente

d(E

A).

PC

atch

men

t Abs

trac

tion

Man

agem

ent S

trat

egie

s.

All

stra

tegi

es w

ith B

AP

need

s in

sce

nario

plan

ning

(E

A).

Inco

rpor

ate

envi

ronm

enta

l nee

dsas

soci

ated

with

BA

Pta

rget

s fo

r w

etla

ndpr

otec

tion,

enha

ncem

ent a

ndcr

eatio

n in

toas

sess

men

ts o

f fut

ure

wat

er d

eman

d sc

enar

ios

(EA

).

Ann

ual r

oll-o

ut o

fst

rate

gies

(E

A).

PW

ater

Res

ourc

esS

trat

egie

s.

Page 108: BSG Ecology

107

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

BA

P ta

rget

s fo

r w

etla

ndha

bita

ts a

nd s

peci

es a

reke

y co

nsid

erat

ion

inde

velo

ping

par

t of

CA

MS

(E

A).

Impl

emen

tre

com

men

datio

ns th

aten

cour

age

mor

eef

fect

ive

appr

oach

tosu

stai

nabl

e flo

odm

anag

emen

t (D

efra

).

Con

sulta

tion

finis

hed,

Gov

ernm

ent r

espo

nse

awai

ted

(Def

ra).

PR

evie

w o

f Flo

od D

efen

ceA

dmin

istr

atio

n an

d Fu

ndin

gR

egim

es (

Def

ra, E

A, F

lood

Def

ence

Com

mitt

ees,

IDB

s).

Con

tinua

tion

to a

chie

vene

t gai

n in

prio

rity

wat

eran

d w

etla

nd h

abita

ts.

Rev

iew

of p

rogr

ess

(Def

ra).

All

oper

atin

g au

thor

ities

com

plyi

ng w

ith H

abita

tsR

egul

atio

ns (

EA

, BW

,ID

Bs,

Loc

al A

utho

ritie

s,W

ater

Com

pani

es,

Coa

stal

Pro

tect

ion

Aut

horit

ies,

EN

).

All

oper

atin

g au

thor

ities

com

plyi

ng w

ith C

RoW

Act

obl

igat

ions

for

SS

SIs

(E

A, I

DB

, BW

,lo

cal a

utho

ritie

s, C

oast

alP

rote

ctio

n A

utho

ritie

s,E

N).

Com

plia

nce

with

UK

oblig

atio

ns in

Ram

sar

wor

k pl

an (

Def

ra, E

A,

EN

, ID

Bs)

.

All

oper

atin

g au

thor

ities

taki

ng a

ctio

n to

ach

ieve

high

-leve

l tar

gets

on

wat

er le

vel m

anag

emen

tpl

ans

and

biod

iver

sity

(EA

, ID

Bs,

loca

lau

thor

ities

).

Com

plia

nce

with

regu

latio

ns (

EA

).

Agr

eed

prot

ocol

s an

dpr

oced

ures

(E

A, E

N).

Pol

icy

line

agre

ed(D

efra

).

Bei

ng im

plem

ente

d.

LH

abita

ts a

nd B

irds

Dire

ctiv

es.

LC

RoW

Act

.

PR

amsa

r C

onve

ntio

n.

PH

igh-

leve

l tar

gets

for

BA

Pha

bita

ts.

Wat

er a

nd w

etla

ndha

bita

tco

nser

vatio

n is

prom

oted

in a

llpo

licie

s, p

lans

and

proj

ects

con

trol

ling

wat

er le

vel a

ndflo

od m

anag

emen

tac

tiviti

es.

Wat

er L

evel

and

Floo

dM

anag

emen

t.

Page 109: BSG Ecology

108

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

See

k to

hav

e al

lre

mai

ning

WLM

Ps

impl

emen

ted.

Con

tinue

impl

emen

tatio

n, if

nece

ssar

y w

ithad

ditio

nal f

inan

cial

mea

sure

s on

SPA

,S

AC

s, R

amsa

r si

tes

and

SS

SIs

(D

efra

, loc

alau

thor

ities

, RFD

Cs)

.

Firs

t rou

nd o

f pla

nsvi

rtua

lly c

ompl

ete,

butm

ost n

ot y

etim

plem

ente

d (E

A,

IDB

s,lo

cal a

utho

ritie

s).

PW

ater

Lev

el M

anag

emen

tP

lans

.

Net

gai

n fo

r w

etla

ndco

nser

vatio

n (D

efra

, EA

).

Fluv

ial s

trat

egie

s w

ithin

CFM

Ps

iden

tify

cont

ribut

ion

to B

AP

targ

ets,

incl

udin

gw

etla

nd c

reat

ion

(Def

ra,

EA

, loc

al a

utho

ritie

s).

Dev

elop

non

-sta

tuto

ryriv

er h

abita

t obj

ectiv

es(E

A).

CFM

Ps

prom

ote

sust

aina

ble

solu

tions

,ba

sed

on th

ere

latio

nshi

p be

twee

nla

nd-u

se, f

lood

ris

k an

ddi

ffuse

pol

lutio

n, a

ndde

liver

ed th

roug

hca

tchm

ent p

lann

ing

(Def

ra, E

A, I

DB

s).

Cur

rent

ly b

eing

deve

lope

d (E

A).

PC

atch

men

t Flo

odM

anag

emen

t Pla

ns.

Page 110: BSG Ecology

109

Appendix 2Water and wetlands

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Rev

ised

legi

slat

ion

(Def

ra).

Effe

ctiv

e m

easu

res

and

prog

ram

mes

fund

edan

d im

plem

ente

d(D

efra

).

Upd

ated

sch

edul

es.

Inte

grat

edim

plem

enta

tion

ofne

cess

ary

revi

ew g

roup

reco

mm

enda

tions

on:

legi

slat

ion,

resp

onsi

bilit

y, fu

ndin

g,ca

mpa

igns

,m

anag

emen

t and

rese

arch

(D

efra

).

Upd

ated

sch

edul

es(D

efra

).

Rev

iew

und

er w

ay(D

efra

).

LW

ildlif

e an

d C

ount

rysi

deA

ct.

PD

efra

rev

iew

of n

on-n

ativ

esp

ecie

s.

A p

rogr

amm

e of

prev

entio

n an

dm

anag

emen

tm

easu

res

for

non-

nativ

e in

vasi

vesp

ecie

ses

tabl

ishe

d an

dfu

nded

.

Inva

sive

spe

cies

.

Page 111: BSG Ecology

110

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

vide

adv

ice

onw

oodl

and

man

agem

ent

and

crea

tion

desi

gned

to in

crea

se r

esili

ence

of

spec

ies

likel

y to

be

part

icul

arly

vul

nera

ble

(FC

, EN

).

Con

tinue

res

earc

h in

toth

e lik

ely

impa

cts

ofcl

imat

e ch

ange

on

woo

dlan

d co

mm

uniti

esan

d sp

ecie

s (M

ON

AR

CH

part

ners

hip)

.

Inve

stig

ate

the

use

ofla

ndsc

ape-

scal

eco

nditi

on a

ndco

nnec

tivity

indi

cato

rs(F

C, W

oodl

and

Trus

t).

Con

tinue

d de

velo

pmen

tof

the

UK

Phe

nolo

gyN

etw

ork

(Woo

dlan

dTr

ust,

CE

H).

Res

earc

h pr

ogra

mm

eon

clim

ate

chan

ge a

ndim

pact

s on

wild

life.

MO

NA

RC

H p

roje

ct o

utpu

ts (R

).

FC re

port

on im

pact

s of

clim

ate

chan

ge o

n U

K fo

rest

s(M

ay 2

002)

.

Incr

ease

dun

ders

tand

ing

ofth

e im

plic

atio

ns o

fcl

imat

e ch

ange

on

woo

dlan

d an

das

soci

ated

spec

ies.

Rev

iew

the

fund

ing

and

obje

ctiv

es o

f the

Dee

rIn

itiat

ive

(Def

ra ,

FC).

Incr

ease

aw

aren

ess

ofda

mag

e an

d lo

ssca

used

by

deer

, rab

bits

and

squi

rrel

s; p

rom

ote

Dee

r M

anag

emen

tG

roup

s an

d ex

plor

e ne

wso

urce

s of

fund

ing

(e.g

. in

rela

tion

tore

duci

ng r

oad

acci

dent

cost

s) (F

C, D

eer I

nitia

tive)

.

Rai

se a

war

enes

s of

the

need

for

deer

and

squi

rrel

con

trol

via

agr

i-en

viro

nmen

t sch

emes

(FC

, Def

ra).

Res

earc

h in

to a

ltern

ativ

em

etho

ds o

f red

ucin

gsq

uirr

el d

amag

e (F

C).

Dee

r In

itiat

ive

and

guid

ance

on

esta

blis

hing

Dee

rM

anag

emen

t Gro

ups.

Res

earc

h (R

).P

ests

add

ress

ed a

ta

land

scap

e sc

ale

(whe

reap

prop

riate

).

The

prot

ectio

n of

woo

dlan

d,pa

rtic

ular

ly a

ncie

ntan

d ur

ban

woo

dlan

ds a

ndan

cien

t tre

es, f

rom

exte

rnal

thre

ats

from

indu

stry

,de

velo

pmen

t and

surr

ound

ing

land

use.

Page 112: BSG Ecology

111

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Ens

ure

woo

dlan

ds a

read

equa

tely

cov

ered

inR

egio

nal B

iodi

vers

ityA

udits

and

Str

ateg

ies

(FC

, EN

).

Adv

ice

and

copi

es o

fA

W In

vent

ory

sent

to a

llpl

anni

ng a

utho

ritie

sco

verin

g th

e va

lue

ofA

W a

nd th

e ris

k of

dire

ctan

d in

dire

ct im

pact

s on

AW

(FC

, EN

, Woo

dlan

dTr

ust)

; pilo

t mon

itorin

gof

loss

es o

f AW

tode

velo

pmen

t (E

N, F

C).

Impl

emen

t rel

evan

tre

com

men

datio

ns fr

omre

view

of i

mpa

cts

onlo

cal w

ildlif

e si

tes.

See

k in

corp

orat

ion

ofbe

tter

prot

ectiv

e po

licie

sin

to lo

cal,

stru

ctur

e an

dre

gion

al p

lann

ing

guid

ance

. (an

d in

tom

iner

al p

lans

(FC

,O

DP

M, G

Os,

LA

s).

Inve

stig

ate

way

s of

inco

rpor

atin

g w

oodl

and

past

ure

into

the

AW

Inve

ntor

y (F

C, E

N,

Woo

dlan

d Tr

ust)

.

Incr

ease

aw

aren

ess

ofth

e va

lue

and

vuln

erab

ility

of a

ncie

nttr

ees

(EN

, Woo

dlan

dTr

ust,

Tree

Reg

iste

r).

Pla

nnin

g G

reen

Pap

er,

Reg

iona

l Pla

nnin

gG

uida

nce.

EN

’s r

ole

as s

tatu

tory

cons

ulte

e on

SS

SIs

and

FC’s

as

non-

stat

utor

yco

nsul

tee

on a

ncie

ntw

oodl

and.

Pla

nnin

g sy

stem

(L)

.P

rovi

sion

of m

ore

advi

ce to

pla

nnin

gau

thor

ities

and

bette

r m

onito

ring

of lo

sses

tode

velo

pmen

t.

Page 113: BSG Ecology

112

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Rol

ling

prog

ram

me

ofco

nditi

on a

sses

smen

t,as

par

t of,

or li

nked

to,

NIW

T (F

C, F

R).

Ens

ure

woo

dlan

din

cent

ives

are

mat

ched

to th

e th

reat

s id

entif

ied.

Est

ablis

h an

d tr

ial

met

hodo

logy

for

cond

ition

ass

essm

ent o

fA

SN

W (

FC, E

N).

Ass

essm

ent o

f lon

gte

rm c

hang

es in

woo

dlan

d flo

ra in

‘197

1B

unce

plo

ts’ (

All

part

ies)

.

Ana

lysi

s an

d pu

blic

atio

nof

the

resu

lts o

f FE

’sas

sess

men

t of i

tsan

cien

t woo

dlan

d(F

C).

Ana

lysi

s of

str

uctu

ral

data

on

anci

ent

woo

dlan

d w

ithin

NIW

T.

Rec

onci

liatio

n of

NIW

Tdi

gita

l map

with

Anc

ient

Woo

dlan

d In

vent

ory.

EN

SIS

dat

a on

woo

dlan

dS

SS

Is.

Fore

stry

Com

mis

sion

’sN

atio

nal I

nven

tory

of

Woo

dlan

d an

d Tr

ees

(A).

Cou

ntry

side

Sur

vey

2000

.

Impr

oved

info

rmat

ion

on th

est

ate

of n

ativ

ew

oodl

and,

incl

udin

g w

ood

past

ure.

The

cons

erva

tion

&en

hanc

emen

t of

the

biod

iver

sity

of

nativ

e w

oodl

and

part

icul

arly

anc

ient

sem

i-nat

ural

woo

dlan

d an

dw

ood

past

ure.

Incr

ease

aw

aren

ess

ofim

pact

s on

woo

dlan

d of

wid

er G

over

nmen

tpo

licy

(e.g

. ene

rgy

and

tran

spor

t) (

Gre

enM

inis

ters

, FC

, EN

,N

GO

s).

Impr

oved

cons

ider

atio

n of

pollu

tion

and

othe

rin

dire

ct im

pact

s on

woo

dlan

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Ens

ure

agri-

envi

ronm

ent

and

othe

r ag

ricul

tura

lsu

ppor

t mea

sure

sco

ntrib

ute

to s

ecur

ing

acce

ptab

le le

vels

of

graz

ing

with

in w

oodl

and

(Def

ra).

Pro

tect

ion

of w

oodl

and

from

adj

oini

ngag

ricul

tura

l pra

ctic

espr

omot

ed u

nder

agr

i-en

viro

nmen

t sch

emes

(Def

ra, F

C).

Est

ablis

h m

easu

res

ofov

er-g

razi

ng in

woo

dlan

d an

d pr

omot

eth

em (

FC, E

N, D

efra

).

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

mes

cur

rent

lyun

der

revi

ew.

Agr

icul

tura

l pro

duct

ion

supp

ort r

egim

es a

nd a

gri-

envi

ronm

ent s

chem

es (

I),C

odes

of G

ood

Agr

icul

tura

lP

ract

ice

(A).

Red

uced

impa

cts

on w

oodl

and

from

surr

ound

ing

agric

ultu

ral

prac

tices

.

Page 114: BSG Ecology

113

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Targ

et a

dvic

e to

ow

ners

of n

ativ

e w

oodl

and

who

are

not c

urre

ntly

with

inW

GS

(FC

, FW

AG

, Def

ra,

RD

S).

Dev

elop

gra

nt p

acka

ges

that

are

attr

activ

e an

dno

t dau

ntin

g to

suc

how

ners

(F

C, R

DS

, FW

AG

).

Mak

e A

W In

vent

ory

data

and

info

rmat

ion

onre

leva

nt H

AP

s an

d S

AP

s av

aila

ble

via

‘who

le fa

rm p

lans

’ (E

N, D

efra

, FC

).

Con

side

r re

sour

ces

for

woo

dlan

d m

anag

emen

tun

der

mid

-term

rev

iew

of E

RD

P (

Def

ra, F

C).

Impr

ove

the

ince

ntiv

esfo

r na

tive

woo

dlan

dm

anag

emen

t thr

ough

the

curr

ent r

evie

w o

fin

cent

ives

(FC

).

Inve

stig

ate

inco

rpor

atio

n of

som

eba

sic

woo

dlan

d an

dw

ood

past

ure

man

agem

ent o

rpr

otec

tion

into

agr

i-en

viro

nmen

t mea

sure

s(D

efra

, FC

).

Obt

ain

mor

e in

form

atio

non

the

aspi

ratio

ns a

ndne

eds

of o

wne

rs w

hose

woo

dlan

d is

not

und

erW

GS

(FC

).

Inve

stig

ate

way

s of

deve

lopi

ng th

eco

ntra

ctin

g se

ctor

toin

crea

se c

apac

ity a

ndde

velo

p sk

ills

appr

opria

te fo

r na

tive

woo

dlan

d (F

C).

Impr

ove

acce

ss to

UK

WA

S fo

r sm

all w

oods

(FC

).

Ext

end

appl

icat

ion

ofna

tive

woo

dlan

dpl

anni

ng (

FC).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

new

prot

ectio

n an

dpr

oced

ures

und

er th

eC

RO

W A

ct.

Vario

us g

rant

sch

emes

(I).

Dire

ct m

anag

emen

t of

publ

icly

-ow

ned

fore

sts.

Des

igna

tions

(N

atur

a 20

00,

SS

SIs

, LN

Rs,

sch

edul

edan

cien

t mon

umen

ts)

(L).

Incr

ease

dpr

opor

tion

ofw

oodl

and

unde

rap

prov

edm

anag

emen

t/pro

tect

ion

(rec

ogni

sing

that

min

imum

inte

rven

tion

may

be a

ppro

pria

te in

som

e si

tuat

ions

).

Page 115: BSG Ecology

114

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Ong

oing

.S

ubje

ct to

the

outc

ome

of th

e cu

rren

t rev

iew

,se

ek to

pro

vide

adeq

uate

ince

ntiv

es fo

rth

e pr

ivat

e se

ctor

, and

fund

ing

for

FE, f

or c

ostly

actio

ns to

mai

ntai

nha

bita

t, im

prov

eco

nditi

on o

r pr

ovid

e fo

rpr

iorit

y sp

ecie

s (F

C-

WIG

s, F

E).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

new

prot

ectio

n an

dpr

oced

ures

und

er th

eC

RoW

Act

.

Vario

us g

rant

sch

emes

(I).

Dire

ct m

anag

emen

t of

publ

icly

-ow

ned

fore

sts.

Des

igna

tions

(N

atur

a 20

00,

SS

SIs

, LN

Rs,

sch

edul

edan

cien

t mon

umen

ts)

(L).

Rev

ised

ince

ntiv

esw

hich

are

clo

sely

mat

ched

to B

AP

actio

ns a

nd r

efle

cttr

ue c

ost.

Dis

sem

inat

e re

sults

via

acad

emic

pap

ers,

tech

nica

l pub

licat

ions

,pr

omot

ion

to w

oodl

and

owne

rs a

nd m

anag

ers.

(NE

RC

, FR

, FC

).

Res

earc

h ha

bita

tm

anag

emen

t iss

ues

and

the

requ

irem

ents

of

prio

rity

and

othe

r ke

ysp

ecie

s (e

.g. s

ong

thru

sh, b

arba

stel

le b

at)

(FC

, EN

).

Woo

dlan

d B

irds

mon

itorin

g pr

ojec

t and

asso

ciat

ed r

esea

rch

onpo

ssib

le u

nder

lyin

gca

uses

(FC

et a

l).

Incr

ease

rec

ogni

tion

ofth

e im

port

ance

of

anci

ent t

rees

in o

ther

habi

tats

(e.

g. h

eath

land

,gr

assl

and)

.

Out

puts

of v

ario

us r

esea

rch

proj

ects

into

spe

cies

requ

irem

ents

.

Gui

danc

e on

habi

tat

man

agem

ent

(bas

ed o

n so

und

rese

arch

)di

ssem

inat

ed.

Page 116: BSG Ecology

115

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Incr

ease

sco

pe fo

r FE

to

pur

chas

e la

nd n

ear

exis

ting

prop

ertie

s to

crea

te la

ndsc

ape

scal

eha

bita

t net

wor

ks (

FE).

Eva

luat

e th

e ex

tent

tow

hich

woo

dlan

d be

yond

the

esta

blis

hmen

t pha

seis

fulfi

lling

its

pote

ntia

l(F

C).

Rev

ise

woo

dlan

dcr

eatio

n sc

hem

es in

the

light

of t

he r

evie

w.

Ass

ess

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

JIG

SA

W‘d

efra

gmen

tatio

n’ g

rant

sche

me

(FC

).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

curr

ently

bei

ngre

view

ed.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme,

Farm

Woo

dlan

d P

rem

ium

Sch

eme

(I).

Dire

ct m

anag

emen

t of

publ

icly

-ow

ned

fore

sts.

Incr

ease

d ar

ea o

fne

w n

ativ

ew

oodl

and

toco

mpl

emen

t and

rein

forc

e ex

istin

gw

oodl

and.

Intr

oduc

e in

cent

ives

for

rest

orat

ion

in p

rivat

ew

oodl

and;

con

side

rad

ditio

nal f

undi

ng fo

rla

rge-

scal

e re

stor

atio

npr

ogra

mm

e on

the

FCes

tate

(FC

, FE

).

Dev

elop

pol

icy

and

stra

tegy

for

Anc

ient

Woo

dlan

d co

nser

vatio

nan

d re

stor

atio

n; p

ublis

hFo

rest

Pra

ctic

e G

uide

;re

sear

ch r

esto

ratio

nte

chni

ques

(F

C, F

E, F

R).

Com

men

ce P

AW

Sre

stor

atio

n pr

ogra

mm

eon

the

FCes

tate

(FE

).

Bet

ter

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

cons

erva

tion

ofge

netic

res

ourc

es, a

ndw

here

app

ropr

iate

faci

litat

e gr

eate

r us

e of

loca

l pla

ntin

g st

ock

(FR

, FC

).

Res

earc

h in

tore

stor

atio

n te

chni

ques

and

prio

ritie

s.

New

pol

icy

onco

nser

vatio

n of

anci

ent w

oodl

and

and

prom

otio

n of

rest

orat

ion

ofPA

WS

.

Page 117: BSG Ecology

116

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Dev

elop

Reg

iona

lpr

iorit

ies

as p

art o

fR

egio

nal E

xpre

ssio

ns o

fth

e E

ngla

nd F

ores

try

Str

ateg

y (F

C, G

Os)

.

Mon

itor

succ

ess

ofde

fore

stat

ion

and

re-c

reat

ion

polic

y (F

C).

Pub

lish

GB

gui

danc

e ;

and

deve

lop

Eng

land

polic

y an

d pr

actic

e fo

rfo

rest

rem

oval

to c

reat

eno

n-w

oodl

and

habi

tats

(FC

).

Dev

elop

con

trol

proc

edur

es a

nd a

gri-

envi

ronm

ent i

ncen

tives

to c

over

re-

crea

tion

ofop

en-g

roun

d ha

bita

tsfo

llow

ing

defo

rest

atio

n(D

efra

, FC

).

Sec

ure

core

and

exte

rnal

fund

ing

for

re-

crea

tion

of n

on-

woo

dlan

d ha

bita

ts a

nd‘m

oder

nisi

ng’ t

he p

ublic

fore

st e

stat

e to

enh

ance

deliv

ery

of H

AP

s an

dS

AP

s (F

E).

Eng

land

For

estr

y S

trat

egy.

Fore

stry

pla

ying

apo

sitiv

e ro

le in

deliv

ery

of n

onw

oodl

and

HA

Ps

and

SA

Ps.

Res

earc

h th

eim

plic

atio

ns fo

rbi

odiv

ersi

ty o

f the

desi

gn a

ndm

anag

emen

t of o

pen

grou

nd a

nd m

atur

efo

rest

hab

itats

with

inla

rge

fore

sts

(FC

, EN

,D

efra

, NE

RC

).

See

k ad

equa

tein

cent

ives

and

fund

ing

for

the

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent o

f non

-w

oodl

and

habi

tats

with

in p

lant

atio

ns in

both

FC

and

priv

ate

woo

dlan

d (F

C, F

E).

Targ

et in

cent

ives

tode

liver

y of

loca

l and

natio

nal B

AP

prio

ritie

s (F

C, D

efra

).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Dire

ct m

anag

emen

t of

publ

icly

-ow

ned

fore

sts

–Fo

rest

Des

ign

Pla

ns.

Vario

us w

oodl

and

ince

ntiv

es.

(I).

Enh

ance

d pr

iorit

yha

bita

ts a

ndsp

ecie

s w

ithin

area

s of

non

-nat

ive

woo

dlan

d,in

clud

ing

coni

fer

plan

tatio

n an

dS

RC

.

The

cons

erva

tion

of w

ider

biod

iver

sity

at a

land

scap

e sc

ale.

Page 118: BSG Ecology

117

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Ens

ure

adeq

uate

fund

ing

of a

gri-

envi

ronm

ent m

easu

res

whi

ch w

ill c

ompl

emen

tw

oodl

and

habi

tats

unde

r th

e m

id-te

rmre

view

of E

RD

P (

Def

ra,

FC).

See

k to

ens

ure

the

revi

ews

of F

WP

S/W

GS

and

agri-

envi

ronm

ent

sche

mes

: a)

reco

gnis

eth

e in

ter-

rela

tion

betw

een

woo

dlan

d an

dot

her

habi

tats

; b)

prot

ect e

xist

ing

sem

i-na

tura

l hab

itats

from

inap

prop

riate

woo

dlan

dcr

eatio

n; c

) ta

rget

habi

tat c

reat

ion

and

exte

nsifi

catio

n m

easu

res

to b

uffe

r an

d lin

k na

tive

woo

ds a

nd e

nhan

cew

ood

past

ure

(FC

,D

efra

).

Pur

sue

clos

erin

tegr

atio

n of

woo

dlan

dan

d ag

ri-en

viro

nmen

tin

cent

ives

(e.

g.pr

ovis

ion

of g

rant

s fo

rsm

all w

oods

via

agr

i-en

viro

nmen

t sch

emes

)(F

C, D

efra

, RD

S).

Res

earc

h on

hab

itat

netw

orks

at a

land

scap

esc

ale,

incl

udin

gis

olat

ion/

conn

ectiv

ity(F

C/F

R, N

ER

C, D

efra

,W

oodl

and

Trus

t).

Pro

vide

gre

ater

inpu

t to

deve

lopm

ent o

f Loc

alB

AP

s (F

C).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

sche

mes

cur

rent

lyun

der

revi

ew.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme,

Farm

Woo

dlan

d P

rem

ium

Sch

eme

(I).

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent S

chem

es (I

).

Out

puts

of v

ario

us r

esea

rch

proj

ects

into

spe

cies

requ

irem

ents

.

Woo

dlan

ds a

ndtr

ees

com

plem

entin

got

her

habi

tats

, at a

land

scap

e sc

ale,

and

prov

idin

g fo

rno

n-w

oodl

and

spec

ies.

Page 119: BSG Ecology

118

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Ong

oing

mon

itorin

g of

SFM

indi

cato

rs.

Pro

mot

ion

of ti

mbe

r as

are

new

able

pro

duct

and

ener

gy s

ourc

e (F

C, D

TI,

Def

ra).

Iden

tify

the

pote

ntia

lco

ntrib

utio

n of

woo

dlan

ds to

wid

erQ

uant

ity o

f Life

indi

cato

rs (

FC).

‘Woo

d fo

r G

ood’

cam

paig

n.

Dev

elop

men

t of U

KIn

dica

tors

of

Sus

tain

able

For

est

Man

agem

ent (

SFM

).

UK

WA

S C

ertif

icat

ion

and

FSC

labe

lling

(I).

Rec

ogni

tion

of th

esu

stai

nabl

y an

dlo

w e

nviro

nmen

tal

impa

cts

of fo

rest

ry.

Intr

oduc

e an

y su

chin

cent

ives

(FC

, Def

ra).

Inve

stig

ate

deve

lopm

ent

of in

cent

ives

(W

GS

,ag

ri-en

viro

nmen

t, R

ural

Ent

erpr

ise

Sch

eme)

whi

ch c

ould

pro

vide

envi

ronm

enta

l ser

vice

s(F

C, E

A, e

t al).

Fund

ing

for

FE w

hich

reco

gnis

es th

e ra

nge

ofpu

blic

ben

efits

pro

vide

d(F

C).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme,

Rur

al E

nter

pris

e S

chem

e,C

omm

unity

For

ests

, Nat

iona

lFo

rest

and

Nat

iona

l Urb

anFo

rest

ry U

nit (

I).

App

ropr

iate

pub

licfu

ndin

g fo

r th

eno

n-m

arke

tbe

nefit

s of

woo

dlan

d.

See

k to

est

ablis

h pi

lot

area

(s)

whe

re th

e ef

fect

sof

woo

dlan

d cr

eatio

n on

wat

er c

atch

men

ts(h

eadw

ater

s an

dflo

odpl

ains

) ca

n be

exam

ined

(FC

, EA

).

Res

earc

h to

qua

ntify

and

valu

e no

n-m

arke

tbe

nefit

s of

woo

dlan

d:ur

ban

rege

nera

tion,

rur

alec

onom

y, fl

ood

prev

entio

n an

d al

levi

atio

n(F

R, F

C).

Con

side

r ro

leof

woo

dlan

ds in

pilo

tsu

b-pl

ans

for

river

bas

inm

anag

emen

t pla

ns (

FR,

FC).

Res

earc

h an

d pi

lot

proj

ects

into

the

role

of

woo

dlan

d in

hea

dwat

ers

and

flood

plai

ns.

Res

earc

h.B

ette

r ev

iden

ce o

nth

e en

viro

nmen

tal

serv

ices

and

non

-m

arke

t ben

efits

of

tree

s an

dw

oodl

and.

Inad

equa

tere

cogn

ition

of

fore

stry

’s p

oten

tial

as o

ne o

f the

bes

tex

ampl

es o

fsu

stai

nabl

ede

velo

pmen

t.

Page 120: BSG Ecology

119

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Dev

elop

a p

olic

yfra

mew

ork

for

educ

atio

nan

d le

arni

ng u

nder

the

Eng

land

For

estr

yS

trat

egy.

Fore

st E

duca

tion

Initi

ativ

e

Adv

ice

(A)

Wid

ened

oppo

rtun

ities

for

sust

aina

ble

fore

stry

to b

e pa

rtof

form

al e

duca

tion

and

life

long

lear

ning

.

Inve

stig

ate

way

s of

prom

otin

g w

oodl

and

base

d en

terp

rises

not

base

d on

tim

ber

prod

uctio

n (F

C).

Eva

luat

e ef

fect

iven

ess

ofne

w in

cent

ives

, e.g

.H

arve

stin

g G

rant

(FC

).

Dev

elop

men

t fun

ding

for

new

use

s fo

r lo

w-

valu

e/hi

gh v

olum

etim

ber

(e.g

. woo

d fu

el)

and

high

val

uepr

oduc

ts, t

hrou

gh a

Har

vest

ing,

Mar

ketin

gan

d P

roce

ssin

g G

rant

unde

r th

e E

RD

P (

FC,

Def

ra).

Pro

mot

ion

of ti

mbe

r in

tohi

gher

end

use

s (F

C,

DTI

, OD

PM

).

Ince

ntiv

es fo

r w

oodl

and

crea

tion

and

man

agem

ent c

urre

ntly

bein

g re

view

ed.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme

(I).

Pro

mot

e ac

tive

man

agem

ent b

yim

prov

ing

the

econ

omic

via

bilit

yof

woo

dlan

dm

anag

emen

t.

Page 121: BSG Ecology

120

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Aw

aren

ess

cam

paig

nam

ongs

t hea

lthpr

ofes

sion

als

and

prov

ider

s of

woo

dlan

dac

cess

(FC

).

Dev

elop

clo

ser

links

betw

een

FC a

ndN

HS

/Prim

ary

Car

eTr

usts

(FC

).

Impr

ove

evid

ence

bas

eof

ben

efits

of w

oodl

and

recr

eatio

n fo

r he

alth

(FC

).

Pro

mot

e aw

aren

ess

ofhe

alth

ben

efits

with

afo

cus

on g

over

nmen

t’spr

iorit

y ar

eas

(FC

).

Res

earc

h.

FC P

olic

y (P

).

Gre

ater

aw

aren

ess

and

reco

gniti

on o

fth

e he

alth

ben

efits

of w

oodl

and

recr

eatio

n.

Dev

elop

new

sup

port

mec

hani

sms

for

publ

icac

cess

to e

xist

ing

woo

dlan

ds (

FC).

Pro

vide

ince

ntiv

es fo

rth

e cr

eatio

n of

woo

dlan

d in

are

as o

fhi

gh d

eman

d (F

C).

WIG

/Rur

al E

nter

pris

eS

chem

e/R

eser

veE

nhan

cem

ent S

chem

efo

r in

terp

reta

tion

and

wild

life

obse

rvat

ion

faci

litie

s (F

C, D

efra

, EN

).

Ass

essm

ent o

f exi

stin

gac

cess

, par

ticul

arly

toA

W a

nd S

NW

; ide

ntify

prio

rity

area

s fo

r ne

wac

cess

(FC

).

Inve

stig

ate

‘low

-key

’ac

cess

arr

ange

men

tsw

hich

leav

e m

ore

cont

rol w

ith th

e ow

ners

(FC

).

See

k fu

ndin

g to

enha

nce

visi

tor

faci

litie

s,an

d m

itiga

te im

pact

s,

in w

ell-u

sed

area

s (F

C, F

E).

Ann

ual M

anag

emen

tG

rant

s fo

r w

oodl

and

open

for

acce

ss.

Dire

ct m

anag

emen

t of

publ

icly

-ow

ned

fore

sts.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme

(I).

Res

earc

h.

Incr

ease

d hi

gh-

qual

ity p

ublic

acce

ss to

woo

dlan

d.

Incr

ease

the

role

that

woo

dlan

dpl

ays

in e

nhan

cing

peop

le’s

qua

lity

oflif

e.

Page 122: BSG Ecology

121

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pur

sue

oppo

rtun

ities

for

inco

rpor

atio

n of

woo

dlan

d is

sues

into

Com

mun

ity S

trat

egie

s(F

C, l

ocal

aut

horit

ies)

.

Pro

mot

e in

itiat

ives

invo

lvin

g da

ta g

athe

ring

by m

embe

rs o

f the

publ

ic (

e.g.

‘citi

zen

scie

nce’

pro

ject

s) a

ndre

cogn

ise

the

criti

cal

valu

e of

am

ateu

r ex

pert

s(F

C).

Pro

mot

e in

crea

sed

LBA

P c

over

age

and

prov

ide

loca

l inp

uts

and

natio

nal g

uida

nce

onw

oodl

and

and

fore

stry

aspe

cts

to e

nsur

e ‘d

ove-

taili

ng’ w

ith n

atio

nal

actio

n pl

ans

(Def

ra, l

ocal

auth

oriti

es, F

C).

Faci

litat

e pu

blic

inpu

tsto

woo

dlan

dm

anag

emen

t thr

ough

impr

oved

Pub

licR

egis

ter

and

cons

ulta

tion

proc

edur

es(F

C).

Sup

port

pra

ctic

alin

volv

emen

t thr

ough

Tree

War

dens

,W

ildsp

ace!

, vol

unta

ryco

nser

vatio

n w

ork,

and

‘Frie

nds

of’ g

roup

s (F

C, E

N).

Sup

port

est

ablis

hed

com

mun

ity g

roup

sth

roug

h de

velo

pmen

t of

the

Com

mun

ityW

oodl

and

Net

wor

k(W

oodl

and

Trus

t/Def

ra).

Ong

oing

inpu

t to

LBA

Ps

at lo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

leve

ls.

LBA

Ps

(P/A

).In

crea

sed

loca

lin

volv

emen

t in

woo

dlan

ds a

ndbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Page 123: BSG Ecology

122

Appendix 3Woodlands and forestry

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Sup

port

for

loca

lm

arke

ting

and

awar

enes

s in

itiat

ives

e.g.

woo

dfai

rs (

FC, F

E).

Pro

mot

e w

ider

awar

enes

s an

dun

ders

tand

ing

ofw

oodl

and

(Woo

dlan

dTr

ust)

.

Ens

ure

fore

sts

and

woo

dlan

d pr

oduc

ts a

repa

rt o

f wid

er a

gric

ultu

ral

initi

ativ

es to

‘rec

onne

ctpe

ople

with

the

coun

trys

ide’

(D

efra

, FC

).

Sup

port

upt

ake

of U

KW

oodl

and

Ass

uran

ceS

chem

e fo

r al

lw

oodl

and

type

s (F

C –

pilo

t, U

KW

AS

Ste

erin

gG

roup

).

Eva

luat

e im

pact

of

UK

WA

S o

n fo

rest

man

agem

ent a

ndch

alle

nges

toco

mpl

ianc

e (F

C).

Exp

lore

the

desi

rabi

lity

of p

rom

otin

g lo

cal

timbe

r an

d fo

odla

belli

ng s

chem

esin

clud

ing

the

role

of

prod

uce

from

woo

dpa

stur

e in

Eat

the

View

(FC

, Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy)

.

‘Woo

d fo

r G

ood’

cam

paig

n.U

KW

AS

Cer

tific

atio

n an

d FS

Cla

belli

ng s

chem

e (I)

.Im

prov

ed p

ublic

awar

enes

s of

the

link

betw

een

woo

dlan

ds a

ndw

ood

prod

ucts

.

Page 124: BSG Ecology

123

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

gres

s pi

lot u

rban

rege

nera

tion

and

biod

iver

sity

pro

ject

sw

ithin

eac

h R

DA

reg

ion

and

sam

ple

of C

ore

Citi

es.

Pub

lish

guid

ance

for

rege

nera

tion

prac

titio

ners

(E

N, E

A).

Pro

mul

gate

bes

tpr

actic

e (E

N, E

A, W

Ts,

Def

ra).

See

k lin

ks w

ith E

nglis

hP

artn

ersh

ips,

BU

RA

,C

AB

E a

nd o

ther

s to

prom

ote

best

biod

iver

sity

and

envi

ronm

enta

l pra

ctic

e(E

N, E

A, D

efra

).

Pro

vide

gui

danc

e to

CA

BE

for

grea

ter

ecol

ogic

al a

ppro

ache

sto

reg

ener

atio

ngu

idan

ce (

EN

, EA

).

Rec

ogni

se u

rban

issu

esin

PP

G9

revi

sion

(OD

PM

, EN

, Def

ra).

Pilo

t urb

an r

egen

erat

ion

and

biod

iver

sity

pro

ject

sw

ithin

eac

h R

DA

reg

ion

and

sam

ple

of C

ore

Citi

es (

OD

PM

, WTs

,B

UR

A, E

N).

Cre

eksi

de E

nviro

nmen

tP

roje

ct, D

eptfo

rd.

Cas

tle M

anor

Est

ate,

She

ffiel

d W

ildlif

e Tr

ust.

Cha

ngin

g P

lace

s,C

hang

ing

Live

s ,G

roun

dwor

k Lo

ndon

.

Cre

ativ

e S

pace

s to

ol-k

it,A

rchi

tect

ure

Foun

datio

n.

Gre

en G

atew

ay,

(Tha

mes

Cha

seC

omm

unity

For

est,

NU

FU, 2

002)

.

Bla

ck re

dsta

rt: 2

nd

advi

ceno

te(E

N,

Lond

on W

ildlif

e Tr

ust,

LBP,

200

2).

Urb

an W

ildlif

eP

artn

ersh

ip.

Sus

tain

able

Citi

esC

ampa

ign.

L W&

C A

ct 1

981.

Loca

l Gov

ernm

ent A

ct 2

000.

T&C

P A

ct 1

990.

P Urb

an W

hite

Pap

er (

2000

)

Loca

l Str

ateg

ic P

artn

ersh

ips.

Urb

an G

reen

Spa

ces

Task

forc

e.

Com

mun

ity S

trat

egie

s.

Pla

nnin

g G

reen

Pap

er (

2001

).

Pla

nnin

g O

blig

atio

nsco

nsul

tatio

n pa

per

(200

1).

PP

G3,

PP

G17

, PP

G9,

PP

G25

.

A By

Des

ign

(DTL

R, C

AB

E,

2001

).

Qua

lity

of L

ife C

apita

l (C

A,

EA

, EH

, EN

).

Pla

nnin

g fo

r B

iodi

vers

ity(R

TPI,

1999

).

Dev

elop

ing

Nat

ural

ly(A

LGE

,E

N, 2

000)

.

Bla

ck r

edst

art a

dvic

e no

te(L

ondo

n W

ildlif

e Tr

ust,

EN

,B

TO, 1

999)

.

Rol

e of

sta

tuto

ry a

genc

ies,

VC

Os,

etc

.

Bio

dive

rsity

prot

ectio

n,co

nser

vatio

n an

den

hanc

emen

tob

ject

ives

inre

gene

ratio

ngu

idan

ce.

Rec

ogni

tion

of th

ero

le o

f nat

ural

gree

n sp

aces

inec

olog

ical

func

tioni

ng in

new

natio

nal a

ndre

gion

al p

olic

y.

Bio

dive

rsity

targ

ets

in S

RB

and

oth

erre

gene

ratio

nfu

ndin

g sc

hem

es.

Urb

anre

nais

sanc

e

Ens

urin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

s an

inte

gral

par

t of t

heur

ban

rena

issa

nce.

Page 125: BSG Ecology

124

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

New

pla

nnin

g le

gisl

atio

nan

d gu

idan

ce to

be

unde

rpin

ned

by S

Dob

ject

ives

ref

lect

ing

the

core

obj

ectiv

es o

f the

Str

ateg

y.

Pla

nnin

g de

cisi

ons

taki

ng a

ccou

nt o

fpr

otec

tion

for

desi

gnat

ed s

ites,

and

cont

ribut

e to

key

HA

Ps

and

SA

Ps

(OD

PM

, EN

,D

efra

, pla

nnin

gau

thor

ities

).

Rev

ised

PP

G9

to s

etcl

ear

fram

ewor

k fo

rpl

anni

ng p

olic

ies

topr

otec

t, co

nser

ve a

nden

hanc

e bi

odiv

ersi

ty,

incl

udin

g in

urb

an a

reas

(OD

PM

, Def

ra).

Issu

e of

goo

d pr

actic

egu

ide

to a

ccom

pany

revi

sed

PP

G9

(OD

PM

,E

N, D

efra

).

Pla

nnin

g an

dB

iodi

vers

ity(R

TPI,

1999

).

Qua

lity

of L

ife C

apita

l(C

A, E

A, E

N).

Livi

ng S

pace

s(R

SP

B,

2002

).

Nat

ural

Com

mun

ities

(EN

, RS

PB

, WTs

, 200

2).

Sust

aina

ble

Com

mun

ities

(WH

O,

2002

).

L W&

C A

ct 1

981.

T&C

P A

ct 1

990.

CR

oW A

ct 2

000.

P Urb

an W

hite

Pap

er (

2000

).

Loca

l Str

ateg

ic P

artn

ersh

ips

Urb

an G

reen

Spa

ces

Task

forc

e.

Com

mun

ity S

trat

egie

s.

Pla

nnin

g G

reen

Pap

er (

2001

).

Pla

nnin

g O

blig

atio

nsco

nsul

tatio

n pa

per

(200

1).

PP

G3,

PP

G17

, PP

G9,

PP

G25

.

A Pla

nnin

g an

d B

iodi

vers

ity(R

TPI,

1999

).

Qua

lity

of L

ife C

apita

l (C

A,

EA

, EN

).

Envi

ronm

enta

l Pla

nnin

g(R

oyal

Com

mis

sion

on

Env

ironm

enta

l Pol

lutio

n,20

02).

Livi

ng S

pace

s(R

SP

B, 2

002)

.

New

pla

nnin

gle

gisl

atio

n an

dgu

idan

ceun

derp

inne

d by

SD

obj

ectiv

es.

Pla

nnin

gob

ligat

ions

prov

idin

g fo

rpo

sitiv

e pl

anni

nglin

ked

tobi

odiv

ersi

tyob

ject

ives

.

New

dev

elop

men

tsth

at b

uild

inbi

odiv

ersi

tyth

roug

h pl

anni

ngre

gula

tions

and

/or

diss

emin

atio

n of

good

pra

ctic

e.

Pla

nnin

g

Ens

urin

g th

atbi

odiv

ersi

ty is

inte

grat

ed in

to th

epl

anni

ng s

yste

m.

Page 126: BSG Ecology

125

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

Pro

vide

spe

cific

guid

ance

to E

nglis

hP

artn

ersh

ips

and

CLA

IRE

for

sym

path

etic

brow

nfie

ld d

evel

opm

ent

(EN

).

Und

erta

ke m

itiga

tion

proj

ects

to e

valu

ate

best

prac

tice

(EP,

Gw

k, E

N,

ALG

E).

Ass

ess

and

publ

ish

advi

ce fo

r co

nser

ving

brow

nfie

ld b

iodi

vers

ity(E

N, E

P).

Pro

mot

e bi

odiv

ersi

tyan

d op

en s

pace

bene

fits

of u

rban

brow

nfie

lds

thro

ugh

publ

icat

ions

, adv

ice

and

advo

cacy

(E

N, E

P, W

Ts,

Gw

k).

Co-

ordi

nate

d ad

voca

cyap

proa

ches

to E

nglis

hP

artn

ersh

ips,

CA

BE

,B

UR

A a

nd o

ther

s (E

N).

Cre

ativ

e co

nser

vatio

n(U

rban

Wild

life

Par

tner

ship

/Lan

dlife

,19

99).

Bro

wnf

ield

,Red

Dat

a(E

N, 1

999)

.

Bro

wnf

ield

? G

reen

field

?(L

ondo

n W

ildlif

e Tr

ust,

2002

).

Gre

enin

g fo

r G

row

th(N

orth

umbe

rland

).

NE

RC

UR

GE

NT

rese

arch

pro

gram

me.

Urb

an W

ildlif

eP

artn

ersh

ip.

Land

life’

s C

reat

ive

Con

serv

atio

n.

UK

Tru

st fo

r D

erel

ict

Land

(C

UR

E, 2

000)

.

NA

TO/C

CM

S P

ilot S

tudy

(EA

).

Ent

rust

.

BO

C F

ound

atio

n fo

r th

eE

nviro

nmen

t.

Bar

clay

s S

iteS

aver

s.

L T&C

P A

ct 1

990.

W&

C A

ct 1

981.

P PP

G3

defin

ition

in r

espe

ct o

f‘n

atur

alis

ed’ b

row

nfie

lds.

PP

G9

in r

espe

ct o

f urb

ansi

tes.

PP

G17

in r

espe

ct o

fbr

ownf

ield

s pr

ovid

ing

open

spac

e re

sour

ce.

I Ent

rust

.

BO

C F

ound

atio

n fo

r th

eE

nviro

nmen

t.

A Cha

ngin

g P

lace

s( G

roun

dwor

k, 1

996-

2001

).

Pla

nnin

g an

d B

iodi

vers

ity(R

TPI,

1999

).

Eco

Reg

en to

olki

t(G

roun

dwor

k/C

UR

E, L

IFE

).

Reg

ener

atio

n-U

K.

Bro

wnf

ield

sSite

s.co

m

Sap

ling.

org

Bio

dive

rsity

cons

erva

tion

and

enha

ncem

ent a

san

ele

men

t of

brow

nfie

ldde

velo

pmen

t.

Key

bro

wnf

ield

biod

iver

sity

spec

ies

cons

erve

dth

roug

h si

tepr

otec

tion,

miti

gatio

n an

dha

bita

t cre

atio

n.

Und

erst

andi

ng a

ndac

cept

ance

of h

owbr

ownf

ield

s ca

nm

ake

a po

sitiv

eco

ntrib

utio

n to

the

‘gre

en’ e

lem

ents

of

urba

nre

gene

ratio

n.

Bro

wnf

ield

s

Rec

ogni

sing

the

biod

iver

sity

val

ueof

bro

wnf

ield

land

and

pote

ntia

l to

cont

ribut

e to

war

dsre

gene

ratio

n.

Page 127: BSG Ecology

126

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

gres

s pi

lot

deve

lopm

ent a

ndbi

odiv

ersi

ty p

roje

cts

with

in e

ach

RD

A r

egio

nlin

ked

to r

egio

nal a

ndLB

AP

targ

ets.

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

Con

side

r B

uild

ing

Reg

ulat

ions

and

sust

aina

ble

build

ing

crite

ria (

EN

, BR

E).

Wild

life

trai

ning

and

biod

iver

sity

indi

cato

rsde

velo

ped

for

cons

truc

tion

CIR

IApr

ojec

ts fu

nded

by

DTI

(EN

, DTI

).

To id

entif

y sp

ecie

ses

peci

ally

rel

iant

on

urba

n en

viro

nmen

ts a

ndth

e po

tent

ial f

or p

ositi

vepl

anni

ng, e

stab

lishi

nglin

ks, c

orrid

ors

and

step

ping

sto

nes

thro

ugh

new

dev

elop

men

t (E

N).

Pilo

t dev

elop

men

t and

biod

iver

sity

pro

ject

sw

ithin

eac

h R

DA

reg

ion

linke

d to

reg

iona

l and

LBA

P ta

rget

s.

Bui

ldin

g fo

r N

atur

e(S

EE

DA

).

Cre

eksi

de E

nviro

nmen

tP

roje

ct, D

eptfo

rd.

Gre

at N

otle

y G

arde

nV

illag

e, C

ount

rysi

deH

omes

.

Pire

lli c

ar-p

ark,

Bel

vede

re (

Gro

undw

ork

Ken

t Tha

mes

-sid

e).

Mat

eria

ls In

form

atio

nE

xcha

nge

(BR

E).

CA

BE

, BU

RA

, Civ

icTr

ust R

egen

erat

ion

Uni

t.

DTI

Par

tner

s in

Inno

vatio

n co

nstr

uctio

nre

sear

ch p

rogr

amm

e.

L W&

C A

ct 1

981.

T&C

P A

ct 1

990.

CR

oW A

ct 2

000.

Bui

ldin

g R

egul

atio

ns 2

001

(Par

t H).

P PP

G3,

PP

G9,

PP

G17

, PP

G25

.

BR

App

rove

d D

ocum

ent H

.

A By

Des

ign

(CA

BE

, 200

1).

Des

ign

com

pend

ium

(Hou

sing

Ass

ocia

tion

and

Llew

elly

n D

avie

s, 1

999)

.

Pla

nnin

g fo

r B

iodi

vers

ity(R

TPI,

1999

).

Qua

lity

of L

ife C

apita

l (C

A,

EA

, EH

, EN

).

Dev

elop

ing

Nat

ural

ly(A

LGE

/EN

, 200

0).

Loca

l aut

horit

y gu

idan

ce fo

rpl

anne

rs a

nd d

evel

oper

s(e

.g. B

iodi

vers

ity C

heck

list f

orLa

nd U

se P

lann

ers

inC

ambr

idge

shire

and

Pet

erbo

roug

h , 2

000)

.

Bio

dive

rsity

cons

erva

tion

and

enha

ncem

ent

obje

ctiv

es in

new

deve

lopm

ents

.

Nat

ural

gre

ensp

aces

and

wild

life

feat

ures

pro

vide

das

par

t of n

ewde

velo

pmen

t.

Bio

dive

rsity

targ

ets

in h

ouse

-bui

ldin

gan

d ot

her

deve

lope

rsc

hem

es.

The

use

of S

UD

Sas

sta

ndar

dpr

actic

e fo

r ne

wbu

ild in

all

area

s.

Co

nstr

uctio

n an

dne

w d

evel

op

men

t

Ens

urin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty is

enha

nced

as

aco

nseq

uenc

e of

deve

lopm

ent a

ndbu

ildin

g de

sign

.

Page 128: BSG Ecology

127

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Sust

aina

ble

Urb

an D

rain

age

Syst

ems

(EA

, 199

9).

Sust

aina

ble

Urb

an D

rain

age

Syst

ems:

des

ign

man

ual f

orEn

glan

d an

d W

ales

(CIR

IA20

00)

best

pra

ctic

e m

anua

l(C

IRIA

200

1).

Pro

tect

ed s

peci

es g

uida

nce

note

s (v

ario

us).

I Gre

en L

eaf A

war

ds.

Civ

ic T

rust

Aw

ards

.

BU

RA

Aw

ards

.

OD

PM

Urb

an R

egen

erat

ion

Aw

ards

.

Page 129: BSG Ecology

128

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

Und

erta

ke a

dditi

onal

gree

n ro

of r

esea

rch

(EN

).

Hol

d gr

een

roof

sco

nfer

ence

(E

N, L

I,C

AB

E).

Pro

mot

ion

of g

reen

roo

fbe

nefit

s th

roug

hpu

blic

atio

ns, a

dvic

e an

dad

voca

cy (

EN

, EA

, BR

E,

CIR

IA, C

AB

E).

Iden

tify

links

of g

reen

roof

s to

SU

DS

(E

N, E

A).

Spe

cific

bio

dive

rsity

feat

ures

in n

ew g

reen

build

ings

(B

ioR

egio

nal,

Pea

body

Tru

st, H

BF)

.

Mak

e lin

ks to

gre

enbu

ildin

g bu

sine

ss.

Sus

tain

able

Urb

anD

rain

age

Sys

tem

s (E

A).

Gre

en r

oofs

rep

ort (

EN

,20

02).

Bed

Zed,

Lon

don

(Pea

body

Trus

t/Bio

Reg

iona

l).

Hoc

kert

on H

ousi

ngP

roje

ct, N

ottin

gham

.

Cre

eksi

de E

nviro

nmen

tP

roje

ct (

Laba

n D

ance

Cen

tre,

Sea

ger

Bui

ldin

g).

Eco

logi

cal D

esig

nA

ssoc

iatio

n.

Ass

ocia

tion

for

Env

ironm

ent C

onsc

ious

Bui

ldin

g.

Brit

ish

Ear

th S

helte

ring

Ass

ocia

tion.

P By

Des

ign

(CA

BE

/DTL

R, 2

001)

.

A Des

ign

com

pend

ium

(Hou

sing

Ass

ocia

tion

and

Llew

elly

n D

avie

s, 2

000)

.

CIR

IA, M

4I, S

usta

inab

leH

ousi

ng, B

ioR

egio

nal,

Eco

Ren

ewal

dat

abas

e.

I BC

I Aw

ards

.

Biff

awar

d.

Gre

en L

eaf A

war

ds.

Gre

en b

uild

ings

desi

gned

and

cons

truc

ted

asst

anda

rd p

ract

ice

for

all n

ew b

uild

,w

ith lo

w im

pact

,us

e of

ren

ewab

les,

gree

n ro

ofs,

SU

DS

,ea

rth

shel

tere

dbu

ildin

gs a

nd o

ther

syst

ems.

Gre

en b

uild

ing

san

d a

rch

itect

ure

Max

imis

eop

port

uniti

es to

impr

ove

the

biod

iver

sity

perfo

rman

ce o

fne

w b

uild

ings

.

Page 130: BSG Ecology

129

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

All

LA g

reen

spa

ceau

dits

and

str

ateg

ies

linke

d to

BA

P ta

rget

s.

Urb

an G

reen

Spa

ces

polic

y de

velo

pmen

tem

phas

ises

bio

dive

rsity

cons

erva

tion

as a

cor

em

anag

emen

t prin

cipl

e.

Incr

ease

of G

reen

Fla

gA

war

d ap

plic

atio

ns to

750

with

in 1

0 ye

ars,

and

win

ners

to 7

00 (

GFA

,C

ivic

Tru

st).

Pro

mul

gate

and

sha

rego

od p

ract

ice.

Loca

l aut

horit

y gr

een

spac

e au

dits

and

stra

tegi

es w

ith li

nks

toB

AP

targ

ets

(OD

PM

, EN

,D

efra

).In

corp

orat

ion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty in

to w

ork

ofth

e U

rban

Gre

enS

pace

s S

teer

ing

Gro

upan

d fo

llow

up

(OD

PM

,D

efra

).Lo

cal a

utho

rity

gree

nspa

ce s

tand

ards

take

acc

ount

of E

N’s

AN

GS

t (E

N, O

DP

M).

AN

GS

t pilo

ted

with

in 1

0ur

ban

LAs

(EN

).B

iodi

vers

ity in

par

ksgu

idan

ce p

rodu

ced

(EN

,U

rban

Par

ks F

orum

).In

crea

se o

f Gre

en F

lag

Aw

ard

appl

icat

ions

to50

0 w

ithin

5 y

ears

and

win

ners

to 3

50 (

GFA

,C

ivic

Tru

st).

Incr

easi

ng le

vel o

fco

mm

unity

man

aged

spac

es (

‘Frie

nds

of’)

wor

king

with

LA

s an

dot

hers

to r

aise

loca

l‘o

wne

rshi

p’ (

UP

F, G

FA,

Civ

ic T

rust

).

Urb

an G

reen

Spa

ces

Task

For

ce:

Gre

en S

pace

s, B

ette

rP

lace

s(2

002)

.5

Wor

king

Gro

upR

epor

ts.

Uni

vers

ity o

f She

ffiel

dre

sear

ch.

PP

G17

rev

iew

.

Urb

an P

arks

For

um.

Gre

en F

lag

Aw

ards

.U

rban

Wild

life

Par

tner

ship

.U

K M

AB

Urb

an F

orum

Aw

ard

for

Exc

elle

nce.

Loca

l Nat

ure

Res

erve

s.E

N’s

Acc

essi

ble

Nat

ural

Gre

ensp

ace

Sta

ndar

ds.

Land

life’

s C

reat

ive

Con

serv

atio

n.

Bes

t Val

ue.

Loca

l BA

Ps.

Par

ks e

tc H

AP

s in

LBA

Ps.

UR

GE

(D

evel

opm

ent o

fU

rban

Gre

ensp

aces

to

Impr

ove

the

Qua

lity

ofLi

fe in

Citi

es a

nd U

rban

Reg

ions

, EU

(20

01-4

)).

L NP

&A

C A

ct 1

949

(NN

R,

LNR

s).

T&C

P A

ct 1

990.

P PP

G17

.

A Bes

t Val

ue fo

r B

iodi

vers

ity(A

LGE

, 200

1).

Nat

ure

Are

as fo

r City

Peo

ple

(Lon

don

Eco

logy

Uni

t, 19

90).

I Gre

en F

lag

Aw

ards

.

HLF

Urb

an P

arks

Fun

d.

NO

F -E

N W

ildsp

ace!

for

LNR

s.

BTC

V P

eopl

e’s

Pla

ces.

CA

Doo

rste

p G

reen

s.

UK

MA

B U

rban

For

um A

war

d.

Par

ks to

be

man

aged

with

biod

iver

sity

cons

erva

tion

as a

core

prin

cipl

e, b

utno

t nec

essa

rily

apr

imar

y ai

m.

Prin

cipa

l urb

anpa

rks

linke

d to

LBA

P o

bjec

tives

.R

elev

ant p

arks

and

urba

n gr

een

spac

es p

rote

cted

and

man

aged

as

loca

l wild

life

site

s.P

eat u

se p

hase

dou

t, pe

stic

ide

use

sign

ifica

ntly

min

imis

ed, w

ater

cons

erva

tion

mea

sure

s in

pla

ce.

Eco

logi

cal s

kills

resi

dent

in a

ll LP

Apa

rks

depa

rtm

ents

.B

VP

I for

par

kslin

ked

tobi

odiv

ersi

tyta

rget

s.R

esid

ents

with

in30

0m o

f nea

rest

natu

ral

gree

nspa

ce,

whe

reve

r po

ssib

le.

Par

ks a

nd u

rban

gre

en s

pac

es

Ens

urin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

s an

inte

gral

par

t of

park

s, p

layi

ngfie

lds

and

othe

rur

ban

gree

nspa

ces.

Mul

ti-fu

nctio

nal

role

of g

reen

spac

es li

nked

tour

ban

rena

issa

nce.

Page 131: BSG Ecology

130

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mul

gatio

n an

dex

chan

ge o

f goo

dpr

actic

e.

HA

BA

P im

plem

enta

tion

(HA

).

Eng

agem

ent o

f Net

wor

kR

ail i

nto

BA

P o

bjec

tives

(EN

, Def

ra, D

fT, N

etw

ork

Rai

l).

Rai

ltrac

k E

ast A

nglia

BA

P.

Wild

Lin

esid

es(R

ailtr

ack,

Lon

don

Wild

life

Trus

t).

Hig

hway

s A

genc

y B

AP

(HA

BA

P).

Lond

on W

ater

way

sP

artn

ersh

ip.

L W&

C A

ct 1

981.

P PP

G9,

PP

G17

.

A Hig

hway

s A

genc

y B

AP

(HA

BA

P).

Tran

spor

t cor

ridor

man

agem

ent

linke

d to

BA

Pob

ject

ives

.

Dev

elop

men

tal

ong

tran

spor

tco

rrid

ors

not

lead

ing

to lo

ss o

for

dam

age

tost

atut

ory

and

othe

rim

port

ant w

ildlif

esi

tes.

Tran

spo

rtco

rrid

ors

Rea

lisat

ion

of th

ebi

odiv

ersi

typo

tent

ial o

f rai

lway

lines

ides

, can

alto

wpa

ths

and

road

way

ver

ges.

10 L

NR

cem

eter

ies

and

6 G

reen

Fla

g A

war

d-w

inni

ng c

hurc

hyar

dsan

d/or

cem

eter

ies

with

in5

year

s.

LC&

CP

furt

her

deve

lope

d.

Pro

mul

gatio

n an

dex

chan

ge o

f goo

dpr

actic

e.

6 LN

R c

emet

erie

s, a

nd 3

Gre

en F

lag

Aw

ard-

win

ning

chu

rchy

ards

and/

or c

emet

erie

s w

ithin

3 ye

ars

(EN

, LG

A, G

FA,

Civ

ic T

rust

).

Gui

danc

e pr

ovid

ed o

nw

oodl

and

buria

lpr

actic

es (

NU

FU,

EN

, HO

).

LC&

CP

rev

italis

ed a

ndde

velo

ped

(HO

–B&

CA

G).

Furt

her

deta

iled

man

agem

ent g

uida

nce

prod

uced

and

diss

emin

ated

(E

H, E

N).

Bur

ials

& C

emet

erie

sA

dvis

ory

Gro

up (

HO

).

Livi

ng C

hurc

hyar

ds &

Cem

eter

ies

Pro

ject

.

Nat

iona

l Fed

erat

ion

ofC

emet

ery

Frie

nds.

Woo

dlan

d bu

rials

.

Loca

l Nat

ure

Res

erve

s.

L Vario

us b

uria

l leg

isla

tion.

P PP

G17

.

A Livi

ng C

hurc

hyar

ds &

Cem

eter

ies

Pro

ject

.

Par

adis

e P

rese

rved

(E

H, E

N,

2002

).

I Wild

spac

e! fo

r LN

Rs

(EN

).

Gre

en F

lag

Aw

ard.

Cem

eter

y an

dch

urch

yard

man

agem

ent

linke

d to

BA

Pob

ject

ives

.

Gro

wth

inw

oodl

and

and

othe

ren

viro

nmen

tal

buria

l pra

ctic

es.

New

cem

eter

ies

not l

eadi

ng to

loss

of o

r da

mag

e to

stat

utor

y an

d ot

her

impo

rtan

t wild

life

site

s.

Cem

eter

ies

and

chur

chya

rds

Rea

lisat

ion

of th

ebi

odiv

ersi

typo

tent

ial o

fce

met

erie

s an

dch

urch

yard

s.

Page 132: BSG Ecology

131

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Con

tinue

, dev

elop

and

diss

emin

ate

gard

enbi

odiv

ersi

ty r

esea

rch

(EN

, Def

ra, W

Ts).

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

Em

erge

nce

of th

e us

e of

suita

ble

alte

rnat

ive

grow

ing

med

ia b

yre

taile

rs, c

onsu

mer

san

d ga

rden

ers.

Con

tinue

, dev

elop

and

diss

emin

ate

BU

GS

and

othe

r ga

rden

biod

iver

sity

res

earc

h(N

ER

C/U

RG

EN

T, E

N,

WTs

, Def

ra).

Str

engt

hen

‘citi

zen

scie

nce’

sur

veys

to N

BN

and

LRC

s (W

Ts, E

N,

BTO

, etc

).

Res

earc

h of

impa

cts

offro

nt g

arde

n an

dba

ckla

nd g

arde

nm

osai

c de

velo

pmen

t(N

ER

C, E

N).

Dev

elop

men

t of

alte

rnat

ive

grow

ing

med

ia th

roug

h G

row

ing

Med

ia W

orki

ng G

roup

(Def

ra, W

RA

P, G

MA

).

BTO

Gar

den

Bird

Sur

vey

Big

Gar

den

Bird

wat

ch, H

omes

for

Bird

s, A

von

Wild

life

Trus

t Bris

tol B

irdw

atch

.

BC

Gar

den

But

terfl

ies

Cou

nt.

PTE

S G

reat

Sta

g H

unt.

Wild

life

Trus

ts’ w

ildlif

ega

rden

ing

wor

k.

Frog

life

Lond

on P

ond

Doc

tor.

Urb

an W

ildlif

eP

artn

ersh

ip.

Fede

ratio

n of

City

Far

ms

& C

omm

unity

Gar

dens

.

NE

RC

UR

GE

NT

rese

arch

pro

gram

me

(e.g

. BU

GS

).

New

hou

sing

gar

dens

proj

ect (

CO

NE

, HB

F).

LBA

P g

arde

n H

AP

s.

Pea

t Wor

king

Gro

up.

Pes

ticid

e D

ispo

sal

Str

ateg

y (P

AN

-UK

).

Rev

iew

of n

on-n

ativ

esp

ecie

s.

L T&C

P A

ct 1

990,

e.g

. Tre

eP

rese

rvat

ion

Ord

ers,

Con

serv

atio

n A

reas

,‘b

ackl

and’

pol

icie

s.

W&

C A

ct 1

981,

e.g

. S

ched

ule

9.

P PP

G3,

PP

G9,

PP

G17

.

A Num

erou

s pu

blic

atio

ns.

Con

tinue

d gr

owth

of w

ildlif

ega

rden

ing

and

cons

eque

nten

hanc

emen

t of

biod

iver

sity

inur

ban

and

subu

rban

are

as.

Sus

tain

able

gard

enin

gap

proa

ches

adop

ted.

Incr

ease

dpa

rtic

ipat

ion

in‘c

itize

n sc

ienc

e’fe

edin

g in

to L

RC

san

d LB

AP

mon

itorin

g.

Key

‘bac

klan

d’ga

rden

mos

aics

and

allo

tmen

tspr

otec

ted

thro

ugh

plan

ning

pol

icy

(LP

Fs).

Sal

e of

pro

blem

exot

ic g

arde

npl

ants

tigh

tlyco

ntro

lled

with

guid

ance

from

gard

en c

entr

es.

Gre

ater

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

role

of g

arde

nsfo

r bi

odiv

ersi

ty a

tla

ndsc

ape

leve

l.

Gar

den

s,al

lotm

ents

and

gar

den

ing

Dev

elop

men

t of

pote

ntia

l for

wild

life

sens

itive

gard

enin

g.

Page 133: BSG Ecology

132

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Lear

ning

thro

ugh

Land

scap

es.

CE

E.

Eco

Sch

ools

.

WA

TCH

.

Citi

zens

hip

part

of C

ore

Cur

ricul

um fr

omS

epte

mbe

r 20

02

(KS

3 &

4).

Goo

d pr

actic

e w

ork

inke

y si

tes,

e.g

. Gill

espi

eP

ark

LNR

, The

Haw

thor

ns, C

astle

Ede

nD

ene

NN

R.

The

21 s

choo

ls w

hoco

ntrib

uted

to th

e pr

ize

win

ning

sch

ool g

arde

nex

hibi

ted

at th

is y

ear’s

Ham

pton

Cou

rt F

low

ersh

ow.

A Lear

ning

thro

ugh

Land

scap

es.

WA

TCH

.

Eco

Sch

ools

.

I Nat

iona

l Cur

ricul

um.

Gro

win

g S

choo

ls.

Gro

win

g S

choo

lsde

mon

stra

tion

gard

enG

reen

wic

h, la

unch

spr

ing

2003

.

Sch

ools

to b

een

cour

aged

tode

velo

p th

eir

grou

nds

to in

clud

ew

ildlif

ear

eas/

gard

ens,

and/

or n

atur

alfe

atur

es w

here

appr

opria

te.

Sch

ools

are

als

oen

cour

aged

tom

ake

use

of th

eir

scho

ol g

roun

ds a

san

‘out

door

clas

sroo

m’ f

or a

llsu

bjec

ts a

nd fo

rch

ildre

n of

all

ages

.S

choo

ls a

reen

cour

aged

toin

volv

e pu

puls

in a

llas

pect

s of

sch

ool

life,

incl

udin

gm

anag

emen

t of

scho

ol w

ildlif

e ar

eas

whe

re th

ey e

xist

.

Sch

oo

l gro

und

sR

ealis

atio

n of

the

pote

ntia

l for

biod

iver

sity

impr

ovem

ents

insc

hool

gro

unds

.

Page 134: BSG Ecology

133

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

CP

and

EfA

prog

ram

mes

dev

elop

edin

new

are

as li

nked

toB

AP

obj

ectiv

es (

OD

PM

,G

wK

).

SE

U a

nd N

RU

to p

ilot

‘gre

en li

ve-a

bilit

y’sc

hem

es (

OD

PM

, Gw

K).

Pro

mul

gate

and

exch

ange

goo

dpr

actic

e.

CP

and

EfA

prog

ram

mes

dev

elop

edin

new

are

as li

nked

toB

AP

obj

ectiv

es (

OD

PM

,G

wK

).

EN

’s A

NG

St p

ilote

d in

5ar

eas

of h

igh

depr

ivat

ion

(EN

).

SE

U a

nd N

RU

to p

ilot

‘gre

en li

ve-a

bilit

y’sc

hem

es (

OD

PM

, Gw

K).

Env

ironm

enta

l jus

tice

prog

ram

me

in S

EU

.

Cha

ngin

g P

lace

s(G

roun

dwor

k).

Envi

ronm

ents

for

All

(BTC

V).

Bla

ck E

nviro

nmen

tN

etw

ork.

Gre

en G

ym (

BTC

V).

She

ffiel

d W

ildlif

e Tr

ust’s

Man

or &

Cas

tle E

stat

ere

gene

ratio

n w

ork.

Bol

ton

Wild

life

Pro

ject

(Lan

cash

ire W

T).

Urb

an W

ildlif

eP

artn

ersh

ip.

Tree

s fo

r Lo

ndon

.

Gre

en S

treet

s(M

anch

este

r).

EN

’s A

cces

sibl

e N

atur

alG

reen

spac

e S

tand

ards

.

A Soc

ial E

xclu

sion

Uni

t.

Nei

ghbo

urho

od R

enew

al U

nit.

Gro

undw

ork.

Rec

onci

ling

Env

ironm

enta

lan

d S

ocia

l Con

cern

s (J

osep

hR

ownt

ree

Foun

datio

nre

sear

ch p

rogr

amm

e).

I Env

ironm

enta

l Tas

k Fo

rce.

Bet

ter

loca

len

viro

nmen

ts fo

rpe

ople

in L

As

inIn

dice

s of

Dep

rivat

ion.

Loca

l ren

ewal

sche

mes

for

resi

dent

ial a

reas

,es

tate

s, e

tc. t

oha

ve b

iodi

vers

ityco

mpo

nent

s.

Incr

ease

dpr

ovis

ion

of tr

ees

and

gree

nspa

ce in

hard

bui

lten

viro

nmen

ts.

Env

ironm

enta

l and

biod

iver

sity

proo

fing

with

inS

EU

and

NR

Ure

mit.

So

cial

incl

usio

nan

d li

ve-a

bili

ty

Bio

dive

rsity

as

part

of th

e qu

ality

of l

ife.

Page 135: BSG Ecology

134

Appendix 4Towns, cities anddevelopment

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Pro

mul

ge a

nd e

xcha

nge

good

pra

ctic

e.Im

plem

ent r

evie

wre

com

men

datio

ns in

rela

tion

to u

rban

are

as,

as a

ppro

pira

te.

Pro

mot

e gr

eate

run

ders

tand

ing

of th

epo

sitiv

e be

nefit

s th

atm

any

exot

ic s

peci

espr

ovid

e (D

efra

, E

N, E

A).

Inva

sive

Spe

cies

data

base

(E

N,

Uni

vers

ity o

f Liv

erpo

ol).

Def

ra r

evie

w o

f non

-na

tive

spec

ies.

L W&

C A

ct 1

981.

A

Japa

nese

Kno

twee

d M

anua

l(2

000)

.

Inva

sive

spe

cies

leaf

lets

(E

A)

Gui

delin

es fo

r th

e co

ntro

l of

Japa

nese

kno

twee

d(W

DA

,19

91).

A b

ette

r w

ay o

fm

anag

ing

and

livin

g w

ith n

on-

nativ

e sp

ecie

s.G

reat

erun

ders

tand

ing

and

prom

otio

n of

the

posi

tive

bene

fits

that

man

y ex

otic

spec

ies

prov

ide.

Inva

sive

exo

ticsp

ecie

s

Con

trol

ling

the

nega

tive

and

rein

forc

ing

the

posi

tive

aspe

cts

ofno

n-na

tive

spec

ies.

Furt

her

deve

lop

Gre

enG

ym in

itiat

ives

(B

TCV

).E

stab

lish

serie

s of

Gre

en G

ympr

ogra

mm

es o

n 50

LNR

s an

d ot

her

natu

rere

serv

es (

BTC

V, E

N,

WTS

).

Est

ablis

h se

ries

ofG

reen

Gym

s lin

ked

toke

y H

AP

obj

ectiv

es(B

TCV,

EN

, Def

ra, W

Ts).

BTC

V G

reen

Gym

.

CA

Wal

king

the

Way

toH

ealth

.

Nat

iona

l Urb

an F

ores

try

Uni

t hea

lth c

onfe

renc

esan

d pu

blic

atio

ns.

Hea

lthy

Sch

ools

.

NE

RC

UR

GE

NT/

DoH

heal

th c

onfe

renc

eS

epte

mbe

r 20

01.

Hea

lth a

nd E

nviro

nmen

tin

Sus

tain

able

Dev

elop

men

t (W

HO

, 200

1).

A Gre

en G

ym (

BTC

V).

Wal

king

the

Way

to H

ealth

(CA

).

Loca

l GP

spr

escr

ibin

g w

alks

and

cons

erva

tion

activ

ities

in lo

cal

gree

nspa

ces,

LNR

s, e

tc.

LNR

s an

d ot

her

site

s lin

ked

to lo

cal

Hea

lth T

rust

and

Hea

lth A

ctio

n Zo

nepr

ogra

mm

es, a

ndac

tivel

y ho

stin

g‘h

ealth

’ act

iviti

es.

Hea

lth

Rec

ogni

sing

and

rein

forc

ing

the

links

bet

wee

nbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

ndhe

alth

.

Page 136: BSG Ecology

135

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Man

agem

ent

of

the

wid

er m

ariti

me

envi

ronm

ent

As

1-3

year

s.Im

plem

ent c

hang

es a

risin

gfro

m th

e re

view

ens

urin

gth

at o

ppor

tuni

ties

for

purs

uing

bio

dive

rsity

obje

ctiv

es a

re in

clud

ed(G

over

nmen

t Dep

artm

ents

).

DF

T re

view

of d

evel

opm

ent

in c

oast

al a

nd m

arin

ew

ater

s.

Pol

icy

revi

ew.

Dev

elop

men

t of a

sim

plifi

edpl

anni

ng a

nd r

egul

ator

ysy

stem

for

man

agin

g an

dpr

otec

ting

the

mar

itim

een

viro

nmen

t.

App

ly e

cosy

stem

-bas

edap

proa

ch (

Def

ra a

nd a

llP

artn

ers)

.

Con

tinue

dev

elop

men

t in

co-o

pera

tion

with

OS

PAR

(Def

ra a

nd a

ll P

artn

ers)

.

Pub

lishe

d Ju

ne 2

002.

OS

PAR

dev

elop

ing

tool

s fo

rap

plic

atio

n of

eco

syst

emap

proa

ch.

Mar

ine

Ste

war

dshi

p R

epor

t(M

SR

) –

Safe

guar

ding

Our

Seas

(Def

ra).

OS

PAR

.

5th

Nor

th S

ea c

onfe

renc

e.

Dev

elop

men

t of a

nec

osys

tem

-bas

ed a

ppro

ach

to e

nviro

nmen

tal

man

agem

ent.

Con

side

r th

e ou

tcom

es o

fth

e R

evie

w o

f Mar

ine

Nat

ure

Con

serv

atio

n an

dap

plic

atio

ns to

futu

re p

olic

y(D

efra

).

Com

plet

e th

e R

MN

CR

egio

nal S

eas

Pilo

t Sch

eme

and

publ

ish

the

final

repo

rt(s

) (J

NC

C).

Dev

elop

men

t of s

trat

egic

goal

s an

d ob

ject

ives

for

mar

ine

natu

re c

onse

rvat

ion.

Com

men

cem

ent o

f Reg

iona

lS

eas

Pilo

t Sch

eme

in th

eIri

sh S

ea.

Def

ra R

evie

w o

f Mar

ine

Nat

ure

Con

serv

atio

n(R

MN

C).

Inte

grat

ion

of p

olic

ies

acro

ssth

e fu

ll ra

nge

of m

arin

ese

ctor

s to

del

iver

sust

aina

ble

man

agem

ent.

Page 137: BSG Ecology

136

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Man

agem

ent

of

the

wid

er m

ariti

me

envi

ronm

ent

(co

ntin

ued

)

Con

tinue

to d

evel

opC

haM

Ps

and

shar

ein

form

atio

n w

ith E

C a

ndot

her

Mem

ber

Sta

tes

(Def

ra,

EN

, EA

, EC

).

CH

aMP

pro

cess

evo

lvin

g to

prov

ide

clea

r bi

odiv

ersi

tyob

ject

ives

(D

efra

, EN

, EA

,E

C).

Pilo

t CH

aMP

s in

pre

para

tion

with

iden

tific

atio

n of

envi

ronm

enta

l obj

ectiv

es.

Coa

stal

Hab

itat

Man

agem

ent P

lans

.(C

HaM

Ps)

.

Dev

elop

land

use

pla

ns to

indi

cate

coa

stal

are

as li

able

to fl

oodi

ng o

r er

osio

n w

ithin

50 y

ears

and

whi

ch r

estr

ict

coas

tal d

evel

opm

ent t

osu

stai

nabl

e, s

tabl

e ar

eas.

Cle

ar e

nviro

nmen

tal t

arge

tsde

fined

for

incl

usio

n in

SM

Ps.

Incr

ease

the

inco

rpor

atio

n of

long

er-te

rm g

oals

and

biod

iver

sity

obj

ectiv

es in

tosu

stai

nabl

e m

anag

emen

t.

Incr

ease

the

appl

icat

ion

ofkn

owle

dge

on c

oast

alpr

oces

ses

to fl

ood

and

coas

tal d

efen

ce p

lann

ing.

Rev

iew

all

plan

s to

see

ifen

viro

nmen

tal o

bjec

tives

are

set a

nd w

heth

er th

ey a

rebe

ing

met

(D

efra

, EN

, loc

alau

thor

ities

, EA

).

Est

ablis

hmen

t of h

igh

leve

lta

rget

s fo

r flo

od d

efen

ceop

erat

ing

auth

oriti

es.

Wid

er c

onsu

ltatio

n an

d m

ore

stra

tegi

c pl

anni

ng.

Incr

easi

ng fi

nanc

ial s

uppo

rtfo

r sa

fegu

ardi

ng E

U H

abita

tsD

irect

ive

site

s.

Firs

t rou

nd o

f pla

ns p

repa

red.

Incr

easi

ng u

se o

fge

omor

phol

ogy

and

links

with

soc

io-e

cono

mic

driv

ers

to g

uide

str

ateg

yde

velo

pmen

t.

Floo

d an

d co

asta

l def

ence

polic

ies,

gui

danc

e no

tes

and

proc

edur

es e

g. P

PG

20

–C

oast

al P

lann

ing

and

PP

G 2

5 –

Dev

elop

men

t and

Floo

d ris

k.

Sho

relin

e M

anag

emen

tP

lans

(S

MP

s).

EU

Hab

itats

and

Bird

sD

irect

ives

.

Inco

rpor

atio

n of

bio

dive

rsity

obje

ctiv

es in

floo

d an

dco

asta

l def

ence

pol

icy.

Incr

ease

d m

onito

ring

and

audi

ting

of b

iodi

vers

ityta

rget

s in

impl

emen

tatio

n of

plan

s.

Initi

ate

audi

t of b

iodi

vers

ityob

ject

ives

in c

oast

al p

lans

.

Rev

isio

n of

PP

G 2

0 an

d P

PG

9 to

incl

ude

biod

iver

sity

obje

ctiv

es (

OD

PM

, Def

ra).

DF

T re

view

of d

evel

opm

ent

in c

oast

al a

nd m

arin

ew

ater

s.

Rev

isio

n of

PP

G20

.

EU

ICZM

rec

omm

enda

tion.

Pla

nnin

g P

olic

y G

uida

nce

Not

e 7

(PP

G 7

) –

Cou

ntry

side

and

Soc

ial

Dev

elop

men

t.

PP

G 9

– C

onse

rvat

ion.

PP

G 1

7 –

Rec

reat

ion

and

Tour

ism

.

PP

G 2

0 –

Coa

stal

Pla

nnin

g.

PP

G 2

5 –

Dev

elop

men

t and

Floo

d R

isk.

LGA

“Li

ving

at t

he E

dge”

.

Inte

grat

ion

of b

iodi

vers

ityob

ject

ives

into

pla

nnin

gpo

licie

s.

Page 138: BSG Ecology

137

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Man

agem

ent

of

the

wid

er m

ariti

me

envi

ronm

ent

(co

ntin

ued

)

Impl

emen

t the

rev

ised

Com

mon

Fis

herie

s P

olic

y.

Red

uce

fishi

ng e

ffort

and

the

capa

city

of t

he fi

shin

g fle

etin

Eng

lish

wat

ers

and

impl

emen

t oth

er m

easu

res

to p

rom

ote

long

-term

sust

aina

bilit

y.

Take

forw

ard

prop

osal

s fo

r a

plan

ned

impl

emen

tatio

n of

no-ta

ke z

ones

to a

id fi

shst

ock

and

mar

ine

habi

tat

reco

very

as

nece

ssar

y.

Impl

emen

t the

rev

ised

EU

Com

mon

Fis

herie

s P

olic

y.

Con

tinue

to in

fluen

ce th

epr

opos

als

outli

ned

in th

eE

urop

ean

Com

mis

sion

’sC

FP r

oadm

ap.

Dev

elop

furt

her

no-ta

kezo

nes

(Def

ra, E

C, E

N,

Mem

ber

Sta

tes)

.

Enc

oura

ge fu

ndam

enta

lre

form

, inc

ludi

ng M

embe

rS

tate

con

trol o

ut to

12

naut

ical

mile

s an

d a

redu

ctio

n in

fishi

ng e

ffort

(D

efra

)

Rev

iew

of S

ea F

ishe

ries

Com

mitt

ees

activ

ities

(Def

ra).

‘Pin

gers

’ to

dete

r ce

tace

ans

at fi

sh n

ets

curr

ently

bei

ngtr

ialle

d (D

efra

).

Dev

elop

men

t of P

inge

r A

lert

devi

ce fo

r fu

ture

use

(TW

T).

Com

mon

Fis

herie

s P

olic

y(C

FP)

Rev

iew

200

2.

EC

Bio

dive

rsity

Act

ion

Pla

nfo

r Fi

sher

ies.

Con

serv

atio

n of

com

mer

cial

fish

stoc

ks a

nd r

educ

tion

offis

herie

s im

pact

s on

non

-ta

rget

spe

cies

incl

udin

gm

arin

e m

amm

als

and

bird

sth

roug

h th

e in

tegr

atio

n of

envi

ronm

ent a

nd fi

sher

ies

polic

ies.

As

1-3

year

s.In

crea

sed

mov

e to

war

dsac

tions

that

inco

rpor

ate

biod

iver

sity

obj

ectiv

es.

Incr

ease

d us

e of

par

tner

ship

to id

entif

y an

d de

liver

oppo

rtun

ities

.

Maj

ority

of p

lans

est

ablis

hed

with

obj

ectiv

es a

ndin

dica

tors

.

Sus

tain

able

dev

elop

men

t as

over

all o

bjec

tive.

MS

R n

ext s

teps

con

sulta

tion.

Adv

isor

y no

tes

on c

oast

alan

d es

tuar

y pl

anni

ng.

Exp

erie

nce

from

exi

stin

gIC

ZM p

lans

.

Mar

ine

Ste

war

dshi

p R

epor

t.

Dev

elop

men

t and

use

of

wid

er p

artn

ersh

ipap

proa

ches

to d

eliv

erin

gpo

licy

obje

ctiv

es.

Ass

ess

prog

ress

aga

inst

targ

ets

and

revi

ew w

ork

prog

ram

me.

Impl

emen

t pla

n.

Pro

duce

pol

icy

guid

ance

on

the

impl

emen

tatio

n of

BA

P(in

clud

ing

HA

Ps

& S

AP

s)ou

tlini

ng th

e re

spon

sibi

litie

sof

age

ncie

s.

Dev

elop

mec

hani

sms

tota

ckle

the

cros

s-cu

tting

issu

es b

etw

een

mar

itim

epl

ans

and

betw

een

mar

itim

ean

d te

rres

tria

l HA

Ps

and

SA

Ps.

Dev

elop

gui

danc

e an

d a

post

-rev

iew

impl

emen

tatio

npl

an.

Ong

oing

wor

k to

war

ds th

ede

liver

y of

the

targ

ets

in th

ein

divi

dual

HA

Ps

and

SA

Ps

thro

ugh

mem

bers

of t

he U

KM

arin

e B

AP

Co-

ordi

natin

gG

roup

.

17 H

AP

s.

79 S

AP

s.

Del

iver

y of

mar

itim

e ha

bita

tan

d sp

ecie

s ac

tion

plan

s.

Page 139: BSG Ecology

138

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Man

agem

ent

of

the

wid

er m

ariti

me

envi

ronm

ent

(co

ntin

ued

)

Ado

ptio

n of

mea

sure

s to

prot

ect p

riorit

y sp

ecie

s an

dha

bita

ts.

OS

PAR

agr

eem

ent o

f firs

tse

t of E

coQ

Os

and

list o

fpr

iorit

y ha

bita

ts a

nd s

peci

es.

OS

PAR

ado

ptio

n of

hab

itat

clas

sific

atio

n an

d m

appi

ngpr

opos

als.

OS

PAR

wor

k on

prio

rity

spec

ies

and

habi

tats

,E

coQ

Os,

hab

itat

clas

sific

atio

n an

d m

appi

ng,

and

Mar

ine

Pro

tect

ed A

reas

.

UK

hos

ting

wor

ksho

p on

map

ping

met

hods

and

clas

sific

atio

n ca

tego

ries.

OS

PAR

Con

vent

ion

for

the

Pro

tect

ion

of th

e M

arin

eE

nviro

nmen

t of t

heN

orth

east

Atla

ntic

, 199

2.A

nnex

V o

n th

e P

rote

ctio

n &

Con

serv

atio

n of

the

Eco

syst

ems

& B

iolo

gica

lD

iver

sity

of t

he M

ariti

me

Are

a, &

rel

ated

App

endi

x 3,

1998

.

Con

trib

ute

toim

plem

enta

tion

of E

Uth

emat

ic s

trat

egy.

Con

trib

ute

to th

ede

velo

pmen

t of t

he th

emat

icst

rate

gy fo

r m

arin

epr

otec

tion

and

cons

erva

tion

and

deve

lop

a sh

adow

pla

nfo

r im

plem

enta

tion.

EC

pro

posa

l for

a th

emat

icst

rate

gy fo

r m

arin

epr

otec

tion

and

cons

erva

tion.

EU

’s 6

th E

nviro

nmen

t Act

ion

Pro

gram

me

prop

osal

for

anE

U S

trat

egy

for

Sus

tain

able

Dev

elop

men

t – M

arin

eel

emen

t.

Ens

ure

agre

emen

t rea

ched

on M

CPA

s at

SB

STT

A.

Dev

elop

men

t of s

cien

tific

advi

ce o

n m

arin

e an

dco

asta

l pro

tect

ed a

reas

(MC

PAs)

for

the

Sub

sidi

ary

Bod

y on

Sci

entif

ic, T

echn

ical

and

Tech

nolo

gica

l Adv

ice

(SB

STT

A)

to c

onsi

der

inM

arch

200

3.

Con

vent

ion

on B

iolo

gica

lD

iver

sity

Jak

arta

Man

date

.Im

plem

enta

tion

ofin

tern

atio

nal a

gree

men

tsth

at fu

rthe

r th

e co

nser

vatio

nof

bio

dive

rsity

.

Nat

iona

l Byc

atch

Res

pons

eS

trat

egy

and

actio

n pl

ande

sign

ed to

red

uce

byca

tch

of p

rote

cted

spe

cies

to le

vels

that

do

not t

hrea

ten

thei

rco

nser

vatio

n st

atus

(D

efra

).

Pre

para

tion

and

impl

emen

tatio

n of

a n

atio

nal

byca

tch

resp

onse

str

ateg

y(D

efra

).

Res

olut

ion

no.3

Inci

dent

alTa

ke o

f Sm

all C

etac

eans

(200

0).

ASC

OB

AN

S.

EU

Hab

itats

Dire

ctiv

e.

EU

Wild

Bird

s D

irect

ive.

Page 140: BSG Ecology

139

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Site

and

sp

ecie

s p

rote

ctio

n

Con

side

r re

view

s an

d pi

lot

proj

ect f

indi

ngs,

taki

ngfo

rwar

d re

com

men

datio

ns(in

clud

ing

prop

osal

s fo

rle

gisl

atio

n) a

s ap

prop

riate

(Def

ra, J

NC

C).

Con

tinue

Iris

h S

ea p

ilot a

ndot

her

revi

ews

and

asse

ssem

ergi

ng fi

ndin

gs (

Def

ra,

JNC

C).

Def

ra R

evie

w o

f Mar

ine

Nat

ure

Con

serv

atio

n –

Reg

iona

l Sea

s P

ilot S

chem

ein

the

Irish

Sea

.

DF

T R

evie

w o

f dev

elop

men

tin

coa

stal

and

mar

ine

wat

ers.

ICZM

sto

ck-ta

king

of

legi

slat

ion

acto

rs e

tc in

the

coas

tal z

one.

Pol

icy

revi

ews.

ICZM

.

Con

tinue

impl

emen

tatio

n of

man

agem

ent s

chem

es a

ndw

orki

ng to

war

ds fa

vour

able

cond

ition

. Rev

iew

achi

evem

ent o

f con

serv

atio

nob

ject

ives

.

Man

age

and

mon

itor

Eur

opea

n M

arin

e S

ites

(com

pete

nt a

utho

ritie

s).

Man

age

and

mon

itor

Eur

opea

n M

arin

e S

ites

(com

pete

nt a

utho

ritie

s).

Con

sult

on a

nd in

trod

uce

regu

latio

ns to

impl

emen

t the

Bird

s an

d H

abita

ts D

irect

ives

in th

e 12

-200

nm

zon

e(D

efra

).

Iden

tify

and

prop

ose

site

s in

the

12-2

00-n

m z

one.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

man

agem

ent s

chem

es fo

rE

urop

ean

Mar

ine

Site

s,w

orki

ng to

war

ds fa

vour

able

cond

ition

of t

hese

and

SS

SIs

(D

efra

, EN

, JN

CC

).

Dev

elop

ing

insh

ore

Nat

ura

2000

net

wor

k.

Dev

elop

ing

crite

ria fo

rof

fsho

re N

atur

a 20

00ne

twor

k.

Dev

elop

men

t of R

egul

atio

n33

adv

ice

unde

r th

e H

abita

tsR

egul

atio

ns a

nd in

crea

sing

guid

ance

from

Rel

evan

tA

utho

rity

Gro

ups

on th

eap

prop

riate

man

agem

ent o

fsi

tes

for

“fav

oura

ble

cond

ition

”.

Est

ablis

hmen

t of

man

agem

ent s

chem

es a

ndsh

adow

man

agem

ent

sche

mes

for

Eur

opea

nM

arin

e S

ites.

EU W

ild B

irds

Dire

ctiv

e.

EU

Hab

itats

Dire

ctiv

e.

A c

oher

ent l

egal

and

adm

inis

trat

ive

fram

ewor

k fo

rna

ture

con

serv

atio

n in

the

mar

ine

and

coas

tal

envi

ronm

ent.

Page 141: BSG Ecology

140

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Site

and

sp

ecie

s p

rote

ctio

n (c

ont

inue

d)

Ad

dre

ssin

g t

he

kno

wle

dg

e g

ap

Res

earc

h in

form

sec

osys

tem

app

roac

h.Fi

sher

ies

rese

arch

,m

anag

emen

t and

ado

ptio

nof

eco

syst

em a

ppro

ach.

Inte

rnat

iona

l Cou

ncil

for

the

Exp

lora

tion

of th

e S

ea(IC

ES

).

Impl

emen

t app

ropr

iate

rese

arch

pro

ject

s an

dpr

ogra

mm

es.

Ens

ure

that

effe

ctiv

em

onito

ring

is in

pla

ce to

ensu

re th

at w

e ca

n le

arn

whe

ther

our

pre

dict

ions

of

caus

e an

d ef

fect

are

accu

rate

and

can

info

rmfu

ture

wor

k (a

ll m

ariti

me

man

ager

s).

Dev

elop

effe

ctiv

e lin

ksbe

twee

n m

ariti

me

man

ager

san

d ke

y re

sear

ches

tabl

ishm

ents

(D

efra

,E

nglis

h N

atur

e, N

ER

C).

Dev

elop

link

s be

twee

npl

ans,

res

earc

h an

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty n

eeds

.

Dev

elop

sci

entif

icap

proa

ches

that

ens

ure

exis

ting

and

new

info

rmat

ion

is b

eing

use

d ef

fect

ivel

y by

plan

ners

and

man

ager

s.

Incr

easi

ng r

esea

rch

outp

uts

into

form

and

func

tion

ofco

asts

and

coa

stal

hab

itats

ER

P P

hase

I co

mpl

ete,

Pha

se II

in p

rogr

ess.

Res

earc

h in

to e

ndoc

rine

disr

upto

rs.

OS

PAR

res

earc

h.

Res

earc

h on

coa

stal

proc

esse

s eg

. Est

uarie

sR

esea

rch

Pro

gram

me

(ER

P).

Res

earc

h on

mar

itim

est

ruct

ure

and

func

tion

byun

iver

sitie

s an

d re

sear

chin

stitu

tions

.

Targ

eted

res

earc

h, s

urve

yan

d m

onito

ring

to p

rovi

deth

e kn

owle

dge

requ

ired

toin

form

dec

isio

ns a

ndsu

ppor

t the

eco

syst

em-

base

d ap

proa

ch to

man

agem

ent o

f the

mar

ine

envi

ronm

ent.

10 y

ear

revi

ew d

ue 2

002.

ICE

S C

ode

of P

ract

ice

onIn

trod

uctio

ns a

nd T

rans

fers

of M

arin

e O

rgan

ism

s.

Con

tinue

dev

elop

men

t of

ship

s be

tter

desi

gned

toha

ndle

bal

last

wat

ers.

Con

trol

& M

anag

emen

t of

Shi

ps’ B

alla

st W

ater

&S

edim

ents

Con

vent

ion

(dra

ft du

e 20

03)

(DfT

, Def

ra).

IMO

Gui

delin

es fo

r th

eco

ntro

l and

man

agem

ent o

fsh

ips’

bal

last

wat

er

Inte

rnat

iona

l Mar

itim

eO

rgan

isat

ion

(IMO

).

Impl

emen

tatio

n as

appr

opria

te o

f rev

iew

reco

mm

enda

tions

rel

evan

tto

mar

ine

envi

ronm

ent

(Def

ra).

Con

side

ratio

n of

rev

iew

reco

mm

enda

tions

appr

opria

te to

mar

ine

envi

ronm

ent (

Def

ra).

EU

wor

k on

non

-indi

geno

ussp

ecie

s at

glo

bal l

evel

.

Def

ra p

olic

y re

view

of n

on-

nativ

e sp

ecie

s –

repo

rt b

eing

final

ised

.

Wild

life

and

Cou

ntry

side

Act

1981

.

EU

Hab

itats

Dire

ctiv

e.

Pol

icy

revi

ew.

Man

agem

ent o

fal

ien/

inva

sive

spe

cies

.

Page 142: BSG Ecology

141

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Clim

ate

chan

ge

Red

uctio

n o

f P

ollu

tion

fro

m a

nth

rop

og

enic

so

urce

s

Con

tinua

tion

of E

A c

onse

nts

revi

ew p

rogr

amm

e.Id

entif

y w

ater

qua

lity

requ

irem

ents

for

SA

Cs

and

SPA

s th

roug

h th

ede

velo

pmen

t of

cons

erva

tion

obje

ctiv

es a

ndfe

ed th

roug

h in

to th

e E

Are

view

of c

onse

nts

proc

ess

(Def

ra, E

N, E

A).

Rev

iew

of c

onse

nts.

Hab

itats

and

Bird

sD

irect

ives

.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

the

Dire

ctiv

e th

roug

h th

ees

tabl

ishm

ent o

f riv

er b

asin

plan

s an

d su

b-ba

sin

plan

s at

a ca

tchm

ent s

cale

(E

A,

Con

serv

atio

n A

genc

ies,

Def

ra).

Dev

elop

men

t of o

bjec

tives

and

iden

tific

atio

n of

riv

erba

sins

for

esta

blis

hmen

t of

river

bas

in p

lans

(D

efra

, EA

,E

N).

Wor

king

to tr

ansp

ose

the

Dire

ctiv

e in

to U

K la

wth

roug

h th

e pr

epar

atio

n of

draf

t Reg

ulat

ions

.

Wat

er F

ram

ewor

k D

irect

ive.

Impr

oved

mon

itorin

g of

the

wat

er q

ualit

y of

mar

itim

ear

eas.

Ens

ure

that

the

impl

icat

ions

of c

limat

e ch

ange

are

incl

uded

in m

ariti

me

plan

ning

dec

isio

ns.

Ens

ure

that

exi

stin

g lo

ng-

term

bio

logi

cal d

ata

isin

tegr

ated

with

clim

ate

chan

ge m

odel

s to

mak

epr

edic

tions

of t

he c

hang

esin

mar

itim

e di

vers

ity a

s a

resu

lt of

glo

bal w

arm

ing

(Def

ra, E

N).

Ens

ure

that

kno

wle

dge

ofth

e im

pact

s of

clim

ate

chan

ge o

n co

asta

lpr

oces

ses

and

biod

iver

sity

incr

easi

ngly

driv

ing

obje

ctiv

es o

f coa

stal

pla

ns.

MO

NA

RC

H, R

EG

IS a

nd

Mar

Clim

(M

arin

e B

iodi

vers

ityan

d C

limat

e C

hang

e)pr

ojec

ts.

Res

earc

h in

to im

pact

s of

clim

ate

chan

ge o

n co

asta

lpr

oces

ses.

UK

Clim

ate

Impa

cts

Pro

gram

me.

Res

earc

h an

d m

onito

ring

Incr

ease

d un

ders

tand

ing

ofth

e im

pact

s of

clim

ate

chan

ge o

n m

ariti

me

habi

tats

and

spec

ies.

Page 143: BSG Ecology

142

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Red

uctio

n o

f P

ollu

tion

fro

m a

nth

rop

og

enic

so

urce

s (c

ont

inue

d)

Rev

iew

and

con

side

rch

ange

s as

nec

essa

ry (

DfT

).M

onito

r an

d an

alys

e th

esu

cces

s of

ME

HR

As

(DfT

).M

etho

dolo

gy &

site

sele

ctio

n un

der

cons

ulta

tion.

Mar

ine

Env

ironm

enta

l Hig

hR

isk

Are

as (

ME

HR

As)

– D

FT.

App

ly s

econ

dary

legi

slat

ion

(DfT

).A

pply

the

UK

seco

ndar

yle

gisl

atio

n go

vern

ing

port

was

te r

ecep

tion

faci

litie

s(D

fT).

Impl

emen

t the

Dire

ctiv

e,su

pple

men

ting

the

UK

’sex

istin

g po

rt w

aste

man

agem

ent p

lann

ing

regi

me.

EU

Dire

ctiv

e (2

000/

59/E

C)

on p

ort r

ecep

tion

faci

litie

sfo

r sh

ip g

ener

ated

was

tean

d ca

rgo

resi

dues

.

Shi

ppin

g.

FIna

lise

SE

Apr

ogra

mm

e

Con

side

r ne

ed fo

r fu

rthe

rco

ntro

ls o

n at

mos

pher

icem

issi

ons.

Rev

isio

n of

Pre

vent

ion

of O

ilP

ollu

tion

Act

197

1 (D

TI).

Con

tinue

to d

evel

opS

trat

egic

Env

ironm

enta

lA

sses

smen

ts o

f UK

Con

tinen

tal S

helf

(DTI

).

Dev

elop

sys

tem

s fo

rm

onito

ring

wid

e ar

eaim

pact

s (D

TI).

Con

tinue

d de

velo

pmen

t of

evid

ence

-bas

ed p

olic

yre

spon

ses

(DTI

).

Dra

ft S

tatu

tory

Inst

rum

ent –

The

Offs

hore

Che

mic

als

Reg

ulat

ions

200

2 (D

TI)

Est

ablis

h R

&D

pro

gram

me

to in

form

evi

denc

e-ba

sed

polic

y

Est

ablis

h M

onito

ring

Com

mitt

ee

Pol

lutio

n P

reve

ntio

n an

dC

ontr

ol A

ct 1

999.

Pet

role

um A

ct 1

998.

Pre

vent

ion

of O

il P

ollu

tion

Act

197

1.

EU

Hab

itats

Dire

ctiv

e.

EU

Wild

Bird

s D

irect

ive.

Oil

and

gas

expl

orat

ion

and

deve

lopm

ent.

Impl

emen

t mea

sure

s in

antif

oulin

g co

nven

tions

.R

atify

Ant

ifoul

ing

conv

entio

ns (

DfT

).IM

O C

onve

ntio

n on

the

Con

trol

of H

arm

ful

Ant

ifoul

ing

Sys

tem

s on

Shi

ps (

adop

ted

Oct

200

1)(H

orm

one

Dis

rupt

ing

Che

mic

als)

.

Page 144: BSG Ecology

143

Appendix 5The coasts and seas (‘Maritime’in this table refers to the marineand coastal zones)

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

y Is

sue

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

f(in

clud

ing

desi

red

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

outc

omes

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Red

uctio

n o

f P

ollu

tion

fro

m a

nth

rop

og

enic

so

urce

s (c

ont

inue

d)

Con

tinue

with

co-

oper

ativ

ear

rang

emen

ts (

DfT

).C

ontin

ue w

ith c

o-op

erat

ive

arra

ngem

ents

. UK

to r

atify

the

2000

(H

NS

) P

roto

col t

oO

PR

C (

DfT

).

Co-

oper

atio

n w

ithne

ighb

ourin

g st

ates

e.g

.th

roug

h th

e B

onn

Agr

eem

ent.

Inte

rnat

iona

l Con

vent

ion

onO

il P

ollu

tion

Pre

pare

dnes

s,R

espo

nse

and

Co-

oper

atio

n19

90 (

OP

RC

).

Ens

urin

g co

-ope

ratio

nbe

twee

n ne

ighb

ourin

gst

ates

in p

lann

ing

for

and

resp

ondi

ng to

maj

orpo

llutio

n in

cide

nts.

App

ly th

e re

leva

ntin

tern

atio

nal r

egim

es (

DfT

).U

K to

rat

ify th

e H

NS

Con

vent

ion

and

Bun

kers

Con

vent

ion

(DfT

).

Dev

elop

an

inte

rnat

iona

lsu

pple

men

tary

(“t

hird

tier

”)oi

l pol

lutio

n co

mpe

nsat

ion

regi

me

thro

ugh

the

IOP

CFu

nd.

Pro

toco

ls to

the

Civ

ilLi

abili

ties

Con

vent

ion

(CLC

)an

d In

tern

atio

nal O

ilP

ollu

tion

Com

pens

atio

nFu

nd C

onve

ntio

n;H

azar

dous

and

Nox

ious

Sub

stan

ces

(HN

S)

Con

vent

ion

1996

; Bun

kers

Con

vent

ion

2001

.

Pro

vidi

ng a

com

preh

ensi

vem

echa

nism

for

liabi

lity

and

com

pens

atio

n fo

r po

llutio

nfro

m s

hips

.

App

ly M

AR

PO

L pr

ovis

ions

whi

ch a

re in

forc

e (D

fT).

App

ly M

AR

PO

L pr

ovis

ions

whi

ch a

re in

forc

e (D

fT).

App

ly M

AR

PO

L pr

ovis

ions

whi

ch a

re in

forc

e.In

tern

atio

nal C

onve

ntio

n fo

rth

e P

reve

ntio

n of

Pol

lutio

nfro

m S

hips

197

3/78

(MA

RP

OL)

.

Page 145: BSG Ecology

144

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Man

agin

g t

he

pro

cess

: Ta

king

Sto

ck–

Impl

emen

t act

ions

iden

tifie

d to

del

iver

this

Str

ateg

y at

the

loca

l and

regi

onal

leve

l (re

gion

alan

d lo

cal p

artn

ersh

ips)

.

– M

onito

r an

d re

view

deliv

ery

of th

eob

ject

ives

of t

his

Str

ateg

y at

the

loca

l and

regi

onal

leve

l. (r

egio

nal

and

loca

l par

tner

ship

s).

Ass

ess

the

cont

ribut

ion

of c

urre

nt lo

cal a

ndre

gion

al a

ctiv

ities

toS

trat

egy’

s ob

ject

ives

and

iden

tify

area

s fo

r fu

rthe

rac

tion.

Pro

mul

gate

this

asse

ssm

ent a

s a

guid

eto

cur

rent

and

pro

ject

edlo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

actio

n. (

EB

G, l

ocal

and

regi

onal

par

tner

ship

s,G

Os)

.–

Mai

ntai

n an

d en

hanc

ew

here

nec

essa

rydi

rect

ion

and

outp

uts

oflo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

biod

iver

sity

pro

cess

es.

– Is

sue

natio

nal

guid

ance

on

mod

els

for

effe

ctiv

e pa

rtne

rshi

ps.

(EB

G).

– LB

AP

Pra

ctiti

oner

sm

eet r

egul

arly

in a

llre

gion

s an

d Lo

ndon

.

– R

egio

nal P

roce

sses

oper

ate

in a

ll re

gion

san

d Lo

ndon

.

– N

atio

nal O

ffice

rs a

ndE

LIG

wor

k to

iden

tify

good

pra

ctic

e an

d w

ays

of a

ttain

ing

stro

ng,

activ

e pa

rtne

rshi

ps a

ndsu

stai

nabl

e pr

oces

ses

acro

ss E

ngla

nd.

– U

KB

AP

Web

site

map

sup

-to-d

ate

cove

rage

of

LBA

Ps

and

regi

onal

proc

esse

s.

– LB

AP

Par

tner

ship

s.

– R

egio

nal P

artn

ersh

ips.

– U

K B

AP

Web

site

.

– N

atio

nal O

ffice

rs.

– E

ngla

nd L

ocal

Issu

esG

roup

(E

LIG

).

1. D

eliv

ery

of lo

cal

and

regi

onal

biod

iver

sity

obje

ctiv

es b

yst

rong

, inc

lusi

vepa

rtne

rshi

ps w

ith a

long

-term

vis

ion

and

stab

ility

for

the

futu

re,

The

effic

ient

oper

atio

n of

loca

lan

d re

gion

albi

odiv

ersi

typr

oces

ses

and

stru

ctur

es to

cont

ribut

e to

natio

nal o

bjec

tives

and

loca

l prio

ritie

s.

Page 146: BSG Ecology

145

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– R

evie

w s

cale

and

rol

eof

loca

l and

reg

iona

lpr

oces

ses

(L a

nd R

SIG

with

loca

l and

reg

iona

lpa

rtne

rshi

ps).

– P

rodu

ce g

uida

nce

and

best

pra

ctic

e on

sca

lean

d ro

les

of L

ocal

and

Reg

iona

l pro

cess

es(E

BG

loca

l and

regi

onal

netw

orks

).–

Pro

mot

e an

d de

velo

pde

liver

y of

reco

mm

enda

tions

from

‘Bio

dive

rsity

Wor

king

inth

e E

nglis

h R

egio

ns’

(EB

G, L

and

RS

IGR

egio

nal F

ora,

GO

s).

– E

ncou

rage

the

deve

lopm

ent o

fbi

odiv

ersi

ty p

ositi

onst

atem

ents

of k

ey p

artn

eror

gani

satio

ns o

pera

ting

at th

e lo

cal a

nd re

gion

alle

vels

(EB

G, R

egio

nal

Fora

).

– P

relim

inar

ydi

scus

sion

s of

rol

es fo

rdi

ffere

nt a

dmin

istr

ativ

ele

vels

of b

iodi

vers

itypr

oces

s in

ELI

G, l

ocal

prac

titio

ners

gro

ups,

regi

onal

par

tner

ship

s .

– C

lose

liai

son

betw

een

regi

onal

and

loca

lne

twor

ks a

nd a

naly

sis

of th

eir

role

s ha

s be

enun

dert

aken

in s

ome

regi

ons

(e.g

. SW

, NW

,W

M, S

E, E

M).

– ‘B

iodi

vers

ity W

orki

ngin

the

Eng

lish

Reg

ions

’m

akes

reco

mm

enda

tions

for

the

role

of r

egio

nal

part

ners

in b

iodi

vers

ityan

d w

ays

of li

nkin

g w

ithLB

AP

s.

– 20

02 B

AP

rep

ortin

gro

und

desi

gned

toin

clud

e LB

AP

pro

gres

san

d su

ppor

t ana

lysi

s of

resp

ectiv

e ro

les.

– B

iodi

vers

ity A

ctio

nR

epor

ting

Sys

tem

(B

AR

S)

– E

xper

ienc

e of

loca

l and

regi

onal

bio

dive

rsity

part

ners

hips

– Le

ad P

artn

er N

etw

ork

– E

LIG

– N

atio

nal C

o-or

dina

tors

(E

N,

Def

ra, W

TS).

2. L

ocal

and

regi

onal

act

ivity

taki

ng p

lace

at

appr

opria

tege

ogra

phic

alsc

ales

and

com

plem

enta

ry to

natio

nal p

lans

and

prog

ram

mes

.

Page 147: BSG Ecology

146

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– R

evie

w th

e su

cces

s of

Str

ateg

y im

plem

enta

tion

grou

ps in

term

s of

deliv

ery

at th

e lo

cal a

ndre

gion

al le

vels

. Mak

ean

y ad

just

men

tsne

cess

ary

(EB

G).

– E

nsur

e ro

les,

stru

ctur

es a

nd w

orki

ngm

etho

ds. S

trat

egy

impl

emen

tatio

n gr

oups

prom

ote,

sup

port

and

co-o

rdin

ate

loca

l and

regi

onal

con

trib

utio

ns(E

BG

).

– E

nsur

e a

com

mon

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

futu

re o

f loc

al a

ndre

gion

al b

iodi

vers

itypr

oces

ses,

is s

hare

d by

key

part

ners

(E

BG

).

– W

ork

of E

LIG

– N

atio

nal c

o-or

dina

tion

and

faci

litat

ion

in p

lace

,pr

ovid

ing:

Sup

port

and

adv

ice

toLB

AP

pra

ctiti

oner

s an

dpa

rtne

rshi

ps.

Dis

sem

inat

ion

of c

ase

stud

ies.

Inte

rpre

tatio

n of

new

natio

nal p

olic

ies

and

guid

ance

.

– E

BG

and

its

sub-

grou

ps(E

LIG

)

– N

atio

nal O

ffice

rs

– Le

ad A

genc

ies.

3. T

he w

ides

prea

dex

chan

ge o

f eas

ily-

acce

ssib

lein

form

atio

n, g

ood

prac

tice

and

guid

ance

abo

utlo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

biod

iver

sity

activ

ities

.

– D

evel

op w

ays

ofef

fect

ive

join

t wor

king

betw

een

lead

par

tner

san

d LB

AP

s (e

.g. s

harin

gof

wor

k pr

ogra

mm

es).

Ens

ure

good

pra

ctic

e is

shar

ed a

nd g

uida

nce

issu

ed to

bio

dive

rsity

prac

titio

ners

at a

ll le

vels

as a

ppro

pria

te (

EB

G,

Lead

Par

tner

s, L

ocal

Par

tner

ship

s).

– In

itiat

ives

for

impr

ovin

g lin

ks b

etw

een

LBA

Ps

and

Lead

Par

tner

s st

arte

d, e

.g.

LBA

P W

orks

hop,

and

2002

Lea

d P

artn

erW

orks

hops

. Pre

limin

ary

cont

act m

ade

with

Lea

dP

artn

ers

to p

ilot

appr

oach

es o

n lin

king

with

LB

AP

s.

– P

ositi

on s

tate

men

tsdr

afte

d by

key

orga

nisa

tion

(e.g

. LG

A,

EN

).

Page 148: BSG Ecology

147

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Targ

et S

ettin

g, R

epo

rtin

g a

nd M

oni

tori

ng–

Ens

ure

loca

l and

regi

onal

targ

ets

are

fully

refle

cted

in th

e 20

05ta

rget

s re

view

(E

BG

).

– R

evie

w h

ow fa

r lo

cal

and

regi

onal

prio

ritie

san

d ta

rget

s ar

e in

form

edby

nat

iona

l BA

P ta

rget

san

d pr

iorit

ies

and

vice

vers

a (E

BG

).

– S

et u

p ite

rativ

epr

oces

s of

targ

et r

evie

wsu

ch th

at lo

cal,

regi

onal

and

natio

nal t

arge

ts a

ndpr

iorit

ies

are

mut

ually

info

rmed

and

alig

n m

ore

clos

ely

whe

re th

is is

not

curr

ently

the

case

(beg

in th

is p

roce

ss in

year

1 o

f the

Str

ateg

y)(E

BG

, loc

al a

nd r

egio

nal

part

ners

hips

).

– S

ome

regi

onal

and

loca

l par

tner

ship

s ar

eex

amin

ing

how

far

loca

l,re

gion

al a

nd n

atio

nal

targ

ets

alig

n.

– B

iodi

vers

ity A

ctio

nR

epor

ting

Sys

tem

s (B

AR

S).

– Lo

cal R

ecor

d C

entr

es.

– N

BN

.

– Ta

rget

s re

view

pro

cess

es(t

arge

ts g

roup

, BIG

).

– N

atio

nal r

ecor

ding

sche

mes

.

1. L

ocal

and

regi

onal

prio

ritie

san

d ta

rget

s th

atar

e in

form

ed b

yna

tiona

l BA

Pta

rget

s an

dpr

iorit

ies

and

vice

vers

a.

Mea

sure

men

t of

the

achi

evem

ents

of lo

cal a

ndre

gion

albi

odiv

ersi

ty a

ctio

n.

Page 149: BSG Ecology

148

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– C

lear

and

cos

tef

fect

ive

repo

rtin

gre

quire

men

ts fo

rna

tiona

l, re

gion

al a

ndlo

cal p

roce

sses

in ti

me

for

2005

rep

ortin

g ro

und

(EB

G, J

NC

C).

– C

olla

te a

nd fu

llyan

alys

e LB

AP

act

ivity

inth

e 20

02 r

epor

ting

roun

d. U

se th

isin

form

atio

n an

d tr

ends

iden

tifie

d to

furt

her

shap

e th

e de

velo

pmen

tof

this

Str

ateg

y (J

NC

C).

– E

stab

lish

BA

RS

as

anef

fect

ive

web

-bas

edre

port

ing

syst

em fo

rap

prop

riate

loca

l and

regi

onal

bio

dive

rsity

actio

n re

port

ing,

anal

ysis

and

info

rmat

ion

(JN

CC

).

– P

rovi

de s

uppo

rt,

trai

ning

and

gui

danc

e in

usin

g B

AR

S a

t the

loca

lle

vel (

EB

G, J

NC

C).

– C

larif

y an

ddi

ssem

inat

e gu

idan

ceon

rol

e of

LB

RC

s an

dN

BN

in B

AP

rep

ortin

g(L

BR

Cs,

NB

N, E

BG

,JN

CC

).

– D

evel

opm

ent o

f BA

RS

unde

rway

– in

clud

ing

loca

l pilo

ts a

ndw

orks

hops

.

– Q

uest

ions

for

2002

repo

rtin

g ag

reed

and

desi

gned

to in

form

futu

re r

epor

ting

usin

gB

AR

S. L

ocal

bio

dive

rsity

part

ners

hips

will

be

able

to r

epor

t nat

iona

lly fo

rth

e fir

st ti

me.

– B

AR

S

– LB

AP

par

tner

ship

s(in

clud

ing

loca

l rec

ord

cent

res)

.

– C

orpo

rate

rep

ortin

gsy

stem

s (e

.g. E

N, F

C, R

SP

B,

EA

, etc

).

2. A

n ef

fect

ive

mea

ns o

f rep

ortin

gan

d m

onito

ring

loca

l and

reg

iona

lpr

ogre

ss.

Page 150: BSG Ecology

149

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– R

evie

w p

rogr

ess

oflo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

indi

cato

rs. W

here

nece

ssar

y re

vise

the

set

to r

efle

ct a

chie

vem

ents

and

new

circ

umst

ance

s(E

BG

).

– E

stab

lish

set o

f loc

alan

d re

gion

al in

dica

tors

to p

rom

ote

obje

ctiv

esan

d tr

ack

prog

ress

of

this

Str

ateg

y (E

BG

).

– D

isse

min

ate

exam

ples

and

prom

ote

use

of g

ood

prac

tice

re

latin

g to

exi

stin

g an

dev

olvi

ng in

dica

tors

an

d bi

odiv

ersi

tym

easu

res

(EB

G, A

udit

Com

mis

sion

).

– U

K B

iodi

vers

ityIn

dica

tors

foru

m h

asre

cent

ly m

et to

sha

reex

perie

nces

on

use

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty in

dica

tors

at

all l

evel

s.

– A

udit

Com

mis

sion

has

prod

uced

vol

unta

ry s

etof

Qua

lity

of L

ifeIn

dica

tors

on

Bio

dive

rsity

.

– P

SA

agr

eed

with

Ess

ex C

ount

y C

ounc

ilon

bio

dive

rsity

perfo

rman

ce.

– A

LGE

hav

e pr

oduc

edB

est V

alue

and

Bio

dive

rsity

Gui

de.

– R

PG

mon

itorin

g gu

ide

on b

iodi

vers

ity is

und

erpr

epar

atio

n.

– B

iodi

vers

ity ta

rget

sha

ve b

een

wid

ely

used

in R

PG

.

– Q

ualit

y of

Life

indi

cato

rs(a

nd o

ther

set

s).

– P

SA

s.

– H

AP

/SA

P ta

rget

s.

3. A

Set

of r

egio

nal

and

loca

lbi

odiv

ersi

tyin

dica

tors

to tr

ack

prog

ress

on

deliv

ery

of th

e lo

cal

and

regi

onal

wor

kpr

ogra

mm

e.

Page 151: BSG Ecology

150

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Inte

gra

tion

– R

evie

w lo

cal a

ndre

gion

al d

eliv

ery

ofob

ject

ives

in a

gric

ultu

re,

woo

dlan

d an

d fo

rest

ry,

wat

er a

nd w

etla

nds,

mar

ine

and

coas

tal a

ndur

ban

and

deve

lopm

ent.

Whe

re n

eces

sary

set

inpl

ace

mec

hani

sms

tosu

ppor

t del

iver

yre

quire

d by

any

new

circ

umst

ance

s (E

BG

,S

IGs,

L a

nd R

SIG

, loc

alan

d re

gion

alpa

rtne

rshi

ps).

– P

rom

ote

the

deve

lopm

ent a

nd u

se o

fcr

oss-

cutti

ng th

emes

(L

and

RS

IG, S

IGs,

loca

lan

d re

gion

alpa

rtne

rshi

ps).

– Lo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

part

ners

hips

hav

epr

oduc

ed fu

nctio

nal a

ndcr

oss-

cutti

ngap

proa

ches

dem

onst

ratin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

s pa

rt o

fsu

stai

nabl

ede

velo

pmen

t.

Exa

mpl

es:

– Lo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

biod

iver

sity

obj

ectiv

essu

cces

sful

ly u

sed

asto

ols

for

inte

grat

ion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty w

ith s

ecto

ral

activ

ities

at t

he lo

cal

leve

l.

– E

xper

ienc

e of

loca

l and

regi

onal

bio

dive

rsity

part

ners

hips

.

– B

iodi

vers

ity D

uty

onM

inis

ters

and

Gov

ernm

ent

depa

rtm

ents

und

er s

74 o

fC

ount

rysi

de a

nd R

ight

s of

Way

Act

200

0.

The

effe

ctiv

eco

ntrib

utio

n of

loca

l and

reg

iona

lac

tion

to th

e ai

ms

and

obje

ctiv

esco

ntai

ned

in th

eag

ricul

ture

,w

oodl

and

and

fore

stry

, wat

er a

ndw

etla

nds,

mar

ine

and

coas

tal a

ndur

ban

and

deve

lopm

ent

chap

ters

of t

his

Str

ateg

y.

The

cont

ribut

ion

oflo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

actio

n to

nat

iona

lbi

odiv

ersi

tyob

ject

ives

.

Page 152: BSG Ecology

151

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– R

evie

w h

ow fa

r lo

cal

biod

iver

sity

obj

ectiv

esha

ve b

een

inte

grat

edw

ith C

omm

unity

Str

ateg

ies

and

activ

ities

of th

e Lo

cal S

trat

egic

Par

tner

ship

s. (

Def

ra,

OD

PM

, GO

s, L

BA

Ps,

LGA

, ALG

E).

– E

nsur

e th

at th

eou

tcom

es o

f the

Gov

ernm

ent r

evie

w o

fth

e bu

rden

of p

lann

ing

requ

irem

ents

on

loca

lgo

vern

men

t inf

orm

the

deve

lopm

ent o

f thi

s pa

rtof

the

stra

tegy

(D

efra

,O

DP

M).

– In

acc

orda

nce

with

gove

rnm

ent g

uida

nce,

prom

ote

the

inte

grat

ion

of lo

cal b

iodi

vers

ityob

ject

ives

into

Com

mun

ity S

trat

egie

s.Fo

ster

link

s be

twee

nlo

cal b

iodi

vers

itypa

rtne

rshi

ps a

nd th

eLo

cal S

trat

egic

Par

tner

ship

s (D

efra

,O

DP

M, G

Os,

loca

lpa

rtne

rshi

ps, L

GA

,A

LGE

).

– P

ilots

on

linki

ng lo

cal

biod

iver

sity

obj

ectiv

esw

ith C

omm

unity

Str

ateg

ies

unde

rway

(fun

ded

by E

N).

– G

uida

nce

onC

omm

unity

Str

ateg

ies

and

Bio

dive

rsity

for

loca

lau

thor

ities

and

sta

ffpr

epar

ed (

EN

, WLT

,R

SP

B).

– P

SA

est

ablis

hed

with

biod

iver

sity

targ

ets

for

Ess

ex C

ount

y C

ounc

il.

– G

uida

nce

on W

ildlif

eS

ites

Sys

tem

inpr

epar

atio

n (D

efra

).

– G

over

nmen

t (O

DP

M)

are

unde

rtak

ing

a re

view

of th

e bu

rden

of

plan

ning

req

uire

men

tson

loca

l gov

ernm

ent

follo

win

g th

e Lo

cal

Gov

ernm

ent W

hite

Pap

er o

f 200

1.

Loca

l Aut

horit

y Fu

nctio

ns:

– C

omm

unity

Str

ateg

ies

– LA

21

– B

est V

alue

– P

lann

ing

& S

ite S

afeg

uard

(loca

l wild

life

site

s)

– La

nd M

anag

emen

t

Goo

d P

ract

ice:

– Lo

cal p

artn

ersh

ips

and

expe

rienc

es o

f bio

dive

rsity

plan

ning

with

in lo

cal

auth

oriti

es

– LG

A P

ositi

on S

tate

men

t

– W

ork

of A

LGE

(e.

g. B

est

Valu

e an

d B

iodi

vers

ity)

– A

udit

Com

mis

sion

Lib

rary

of V

olun

tary

Bio

dive

rsity

Indi

cato

rs

Bio

dive

rsity

inte

grat

ed in

toLo

cal A

utho

rity

activ

ities

and

inpa

rtic

ular

as

part

of

the

prep

arat

ion

and

impl

emen

tatio

n of

Com

mun

ityS

trat

egie

s an

dre

cogn

ition

of l

ocal

biod

iver

sity

obje

ctiv

es in

plan

ning

pol

icie

s.

Inte

grat

ion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty in

tolo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

polic

ies

and

prog

ram

mes

.

Page 153: BSG Ecology

152

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– Fu

rthe

r de

velo

p lo

cal

auth

ority

net

wor

ks to

exch

ange

and

pro

mot

ego

od p

ract

ice

onde

liver

y of

bio

dive

rsity

obje

ctiv

es w

ithin

loca

lau

thor

ities

, e.g

. LG

Apo

sitio

n st

atem

ent,

Aud

it C

omm

issi

onin

dica

tors

(L

and

RS

IG,

IDE

A, L

GA

, ALG

E).

– D

efin

e cl

early

rela

tions

hip

betw

een

the

Loca

l Wild

life

Site

s an

dB

AP

pro

cess

(D

efra

,TW

T).

– M

onito

r us

e of

loca

lau

thor

ity p

erfo

rman

cem

easu

res

onbi

odiv

ersi

ty (I

DE

A, L

GA

,A

LGE

).

Page 154: BSG Ecology

153

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

– R

evie

w in

tegr

atio

n of

biod

iver

sity

cons

ider

atio

ns w

ithpl

ans

and

polic

ies

with

inth

e E

nglis

h R

egio

ns

(EB

G, D

efra

, OD

PM

,G

Os)

.

– D

efin

e an

d pr

ovid

egu

idan

ce o

n ro

les

ofre

gion

al b

odie

s w

ithre

spec

t to

biod

iver

sity

(r

egio

nal p

artn

ersh

ips,

EB

G, D

efra

, EN

, EA

,O

DP

M, G

Os)

.

– D

isse

min

ate,

pro

mot

ean

d de

liver

reco

mm

enda

tions

from

the

‘Bio

dive

rsity

Wor

king

in th

e E

nglis

hR

egio

ns’ (

EB

G, D

efra

,E

N, E

A, O

DP

M, G

Os)

.

– R

egio

nal S

ub-G

roup

Rec

omm

enda

tions

(com

plet

ed)

– E

xper

ienc

e of

Reg

iona

l For

a

– S

tudi

es h

ave

dem

onst

rate

d de

liver

yof

soc

ial/e

cono

mic

prio

ritie

s th

roug

hbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

ctio

n at

the

regi

onal

leve

l.

– R

egio

nal B

iodi

vers

ityP

artn

ersh

ips/

Fora

– G

Os

– R

DA

s

– R

egio

nal C

ham

bers

– R

egio

nal P

lann

ing

Gui

danc

e

– R

egio

nal S

usta

inab

leD

evel

opm

ent F

ram

ewor

ks

– O

ther

Reg

iona

l Gui

danc

e.

Full

inte

grat

ion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

tyco

nsid

erat

ions

with

in p

lans

and

polic

ies

for

the

Eng

lish

Reg

ions

and

in p

artic

ular

as

part

of t

heup

datin

g an

dim

plem

enta

tion

ofR

egio

nal

Sus

tain

able

Dev

elop

men

tFr

amew

orks

and

the

activ

ities

of

Gov

ernm

ent

Offi

ces,

Reg

iona

lD

evel

opm

ent

Age

ncie

s, R

egio

nal

Cha

mbe

rs a

ndgo

vern

men

tag

enci

es o

pera

ting

at th

e re

gion

alle

vel.

Page 155: BSG Ecology

154

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Bio

div

ersi

ty m

ade

rele

vant

to

loca

l peo

ple

– R

evie

w w

ork

prom

otin

gun

ders

tand

ing

amon

gst

loca

l peo

ple

and

sect

ors

of th

e re

leva

nce

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty to

them

(L

and

RS

IG, E

duca

tion

and

publ

icun

ders

tand

ing

SIG

).

– C

olle

ct g

ood

prac

tice

exam

ples

that

dem

onst

rate

act

ivity

and

expe

rienc

e of

part

ners

hips

at t

he lo

cal

leve

l. E

duca

tion

and

publ

ic u

nder

stan

ding

(L

and

RS

IG, E

duca

tion

and

publ

icun

ders

tand

ingS

IG).

– D

efin

e ‘a

udie

nces

’ and

‘par

tner

s’ a

t the

loca

lan

d re

gion

al le

vel t

oim

prov

e ta

rget

ing

ofco

mm

unic

atio

n (L

and

RS

IG, E

duca

tion

and

publ

ic u

nder

stan

ding

SIG

).

– Lo

cal p

roje

cts.

– Lo

cal p

ublic

awar

enes

s pl

ans.

– C

omm

unity

Str

ateg

ies.

– LB

AP

Par

tner

ship

s.

– N

atur

e-on

-line

(E

N).

Dev

elop

men

t of

the

cont

ribut

ion

oflo

cal p

artn

ersh

ips

to th

e im

prov

edco

mm

unic

atio

nan

d un

ders

tand

ing

of b

iodi

vers

ity.

The

prom

otio

n of

biod

iver

sity

unde

rsta

ndin

g at

the

loca

l lev

el.

Page 156: BSG Ecology

155

Appendix 6Local and regional action

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Sh

arin

g I

nfo

rmat

ion

and

Go

od

Pra

ctic

e–

Rev

iew

net

wor

ks a

ndm

echa

nism

s se

t up

toen

able

exc

hang

e of

info

rmat

ion

and

good

prac

tice

abou

t loc

al a

ndre

gion

al a

ctiv

ities

.U

pdat

e ne

twor

ks a

ndm

echa

nism

s to

ref

lect

curr

ent n

eeds

.

– C

ontin

ue a

nd e

nhan

ceus

e of

exi

stin

g LB

AP

netw

orks

(L

and

RS

IG,

Nat

iona

l WR

AP

co

-ord

inat

ors)

.

– S

et u

p ne

twor

king

stru

ctur

e fo

r re

gion

alpa

rtne

rshi

ps (

e.g.

foru

m/u

se o

f web

site

).

– D

evel

op u

se o

f UK

BA

Pw

ebsi

te fo

r ex

chan

ge o

flo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

info

rmat

ion

(e.g

. top

icar

eas

for

shar

ing

case

stud

ies)

(JN

CC

).

– C

olla

te a

nddi

ssem

inat

e gu

idan

cean

d go

od p

ract

ice

for

impo

rtan

tto

pics

/sec

tors

.

– LB

AP

upd

ates

and

ELI

G m

inut

es p

aste

d on

UK

BA

P w

ebsi

te.

– P

rodu

ctio

n of

Eng

land

LBA

P r

epor

t und

erw

ay –

will

con

tain

cas

est

udie

s, e

xam

ples

of

good

pra

ctic

e an

d LB

AP

achi

evem

ents

.

– M

onth

ly m

ailin

gs o

fin

form

atio

n se

nt to

LBA

P p

ract

ition

ers.

– A

nnua

l nat

iona

l LB

AP

wor

ksho

p co

ordi

nate

dby

Def

ra.

ELI

G/L

and

RS

IG, n

atio

nal

offic

ers,

ann

ual L

BA

Pw

orks

hop,

trai

ning

, gui

danc

e,us

e of

UK

BA

P w

ebsi

te, u

p-to

-da

te L

BA

P c

onta

ct d

atab

ase

and

netw

ork,

reg

iona

l BA

Pne

twor

king

, exp

erie

nce

oflo

cal a

nd r

egio

nal

prac

titio

ners

/co-

ordi

nato

rs.

The

wid

espr

ead

exch

ange

of e

asily

-ac

cess

ible

info

rmat

ion,

goo

dpr

actic

e an

dgu

idan

ce a

bout

loca

l and

reg

iona

lbi

odiv

ersi

tyac

tiviti

es.

To p

rom

ote

com

mun

icat

ion

and

shar

edun

ders

tand

ing

atth

e lo

cal a

ndre

gion

al le

vels

.

NO

TES

:

Age

nts

for

the

prog

ram

mes

of a

ctio

ns a

re n

ot a

lway

s gi

ven

in th

is A

ppen

dix.

The

wor

k pr

ogra

mm

e w

ill b

e co

-ord

inat

ed b

y th

e Lo

cal a

nd R

egio

nal S

trat

egy

Impl

emen

tatio

n G

roup

whi

ch w

ill d

raw

in o

ther

par

tner

s as

app

ropr

iate

.

Page 157: BSG Ecology

156

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Eco

nom

ic m

easu

res

for

bio

div

ersi

ty

Con

tinue

to r

esea

rch

and

impl

emen

tec

onom

ic in

stru

men

tsto

add

ress

bio

dive

rsity

and

wid

er e

nviro

nmen

tal

prob

lem

s.

Cre

atio

n of

mar

kets

for

biod

iver

sity

whe

repo

ssib

le. A

sses

smen

t of

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

volu

ntar

y pe

stic

ides

pack

age.

Wor

k on

the

poss

ible

deve

lopm

ent o

fec

onom

ic in

stru

men

tsfo

r nu

trie

nts.

Con

side

r ap

plic

abili

ty o

fVA

T sy

stem

toen

cour

age

biod

iver

sity

frien

dly

prod

ucts

as

part

of E

U V

AT r

evie

w 2

003.

Ens

ure

othe

r pr

opos

edan

d ex

istin

g gr

een

taxe

sta

ke a

ccou

nt o

fbi

odiv

ersi

ty im

pact

s.

Pes

ticid

e re

duct

ion

byvo

lunt

ary

actio

n as

an

alte

rnat

ive

to ta

x.

Bud

get a

nnou

ncem

ent

to c

onsi

der

econ

omic

inst

rum

ents

for

fert

ilise

rs/n

utrie

nts,

follo

win

g E

N/E

A s

tudi

es.

Varie

ty o

f oth

er g

reen

taxe

s w

ith in

dire

ctbi

odiv

ersi

ty im

pact

s(t

rans

port

taxe

s, c

limat

ech

ange

levy

, agg

rega

tes

and

land

fill t

ax).

Mar

ket c

reat

ion,

taxe

s,ch

arge

s, s

ubsi

dies

, tra

dabl

epe

rmits

, bon

ds a

nd d

epos

its.

Pol

lute

r pa

ys p

rinci

ple.

Use

rpa

ys p

rinci

ple.

Tax

brea

ks, i

ncen

tives

,su

bsid

ies.

Cor

rect

ion

ofm

arke

t fai

lure

s an

dim

plem

enta

tion

ofpo

llute

r pa

yspr

inci

ple.

Rec

ogni

tion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

s a

publ

ic g

ood.

Mar

ket f

ailu

reda

mag

esbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Incl

ude

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

in in

vest

men

tde

cisi

ons

as p

art o

fS

ocia

lly R

espo

nsib

leIn

vest

men

t.

Dev

elop

mem

oran

dum

sof

und

erst

andi

ng o

rgu

idel

ines

for

sect

ors

with

maj

or b

iodi

vers

ityim

pact

s.

Eng

lish

Nat

ure

econ

omic

ana

lysi

s.

Iden

tific

atio

n of

sign

ifica

nce

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty d

egra

datio

nfro

m e

cono

mic

activ

ities

.

Eco

nom

ic a

naly

sis

of th

em

acro

econ

omic

,m

icro

econ

omic

and

sec

tora

lec

onom

ic c

onte

xt o

fbi

odiv

ersi

ty u

se a

nd th

reat

s.

Bet

ter

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

econ

omic

driv

ers

of b

iodi

vers

ityde

grad

atio

n.

Eco

nom

ic a

ctiv

ityca

usin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty lo

ss,

Page 158: BSG Ecology

157

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Furt

her

deve

lop

and

refin

e va

luat

ion

met

hodo

logi

es a

ndap

plic

atio

n to

dec

isio

nsin

the

light

of r

esea

rch

findi

ngs

and

inte

rnat

iona

l pro

gres

s(e

.g. O

EC

D w

ork)

.

Con

tinue

d de

velo

pmen

tin

the

desi

gn o

f sta

ted

pref

eren

ce te

chni

ques

to e

nsur

e th

ey a

rese

nsiti

ve to

the

prob

lem

s of

bio

dive

rsity

mea

sure

men

t.

Dev

elop

men

t of m

ixed

met

hodo

logy

dec

isio

npr

oces

ses,

usi

ngec

onom

ics

alon

gsid

equ

alita

tive/

biop

hysi

cal

asse

ssm

ents

.A

ppro

pria

te in

tegr

atio

nof

bio

dive

rsity

into

polic

y ap

prai

sal

mec

hani

sms

(RIA

, EIA

,IP

A).

Res

earc

h on

eco

syst

emse

rvic

es in

UK

.

Ref

ine

appr

aisa

lm

etho

ds s

o th

at th

eyta

ke a

ccou

nt o

fin

terg

ener

atio

nal i

ssue

s,co

ncep

t of c

ritic

alna

tura

l cap

ital/s

tron

gde

finiti

ons

ofsu

stai

nabi

lity.

Def

ra s

tudy

into

val

uing

chan

ges

in b

iodi

vers

ity.

App

ropr

iate

val

uatio

n an

dap

prai

sal m

etho

ds.

Iden

tific

atio

n of

the

com

pone

nts

of b

iodi

vers

ityva

lue.

Use

of p

reca

utio

nary

prin

cipl

e.

Dec

isio

ns r

efle

ctth

e fu

ll co

sts

and

bene

fits

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Valu

e of

biod

iver

sity

take

nin

to a

ccou

nt in

deci

sion

mak

ing.

Page 159: BSG Ecology

158

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Furt

her

mon

itorin

g of

biod

iver

sity

cos

ts a

ndre

finem

ent o

f cos

tes

timat

es.

Iden

tify

biod

iver

sity

fund

ing

requ

irem

ents

inad

ditio

n to

BA

P c

osts

.

Mon

itor

prov

isio

n of

fund

ing

agai

nst c

osts

.

BS

G r

epor

t and

cost

ings

gro

up w

ork.

BA

P c

ostin

g pr

oces

s an

dre

port

s.Th

e fu

ll co

sts

ofde

liver

ing

the

Eng

land

Bio

dive

rsity

Str

ateg

y ar

eun

ders

tood

.

Und

erst

andi

ng th

efu

ll co

sts

ofde

liver

ing

the

Eng

land

Bio

dive

rsity

Str

ateg

y.

Furt

her

wor

k to

unde

rsta

nd a

ndpr

omot

e th

e ec

onom

icim

pact

s of

bio

dive

rsity

cons

erva

tion,

and

inco

rpor

ate

into

econ

omic

dev

elop

men

tpr

ojec

ts a

nd s

trat

egie

s.

Furt

her

wor

k to

unde

rsta

nd a

ndpr

omot

e th

e ec

onom

icim

pact

s of

bio

dive

rsity

cons

erva

tion,

and

inco

rpor

ate

into

econ

omic

dev

elop

men

tpr

ojec

ts a

nd s

trat

egie

s.

Vario

us s

tudi

es b

yR

SP

B, E

N, C

A, D

efra

.S

tudi

es to

ass

ess

impa

ct o

fco

nser

vatio

n on

loca

lec

onom

ies.

Inco

rpor

ate

biod

iver

sity

cons

erva

tion

into

eco

nom

ic/

tour

ism

str

ateg

ies/

proj

ects

.

Rol

e of

bio

dive

rsity

in lo

cal

deve

lopm

ent i

sw

idel

y un

ders

tood

and

reco

gnis

edan

d co

ntrib

utes

toco

nser

vatio

n an

den

viro

nmen

tal

prot

ectio

n.

Use

of b

iodi

vers

ityas

a d

river

for

sust

aina

ble

loca

lec

onom

icde

velo

pmen

t.

Page 160: BSG Ecology

159

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Pri

ori

ties

for

Bio

div

ersi

ty F

und

ing

in E

ngla

nd

Con

side

r ho

w fu

ture

spen

ding

rev

iew

s ca

nre

flect

bio

dive

rsity

.

Sus

tain

abili

ty a

ppra

isal

of S

pend

ing

Rev

iew

2002

.

Sus

tain

abili

ty a

ppra

isal

of

gove

rnm

ent f

undi

ngpr

ogra

mm

es.

Mon

itor

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

and

seek

furt

her

refo

rm a

s re

quire

d.

Mon

itor

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

and

seek

furt

her

refo

rm a

s re

quire

d.

Mid

-term

rev

iew

sho

uld

cons

ider

env

ironm

enta

lim

pact

s.

Sus

tain

abili

ty a

ppra

isal

of

Str

uctu

ral F

unds

.

Ada

pt fl

ood

defe

nce

prog

ram

mes

and

deliv

ery

to in

corp

orat

ebi

odiv

ersi

ty o

bjec

tives

.

Mon

itor

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

of fl

ood

defe

nce

prog

ram

mes

. Rai

sepr

iorit

y of

bio

dive

rsity

for

fund

ing

by o

pera

ting

auth

oriti

es a

s ne

cess

ary.

Rev

iew

of f

lood

def

ence

fund

ing

and

high

leve

lta

rget

for

biod

iver

sity

.

Floo

d de

fenc

e an

d In

tern

alD

rain

age

Boa

rd b

udge

ts.

Mon

itor

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

of fo

rest

rygr

ants

, and

iden

tify

furt

her

refo

rm a

sre

quire

d.

Mon

itor

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

of fo

rest

rygr

ants

, and

iden

tify

furt

her

refo

rm a

sre

quire

d.

Rev

iew

of g

rant

s fo

r ne

ww

oodl

ands

in E

ngla

nd,

2002

. Ens

ure

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

ofaf

fore

stat

ion

are

fully

cons

ider

ed.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme/

Farm

Woo

dlan

dP

rem

ium

Sch

eme.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

CFP

refo

rm a

nd a

ssoc

iate

dsp

endi

ng p

rogr

amm

es.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

CFP

refo

rm a

nd a

ssoc

iate

dsp

endi

ng p

rogr

amm

es.

CFP

rev

iew

200

2/3.

EC

Fish

erie

s B

iodi

vers

ityA

ctio

n P

lan.

Com

mon

Fis

herie

s P

olic

y.

CA

P r

efor

m 2

006.

Mid

-term

rev

iew

of C

AP

2002

/3.

Pre

para

tion

ofG

over

nmen

t’sS

usta

inab

le F

ood

and

Farm

ing

Str

ateg

y;pr

epar

atio

n fo

r m

id-te

rmre

view

of C

AP.

Com

mon

Agr

icul

tura

l Pol

icy.

Fund

ing

prog

ram

mes

supp

ort

biod

iver

sity

obje

ctiv

es.

Bio

dive

rsity

degr

adat

ion

asso

ciat

ed w

ithot

her

fund

ing

prog

ram

mes

.

Page 161: BSG Ecology

160

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Rev

iew

Bio

dive

rsity

hig

hLe

vel T

arge

t ret

urns

for

FD p

roje

cts

and

cons

ider

nee

d fo

r po

licy

chan

ges

for

bette

r B

AP

deliv

ery.

Mon

itor

the

envi

ronm

enta

lpe

rform

ance

of t

he n

ewpr

iorit

y sc

orin

g sy

stem

for

FD p

roje

cts

and

revi

se a

s ne

cess

ary

for

satis

fact

ory

biod

iver

sity

outc

omes

.

Cur

rent

rev

iew

of f

lood

defe

nce

fund

ing.

Rev

iew

of D

efra

’s h

igh

leve

lta

rget

for

biod

iver

sity

.

Floo

d de

fenc

e pr

ogra

mm

e.

Opp

ortu

nitie

s fo

rflo

od d

efen

cesc

hem

es to

cont

ribut

e to

wet

land

cre

atio

n.

Mon

itor

deliv

ery

ofgr

ants

aga

inst

BA

Ppr

iorit

ies.

Dev

elop

Cha

lleng

e Fu

nds

tom

eet b

iodi

vers

itypr

iorit

ies.

Mon

itor

deliv

ery

ofgr

ants

aga

inst

BA

Ppr

iorit

ies.

Dev

elop

Cha

lleng

eFu

nds

to m

eet

biod

iver

sity

prio

ritie

s.

Rev

iew

of W

GS

/FW

PS

in 2

002.

Woo

dlan

d G

rant

Sch

eme/

Farm

Woo

dlan

dP

rem

ium

Sch

eme.

Ens

ure

gran

ts a

ndsu

pple

men

ts a

ndsc

orin

g sy

stem

mee

t bio

dive

rsity

prio

ritie

s.

CA

P r

efor

m 2

006.

Opp

ortu

nitie

s th

roug

hm

odul

atio

n an

d m

id-

term

rev

iew

of C

AP

2003

.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent r

evie

w20

02.

Agr

i-env

ironm

ent

prog

ram

me.

Ens

ure

agri-

envi

ronm

ent

sche

mes

pro

vide

max

imum

biod

iver

sity

ben

efit.

Iden

tify

gaps

in L

BA

Pfu

ndin

g an

d if

nece

ssar

yta

ke in

to a

ccou

nt in

futu

re s

pend

ing

revi

ews

and

allo

catio

ns.

Rev

iew

LB

AP

fund

ing

and

deve

lop

stra

tegy

.E

nglis

h N

atur

e gr

ants

toLB

AP

par

tner

ship

s.

LA p

rogr

amm

es.

Eco

nom

ics

and

Fund

ing

Str

ateg

y Im

plem

enta

tion

Gro

up.

Inco

rpor

ate

biod

iver

sity

into

con

side

ratio

ns fo

rfu

ture

spe

ndin

g re

view

san

d al

loca

tions

.

Rev

iew

ade

quac

y of

curr

ent f

undi

ng s

ourc

esto

del

iver

bio

dive

rsity

obje

ctiv

es.

Wor

k of

Bio

dive

rsity

Cos

tings

/ Bak

erS

heph

erd

Gill

espi

ere

port

.

Eco

nom

ics

and

Fund

ing

Str

ateg

y Im

plem

enta

tion

Gro

up.

Ade

quat

e fu

ndin

gto

mee

tbi

odiv

ersi

tyob

ject

ives

.

Pub

lic fu

ndin

g fo

rbi

odiv

ersi

tyco

nser

vatio

n.

Page 162: BSG Ecology

161

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Inco

rpor

ate

biod

iver

sity

fund

ing

cons

ider

atio

nsas

par

t of p

ost-2

yea

rsc

hem

e re

view

.

Mon

itor

prog

ress

infu

ndin

g bi

odiv

ersi

typr

ojec

ts to

con

trib

ute

tosc

hem

e re

view

afte

rin

itial

2 y

ears

.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

fund

– op

port

uniti

es fo

rfu

ndin

g fo

r ha

bita

t re

-cre

atio

n pr

ojec

ts.

Agg

rega

tes

levy

Sus

tain

abili

ty F

und:

new

sour

ce o

f bio

dive

rsity

fund

ing.

Take

acc

ount

of

biod

iver

sity

in a

nysc

hem

e ch

ange

s.

Rev

iew

of L

TCS

200

2.

Con

sulta

tion

resp

onse

sav

aila

ble.

Land

fill t

ax c

redi

t sch

eme

–im

port

ant s

ourc

e of

biod

iver

sity

fund

ing.

Ens

ure

adeq

uate

fund

ing

for

impl

emen

tatio

n.

Ens

ure

adeq

uate

fund

ing

for

impl

emen

tatio

n.

Impl

emen

tatio

n of

WFD

;re

view

of N

itrat

esD

irect

ive.

Fund

ing

for

impl

emen

tatio

nof

env

ironm

enta

lD

irect

ives

/reg

ulat

ions

affe

ctin

g bi

odiv

ersi

ty (

Wat

erFr

amew

ork

and

Nitr

ates

Dire

ctiv

es e

tc.)

.

As

prev

ious

col

umn.

As

prev

ious

col

umn.

Liai

son

with

rel

evan

tdi

strib

utor

s (H

LF, N

OF,

CF)

to ta

ke a

ccou

nt o

fbi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Enh

ance

bio

dive

rsity

know

ledg

e an

dex

pert

ise

of lo

ttery

boar

ds a

nd c

omm

ittee

s.

Incr

ease

num

ber,

rang

ean

d qu

ality

of l

otte

ryap

plic

atio

ns fo

rbi

odiv

ersi

ty p

roje

cts,

dem

onst

ratin

g qu

ality

of

life,

reg

ener

atio

n an

dso

cial

ben

efits

of

proj

ects

.

Liai

son

with

lotte

rybo

ards

to b

uild

biod

iver

sity

into

stra

tegi

c pl

ans

(200

2-07

plan

s co

mpl

ete)

.

Bio

dive

rsity

repr

esen

tatio

n on

lotte

ryco

mm

ittee

s (o

ngoi

ng).

Sho

w n

eed

and

dem

and

thro

ugh

appl

icat

ions

.

Nat

iona

l Lot

tery

.

Res

pons

ible

bod

ies:

Def

raan

d D

CM

S.

Dis

trib

utin

g bo

dies

: New

Opp

ortu

nitie

s Fu

nd, H

erita

geLo

ttery

Fun

d, T

he C

omm

unity

Fund

.

Boa

rd T

rust

ees

and

deci

sion

-m

akin

g co

mm

ittee

s.

Max

imis

e th

epo

ssib

ilitie

s fo

rLo

ttery

fund

ing

for

biod

iver

sity

proj

ects

.

Page 163: BSG Ecology

162

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Con

side

r re

view

prop

osal

s.Ta

xatio

n re

view

s by

Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy,

Env

ironm

ent A

genc

y,R

SP

B.

Bio

dive

rsity

fund

ing

by la

ndm

anag

ers/

cor

pora

tions

.

Incr

ease

effo

rts

tose

cure

cor

pora

tesp

onso

rshi

p of

BA

Ps

and

LBA

Ps.

BA

P c

ham

pion

s sc

hem

esp

onso

rshi

p.E

ncou

rage

cor

pora

tesp

onso

rshi

p of

bio

dive

rsity

prog

ram

mes

.

A fi

nanc

ial a

ndcu

ltura

l clim

ate

inw

hich

fund

ing

for

biod

iver

sity

isen

cour

aged

.

Priv

ate/

NG

Ofu

ndin

g fo

rbi

odiv

ersi

tyco

nser

vatio

n.

Con

side

r po

ssib

ilitie

s fo

rm

axim

isin

g bi

odiv

ersi

tybe

nefit

s of

fund

ing.

Iden

tify

budg

ets

allo

cate

d to

bio

dive

rsity

.B

udge

t rev

iew

and

incr

ease

200

1/2.

Nat

iona

l Par

ks a

nd A

ON

Bs.

Rev

iew

pro

gres

s an

dse

ek fu

rthe

r fu

ndin

gw

here

app

ropr

iate

.

Eng

lish

Nat

ure

proj

ects

.C

apita

l Mod

erni

satio

n Fu

nd.

Pro

mot

e pr

ojec

ts to

secu

re g

reat

er E

Ufu

ndin

g fo

r bi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Iden

tify

how

EU

fund

ing

for

biod

iver

sity

pro

ject

sca

n be

enh

ance

d.

Vario

us p

roje

cts

curr

ently

fund

ed.

EU

fund

ing

prog

ram

mes

(Str

uctu

ral F

unds

, LE

AD

ER

,IN

TER

RE

G, L

IFE

).

Con

tinue

to u

se E

Upr

ogra

mm

es to

co-

fund

man

agem

ent o

f Nat

ura

2000

.

Ass

ess

cost

s of

man

agin

g N

atur

a 20

00si

tes

and

subm

ites

timat

es to

EU

.D

evel

op u

se o

f EU

fund

ing

prog

ram

mes

toco

-fund

Nat

ura

2000

.

EU

exp

ert g

roup

cons

ider

ing

impl

emen

tatio

n of

Art

icle

8.

EU

co-

fund

ing

for

Nat

ura

2000

thro

ugh

Art

icle

8 o

fH

abita

ts D

irect

ive.

Page 164: BSG Ecology

163

Appendix 7The economics andfunding of biodiversity

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

and

key

act

ors

and

key

act

ors

Con

side

r im

plic

atio

nsan

d po

licy

case

for

adap

tatio

n.

Str

ateg

y Im

plem

enta

tion

Gro

up to

ana

lyse

biod

iver

sity

impl

icat

ions

of c

harit

y ta

xatio

n an

dVA

T.

Cha

rity

taxa

tion

for

biod

iver

sity

fund

ing.

Str

ateg

y Im

plem

enta

tion

Gro

up to

rev

iew

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

ofim

plem

entin

g G

ift A

idan

d co

nsid

er id

eas

for

refo

rm a

s ne

cess

ary.

Iden

tify

othe

r m

easu

res

that

cou

ld p

rom

ote

char

itabl

e gi

ving

tobi

odiv

ersi

ty.

Mea

sure

s to

enc

oura

gech

arita

ble

givi

ng –

Gift

Aid

,le

gaci

es, m

embe

rshi

p et

c.

NO

TE:

Age

nts

for

the

prog

ram

mes

of a

ctio

n ar

e no

t giv

en in

this

App

endi

x. T

he w

ork

prog

ram

me

will

be

co-o

rdin

ated

by

the

Eco

nom

ics

and

Fund

ing

Str

ateg

yIm

plem

enta

tion

Gro

up w

hich

will

dra

w in

oth

er p

artn

ers

as a

ppro

pria

te.

Page 165: BSG Ecology

164

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Def

ra, D

TI, B

iE a

ndB

ITC

, EN

, Ear

thw

atch

(as

year

s 1-

3)

Pro

mot

e bu

sine

ssen

gage

men

t with

biod

iver

sity

thro

ugh

the

BiE

and

BIT

C in

dice

s (B

iEan

d B

ITC

, Ear

thw

atch

,E

N).

Dev

elop

stra

tegi

c, B

oard

leve

l gui

danc

e on

how

toin

tegr

ate

biod

iver

sity

with

othe

r com

pany

act

ions

on

the

‘env

ironm

ent’

and

sust

aina

bilit

y (D

efra

,E

arth

wat

ch, E

N).

Dev

elop

trai

ning

pro

cess

for c

ompa

ny e

nviro

nmen

tm

anag

ers

– lin

ks to

Edu

catio

n W

orks

tream

(Nor

thum

bria

n W

ater

,IE

MA

). D

evel

op b

asic

info

rmat

ion

on b

iodi

vers

ity fo

r Sm

all

Bus

ines

s S

ervi

ce w

ebsi

te(D

TI/S

BS

, Ear

thw

atch

,E

N).

Dev

elop

aw

aren

ess

rais

ing

and

train

ing

pack

for S

ME

s(D

TI/S

BS

/Bus

ines

s Li

nks)

. In

tegr

ate

biod

iver

sity

inN

etre

gs p

roje

ct fo

r SM

Es

(Env

ironm

ent A

genc

y,E

N).

Furth

er p

ublic

atio

ns in

‘Bus

ines

s &

bio

dive

rsity

’se

ries

(Ear

thw

atch

).U

pdat

e an

d de

velo

pB

BR

C w

ebsi

te(E

arth

wat

ch).

Rac

e to

the

Top

proj

ect

(IIE

D).

Net

regs

pro

ject

for

SM

Es

(Env

ironm

ent

Age

ncy)

.

Pio

neer

s G

roup

(D

TI,

Def

ra, S

usta

inab

leD

evel

opm

ent

Com

mis

sion

, tra

deas

soci

atio

ns).

Sec

tora

l sus

tain

abili

tyst

rate

gies

(D

TI, D

efra

,S

usta

inab

leD

evel

opm

ent

Com

mis

sion

, tra

deas

soci

atio

ns).

L–

Mod

erni

sing

Com

pany

Law

Whi

te P

aper

, Jul

y 20

02.

I– B

iE In

dex

of C

orpo

rate

Env

ironm

enta

l Eng

agem

ent

(and

BiE

reg

iona

l ind

ices

);B

ITC

Cor

pora

teR

espo

nsib

ility

Inde

x;F

TSE

4Goo

d In

dice

s; R

ace

toth

e To

p pr

ojec

t.

A–

MA

CC

2; B

usin

ess

and

Bio

dive

rsity

Res

ourc

e C

entr

e(B

BR

C –

Ear

thw

atch

, Inn

ogy,

Def

ra, E

N).

Cas

e S

tudi

es in

bus

ines

s an

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty, M

arch

200

0(E

arth

wat

ch).

Put

ting

a bi

t bac

k: A

Gui

de to

Nat

ure

Con

serv

atio

n fo

rS

mal

l to

Med

ium

-Siz

eden

terp

rises

(S

ME

s), 2

001

(Ear

thw

atch

).

Pio

neer

ing

– a

self

asse

ssm

ent g

uide

for

sect

oral

sus

tain

abili

tyst

rate

gies

(D

TI, D

efra

,S

usta

inab

le D

evel

opm

ent

Com

mis

sion

).

Incr

ease

d B

oard

leve

l rec

ogni

tion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty a

s a

mat

eria

l bus

ines

sis

sue.

Incr

ease

in th

enu

mbe

r of

com

pani

es (

from

14 in

200

2) s

igne

dup

or

publ

icly

com

mitt

ed to

the

biod

iver

sity

obje

ctiv

es o

fM

AC

C2.

Incr

ease

in th

enu

mbe

r of

com

pani

es (

from

25 in

200

2)co

mpl

etin

g th

ebi

odiv

ersi

tyqu

estio

n in

the

BiE

Inde

x.

Inte

grat

ion

ofbi

odiv

ersi

ty in

all

sect

oral

sust

aina

bilit

yst

rate

gies

.

Rai

sing

aw

aren

ess

and

polic

yre

cogn

ition

.

Page 166: BSG Ecology

165

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Dev

elop

a c

oher

ent

busi

ness

cas

e fo

rm

anag

ing

biod

iver

sity

impa

cts

and

stan

dard

biod

iver

sity

per

form

ance

inve

stm

ent c

riter

ia(U

KS

IF, B

iE, E

IRIS

, SR

Ifu

nd m

anag

ers)

. Id

entif

y an

d de

velo

pgu

idan

ce o

n ho

w to

asse

ss s

igni

fican

t ris

ks to

com

pany

val

ue th

at m

ight

aris

e fro

m b

iodi

vers

ityim

pact

s (E

arth

wat

ch,

EN

, UK

SIF

, BiE

, EIR

IS).

D

evel

op w

eb b

ased

guid

ance

on

mea

surin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty p

erfo

rman

cefo

r B

iE In

dex

(Ear

thw

atch

,E

N, B

iE).

D

evel

op s

tand

ard

biod

iver

sity

per

form

ance

indi

cato

rs (

e.g.

abu

sine

ss le

vel g

uida

nce

docu

men

t) a

nd s

ecto

rsp

ecifi

c in

dica

tors

(Ear

thw

atch

, EN

, BiE

).

Rev

ise

Env

ironm

enta

lP

erfo

rman

ce S

uppl

emen

t(E

arth

wat

ch, E

N, E

IRIS

),an

d m

ake

oper

atio

nal f

orF

TSE

4Goo

d.

EN

/Ear

thw

atch

mee

tings

with

inve

stm

ent f

und

man

ager

s.

L –

Turn

bull

Rep

ort,

1999

;P

ensi

ons

Act

200

0 di

sclo

sure

mea

sure

s; M

oder

nisi

ngC

ompa

ny L

aw W

hite

Pap

er,

July

200

2.

I– B

iE In

dex

of C

orpo

rate

Env

ironm

enta

l Eng

agem

ent

(and

BiE

reg

iona

l ind

ices

);B

ITC

Cor

pora

teR

espo

nsib

ility

Inde

x;F

TSE

4Goo

d In

dice

s.

A–

Mea

surin

g bi

odiv

ersi

type

rform

ance

: con

text

for

biod

iver

sity

que

stio

n in

BiE

Inde

x, 2

001

(Ear

thw

atch

,E

N);

FTS

E4G

ood

Env

ironm

enta

l Per

form

ance

Sup

plem

ent,

2001

(E

IRIS

);M

yner

s R

evie

w o

f ins

titut

iona

lin

vest

men

t in

the

UK

, 200

1;A

BI d

iscl

osur

e gu

idel

ines

,20

01.

A c

oher

ent

busi

ness

cas

e fo

rm

anag

ing

biod

iver

sity

.

Sta

ndar

dpe

rform

ance

crite

ria fo

ras

sess

ing

biod

iver

sity

ris

ks in

inve

stm

ent

deci

sion

s.

Sta

ndar

dbi

odiv

ersi

type

rform

ance

indi

cato

rs a

ndse

ctor

spe

cific

indi

cato

rs.

Rev

isio

n an

dad

optio

n of

biod

iver

sity

as

ake

y pe

rform

ance

indi

cato

r in

FTS

E4G

ood

Env

ironm

enta

lP

erfo

rman

ceS

uppl

emen

t.

Inte

grat

ing

biod

iver

sity

perfo

rman

cecr

iteria

and

stan

dard

s w

ithin

vest

men

tap

prai

sal.

Page 167: BSG Ecology

166

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Def

ra, B

iE a

nd B

ITC

,E

N, E

arth

wat

ch (

asye

ars

1-3)

.

Pub

lish

guid

ance

on

how

to p

repa

re a

com

pany

site

-leve

l BA

P(E

arth

wat

ch, D

efra

, EN

).

Pro

vide

gui

danc

e to

Cor

pora

teE

nviro

nmen

tal

Res

pons

ibili

ty G

roup

mem

bers

(E

arth

wat

ch)

and

Foru

m fo

r th

eFu

ture

Bus

ines

sN

etw

ork

on C

BA

Ps.

Site

Man

agem

ent

Sta

tem

ents

for

SS

SIs

(EN

); A

dvic

e on

CB

AP

proc

ess,

targ

ets

and

deliv

ery

on s

ites

(Ear

thw

atch

, EN

, Wild

life

Trus

ts);

Sai

nsbu

rys/

FWA

G fa

rmB

AP

s; L

BA

Ppa

rtne

rshi

ps.

L–

CR

OW

Act

200

0,es

peci

ally

for

S28

G ‘P

ublic

Bod

ies’

; Mod

erni

sing

Com

pany

Law

Whi

te P

aper

,Ju

ly 2

002.

I– M

anag

emen

t agr

eem

ent

paym

ents

for

capi

tal w

orks

toac

hiev

e fa

vour

able

con

ditio

non

SS

SIs

(E

N).

A–

BB

RC

; Sai

nsbu

rys/

FWA

Gfa

rm B

AP

s.

66%

by

area

of

com

pany

ow

ned

SS

SIs

infa

vour

able

or

reco

verin

gco

nditi

on b

y 20

05(9

5% b

y 20

10).

Incr

ease

in th

enu

mbe

r of

com

pany

site

-leve

lB

AP

s m

akin

gm

easu

rabl

eco

ntrib

utio

ns to

LBA

Ps.

Man

agin

gbi

odiv

ersi

ty

– S

SS

I con

ditio

n

– C

BA

P p

roce

ss

– LB

AP

cont

ribut

ions

.

Dev

elop

sta

ndar

dap

proa

ch (

e.g.

thro

ugh

inte

grat

ion

with

EM

AS

or IS

O14

000

serie

s) a

ndca

se s

tudi

es o

fsu

cces

sful

inte

grat

ion

(IEM

A, E

arth

wat

ch).

Dev

elop

a p

ract

ition

ers

guid

e (s

ugge

sted

title

) ‘

Bio

dive

rsity

man

agem

ent:

abu

sine

ss g

uide

’ (IE

MA

).

Inte

grat

e bi

odiv

ersi

tyw

ith C

BI ‘

Con

tour

’be

nchm

arki

ng s

ervi

ce(C

BI,

Ear

thw

atch

, EN

).

Ass

ured

Far

mS

tand

ards

pro

ject

(Def

ra, E

nviro

nmen

tA

genc

y, E

N,

Cou

ntry

side

Age

ncy)

.

L–

Com

bine

d C

ode

onC

orpo

rate

Gov

erna

nce,

199

8;Tu

rnbu

ll R

epor

t, 19

99;

Mod

erni

sing

Com

pany

Law

Whi

te P

aper

, Jul

y 20

02.

EM

AS

.

A–

Bus

ines

s an

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty: a

UK

gui

de,

Aug

ust 2

001

(Ear

thw

atch

);Th

e N

atur

al S

tep;

SIG

MA

proj

ect;

EM

AS

; IS

O 1

4000

serie

s; F

SC

gui

delin

es fo

rsu

stai

nabl

e fo

rest

man

agem

ent;

MS

Cgu

idel

ines

for

sust

aina

ble

fishe

ries

man

agem

ent.

Bio

dive

rsity

inte

grat

ed w

ithth

ird p

arty

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

(e.g

.E

MA

S a

ndIS

O14

000)

– E

MA

Sre

quire

sor

gani

satio

ns to

cons

ider

all

the

envi

ronm

enta

las

pect

s of

its

activ

ities

, pro

duct

san

d se

rvic

es,

incl

udin

g ef

fect

son

bio

dive

rsity

.

Inte

grat

ing

biod

iver

sity

with

cert

ified

man

agem

ent

syst

ems

and

info

rmal

man

agem

ent

syst

ems.

Page 168: BSG Ecology

167

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Enc

oura

ge M

AC

C2

sign

ator

ies

to s

ign

up to

biod

iver

sity

targ

et.

Pro

mot

e an

d m

onito

rup

take

of v

olun

tary

biod

iver

sity

rep

ortin

g by

all F

TSE

350

com

pani

esfo

r w

hom

bio

dive

rsity

isa

sign

ifica

nt is

sue

(Def

ra, D

TI).

Dev

elop

bio

dive

rsity

repo

rtin

g gu

idel

ines

(Def

ra, D

TI)

by 2

005.

Inte

grat

e bi

odiv

ersi

ty in

guid

ance

on

CS

Rm

anag

emen

t and

repo

rtin

g fo

r th

efin

anci

al s

ervi

ces

sect

or(D

efra

, DTI

, DFI

D,

FOR

GE

Gro

up).

Eng

age

with

AC

CA

tode

velo

p a

biod

iver

sity

repo

rtin

g ca

tego

ry fo

rth

e U

K E

nviro

nmen

tal

Rep

ortin

g A

war

ds(E

arth

wat

ch, E

N).

Dev

elop

rep

ortin

gse

rvic

e fo

r co

mpa

nies

with

land

in S

SS

Is (

EN

).

Pro

mot

e an

d m

onito

rup

take

of v

olun

tary

biod

iver

sity

rep

ortin

g by

all F

TSE

350

com

pani

es(D

efra

).

Pro

mot

eim

plem

enta

tion,

mon

itorin

g an

dre

port

ing

of L

BA

Pco

ntrib

utio

ns th

roug

hB

AR

S (

Def

ra, E

N).

Def

ra/D

TI in

itiat

ive

for

7,00

0 S

ME

s w

ith >

250

empl

oyee

s to

pro

duce

an e

nviro

nmen

tal r

epor

tw

ith S

BS

adv

ice;

EN

tria

ls o

f rep

ortin

g se

rvic

efo

r co

mpa

nies

with

land

in S

SS

Is; D

evel

opm

ent

of B

AR

S (

EN

on

beha

lfof

BA

P p

artn

ersh

ip).

L –

Mod

erni

sing

Com

pany

Law

Whi

te P

aper

, Jul

y 20

02.

I – A

CC

A U

K E

nviro

nmen

tal

Rep

ortin

g A

war

ds; B

iE In

dex

of C

orpo

rate

Env

ironm

enta

lE

ngag

emen

t.

A–

MA

CC

2; G

loba

lR

epor

ting

Initi

ativ

e; S

IGM

Apr

ojec

t; G

ener

al G

uide

lines

on E

nviro

nmen

tal R

epor

ting,

2001

(D

efra

, DTI

, CB

I); A

BI

disc

losu

re g

uide

lines

, 200

1.

20 c

ompa

nies

(fro

m 3

in 2

002)

with

land

in S

SS

Isre

port

on

cond

ition

stat

e in

thei

ren

viro

nmen

t rep

ort

by D

ecem

ber 2

005.

All

FTS

E 3

50co

mpa

nies

for

who

m b

iodi

vers

ityis

a s

igni

fican

tis

sue

repo

rtpe

rform

ance

man

agem

ent i

nth

eir

envi

ronm

ent

repo

rt b

y 20

07.

Wid

espr

ead

adop

tion

ofvo

lunt

ary

repo

rtin

gof

LB

AP

cont

ribut

ions

thro

ugh

natio

nal

Bio

dive

rsity

Act

ion

Rep

ortin

g S

yste

m(B

AR

S).

Bio

dive

rsity

repo

rtin

g (a

s an

inte

gral

par

t of

envi

ronm

enta

l and

sust

aina

bilit

yre

port

ing)

.

Page 169: BSG Ecology

168

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Dev

elop

gui

delin

es fo

rN

GO

s se

ekin

g to

enga

ge w

ith b

usin

esse

son

bio

dive

rsity

(Ear

thw

atch

); P

rom

ote

and

faci

litat

e co

mpa

nyin

volv

emen

t in

LBA

Ppa

rtne

rshi

ps a

nd th

eha

bita

t and

spe

cies

Cha

mpi

ons

sche

me

(Def

ra, E

N, E

arth

wat

ch,

Wild

life

Trus

ts);

Hig

hlig

ht c

ase

stud

ies

ofgo

od p

ract

ice

in N

GO

-co

mpa

ny p

artn

ersh

ips

(Ear

thw

atch

).

LBA

P p

artn

ersh

ips;

Tees

side

and

Hum

bers

ide

INC

As;

Par

tner

ship

pro

ject

s w

ithW

ildlif

e Tr

usts

(e.

g.‘W

hite

and

Wild

’ milk

).

A–

MA

CC

2; B

BR

C;

Gui

delin

es fo

r le

adpa

rtne

rs/c

onta

ct p

oint

s“A

ttrac

ting

Cha

mpi

ons

for

Prio

rity

Spe

cies

”, 1

999.

Cor

pora

te E

nviro

nmen

tal

Res

pons

ibili

ty G

roup

(Ear

thw

atch

); F

orum

for

the

Futu

re B

usin

ess

Net

wor

k;In

dust

ry a

nd N

atur

eC

onse

rvat

ion

Ass

ocia

tions

(EN

).

LBA

P p

artn

ersh

ips.

Bet

ter

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

the

com

pany

pers

pect

ive,

prio

ritie

s an

dop

erat

iona

lco

nstr

aint

s by

natu

reco

nser

vatio

npa

rtne

rs.

Effe

ctiv

e na

tiona

l,re

gion

al a

nd lo

cal

coor

dina

tion

ofbu

sine

ssen

gage

men

t with

the

BA

P p

roce

ss in

plac

e by

200

5.

Incr

ease

in th

enu

mbe

r of

com

pani

esin

volv

ed in

LB

AP

part

ners

hips

and

the

habi

tat a

ndsp

ecie

sC

ham

pion

ssc

hem

e.

Coo

rdin

atio

n an

dpa

rtne

rshi

ps.

Page 170: BSG Ecology

169

Appendix 8The engagement of business

Pri

ori

ty P

olic

yO

utco

mes

Ava

ilab

le T

oo

lsC

urre

nt A

ctio

nP

rog

ram

me

of

Pro

gra

mm

e o

fIs

sue

des

ired

(L =

leg

isla

tion;

P =

po

licy;

Act

ions

(1–

3 ye

ars)

Act

ions

(3-

5 ye

ars)

I =

ince

ntiv

es;

A =

ad

vice

)an

d k

ey a

cto

rsan

d k

ey a

cto

rs

Rev

iew

com

pany

resp

onse

s to

BiE

Inde

xbi

odiv

ersi

ty q

uest

ion,

iden

tify

sect

or le

ader

s,pu

blis

h a

repo

rt o

n be

stpr

actic

e an

d ho

ld a

wor

ksho

p to

pro

mot

eth

is in

Aut

umn

2003

(Ear

thw

atch

, EN

, BiE

).

Iden

tify

and

prom

ote

good

pra

ctic

e in

the

wat

er s

ecto

r (W

ater

UK

,E

N),

and

mor

e ge

nera

llyin

all

sect

ors

thro

ugh

SB

S, C

ham

bers

of

Com

mer

ce a

nd T

rade

Ass

ocia

tions

(D

TI,

Def

ra).

Rev

ise,

exp

and

and

re-

issu

e ca

se s

tudi

es in

busi

ness

and

biod

iver

sity

(Ear

thw

atch

); D

evel

opw

ebsi

te to

pro

mot

e be

stpr

actic

e (M

iner

als

and

Nat

ure

Con

serv

atio

nFo

rum

) an

d lin

k th

is to

BB

RC

(E

arth

wat

ch).

Sec

tora

l sus

tain

abili

tyst

rate

gies

(D

TI, D

efra

,S

usta

inab

leD

evel

opm

ent

Com

mis

sion

, tra

deas

soci

atio

ns);

Goo

dpr

actic

e ex

ampl

es a

tco

mpa

ny le

vel.

A–

The

Bus

ines

s of

Bio

dive

rsity

: Act

ion

for

Wild

life,

Sep

t 199

9(N

orth

umbr

ian

Wat

er);

Bio

dive

rsity

and

min

eral

s:E

xtra

ctin

g th

e be

nefit

s fo

rw

ildlif

e, 1

999

(Min

eral

s an

dN

atur

e C

onse

rvat

ion

Foru

m);

Cas

e S

tudi

es in

bus

ines

s an

dbi

odiv

ersi

ty, M

arch

200

0(E

arth

wat

ch);

Put

ting

a bi

tba

ck –

A G

uide

to N

atur

eC

onse

rvat

ion

for

Sm

all t

oM

ediu

m-S

ized

ent

erpr

ises

(SM

Es)

, 200

1 (E

arth

wat

ch);

Sec

tora

l sus

tain

abili

tyst

rate

gies

(D

TI, D

efra

,S

usta

inab

le D

evel

opm

ent

Com

mis

sion

, tra

deas

soci

atio

ns).

Iden

tific

atio

n an

dpr

omot

ion

of g

ood

prac

tice

at s

ecto

ral

and

com

pany

leve

ls.

Iden

tify

and

prom

ote

good

prac

tice.

Page 171: BSG Ecology

170

Ideas for potential work by the Educationand Public Understanding StrategyImplementation Group to address thepriority issues.

TREATING PEOPLE AS EQUAL,PARTICIPATING PARTNERS.

● Recognise that all information, communicationand public understanding initiatives should be:

– sensitive to the needs, knowledge,circumstances and aspirations of thosetowards whom they are aimed

– socially inclusive

– encouraging of dialogue, participation and a democratic approach

INTEGRATION OF EDUCATION ANDPUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OFBIODIVERSITY INTO OTHER POLICIESOR STRATEGIES.

● Consider the possibilities for supportingunderstanding of biodiversity in the follow-up tothe report of the Urban Green SpacesTaskforce. In particular, consider biodiversityelements of work on:

– demonstration projects to spread goodpractice

– improving the provision of green spaces forchildren and young people

– improving the provision and training of staffto work specifically with community groups,including young people

● Take forward biodiversity public awareness andeducation elements of the Government’s Foodand Farming Strategy. In particular, considergiving support in relation to current and futureinitiatives on:

– labelling and information

– other ways to reconnect with consumers

– giving encouragement to local educationauthorities to ensure that all school childrenget the chance to visit working farms for

example, by building on the GrowingSchools initiative and research beingundertaken by FACE, the CountrysideAgency and DfES

– healthy eating, for example, working with theNational Health Schools Standard

– fruit in schools

– educating children about foods, for example,building on NHSS and provision within theNational Curriculum in Science, PE/Sport,PSHE and Food Technology

● Work with the Local and Regional StrategyImplementation Group on the publicunderstanding, education and communicationaspects of their work with regional bodies (suchas Regional Development Agencies,Government Offices and Regional Assemblies),local authorities, and Local Biodiversity ActionPlans and partnerships.

MAKING BIODIVERSITY RELEVANT TOPEOPLE, INCLUDING INCREASINGKNOWLEDGE OF HOW THE VALUE OFBIODIVERSITY CAN BE MARKETED.

● Develop a publicity strategy to raise awarenessof England’s Biodiversity Strategy and to showits relevance to people. Components of thestrategy could include:

– a popular version of the Strategy

– information leaflets in libraries and otherpublic places

– encouragement to science and othercentres to co-ordinate exhibitions and otherinitiatives around the main themes of theStrategy

– guidelines to groups and organisationsworking within formal and non-formaleducation on appropriate ways of linkingwith the Strategy

– targeted support for initiatives that promotedialogue between and within localcommunities about biodiversity issues

Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding

Page 172: BSG Ecology

171

● Identify media opportunities for promoting themain themes of the Strategy. This couldinclude:

– identifying how current provision can beorientated to support the Strategy, forexample, through back-up material and on-line provision

– greater communication and co-operationover future provision in relation toimplementation of the Strategy

– regular reporting of progress throughbiodiversity indicators

– the identification of specific opportunities toencourage involvement at individual level,for example, through current affairs,gardening, travel and other leisure-basedprogramming

● Consider ways in which current initiatives thatsupport access to and educational use of urbangreen space can be further encouraged, forexample, Green Pennant Awards, Green FlagAwards, English Nature’s AccessibleGreenspace Standards, Community Forests

● Broaden outreach to engage new audiences,for example, within non-formal educationsettings; also recognise that engaging newaudiences may require different, more inclusiveapproaches, for example, similar to thoseutilised in other fields, such as healthawareness or commercial marketing

● Consider ways of linking biodiversity educationexperiences through networks of public venuessuch as libraries, urban green space, schools,museums, science centres, town halls andother information centres

COMMUNICATING THE BENEFITS OFBIODIVERSITY, FOR EXAMPLE, IN TERMS OFSOCIAL OR BROADER EDUCATION GOALS(SEE CA/FACE/DFES LITERATURE REVIEW).

● Work with the Economics and Funding StrategyImplementation Group to consider how currentfunding programmes, e.g. Heritage LotteryFund, New Opportunities Fund and the LandfillTax Credit Scheme, can be used to supportpublic understanding programmes relating tobiodiversity

● Promote neighbourhood renewal and New Dealas a way of maximising opportunities forengagement and participation of communitiesin relation to environment and biodiversity,particularly in deprived local authority areas

● Consider ways in which existing support forschools on education for sustainabledevelopment (ESD) could be broadened to givegreater emphasis to biodiversity, e.g. QCA ESDwebsite

● Examine how resources being developed byinitiatives such as Growing Schools can beused to promote biodiversity

● Consider how such initiatives can promoteoutdoor experience in schools. This mightinclude:

– further research (e.g. identified as neededby the CA/FACE/DfES literature review) tofind ways of encouraging schools to makemore use of outside experiences

– assessment and evaluation for biodiversityof initiatives involving outdoor opportunities

● Review opportunities for increased coverage ofbiodiversity and sustainability issues withinother education policies

● Consider opportunities through the expansionof current initiatives in non-formal education, forexample, through the Connexions Service

● Consider ways of promoting links betweeneconomic growth, attractive workingenvironments and biodiversity

IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONEXPERTISE AND ENCOURAGEMENT OFPARTNERSHIPS WITHIN DIFFERENTSECTORS.

● Define more closely the role of governmentagencies, such as English Nature, theCountryside Agency and the EnvironmentAgency in education for biodiversity. This couldinclude:

– ways of increasing co-ordination andimproving communications betweenagencies

Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding

Page 173: BSG Ecology

172

– working more closely and in partnershipwith non-government bodies

– consider potential enhancement of thepublic understanding and education skills ofrelevant government agencies, for example,through professional development

● Provide opportunities that increase levels ofunderstanding among local authority staff andelected members through training, CPD andother awareness-raising initiatives, e.g. throughthe pilot projects under Learning thoughLandscape – which also covers Heads,teachers, ground staff and governors

● Set up a forum or other network ofbroadcasters and practitioners to ensure thatinformation exchange and dialogue is anongoing process rather than dependent onparticular events or issues

● Consider the recognition of national centres ofexcellence in biodiversity. This could include:

– establishment of a national network of keysites for the interpretation of biodiversity,providing a continuum from national to localsignificance

– encouragement of mechanisms among siteproviders to promote sharing of expertiseand joint programmes

● Consider the implications for biodiversityeducation of the increasing links betweenformal and non-formal education, includingthrough life-long learning

● Encourage partnerships between the businesscommunity and education initiatives

IMPROVE COMMUNICATION BETWEENBIODIVERSITY PROFESSIONALS ANDEDUCATORS.

● Develop mechanisms that ensure greaterdialogue between biodiversity professionalsand educators, for example, as an integral partof implementing SAPs, HAPs and LBAPs

● Consider developing guidelines and other toolsfor biodiversity professionals to enable them toengage more effectively with a variety ofaudiences

● Draw together information on current materialsavailable to support biodiversity education

ADDRESS SKILLS SHORTAGES INTAXONOMY AND SYSTEMATICS ANDLACK OF BIODIVERSITY ELEMENTS INTRAINING FOR RELEVANTPROFESSIONS.

● In the light of acknowledged shortages oftaxonomic and systematic skills, review currentprovision and uptake of higher and furthereducation courses, which specifically addressthese areas

● Identify opportunities to develop biodiversitymodules or elements within relevantprofessional training, for example, planning,surveying, health and social sciences

Appendix 9Promoting education andpublic understanding

Page 174: BSG Ecology

173

The UK Biodiversity Partnership’s aimsshould be:

● To maintain and enhance biological diversitywithin the UK, paying particular regard to:

a) Overall populations and natural ranges ofnative species and the quality and rangesof wildlife habitats and ecosystems

b) Internationally important and threatenedspecies, habitats and ecosystems

c) Species, habitats and natural andmanaged ecosystems characteristic oflocal areas

d) Biodiversity of natural and semi-naturalhabitats where they have been diminishedover recent past decades

● To contribute to the conservation of globalbiodiversity

● To increase public appreciation and enjoymentof biodiversity and recognition of its valuewherever it occurs

● To integrate biodiversity fully into policies andprogrammes as part of sustainabledevelopment

In pursuing these aims we should adopt thefollowing objectives:

● To maintain and keep under review an overallstrategy for the conservation and enhancementof UK biodiversity in the light of the biodiversitypriorities of the four countries of the UK

● To bring together all relevant sectors to work inpartnership

● To develop, implement and keep under reviewtargeted action plans for the most importantspecies and habitats

● To take direct measures to conserve speciesand habitat diversity, in particular through theconservation of threatened or protected speciesand important sites, and through themanagement or control of non-native species

● To encourage the preparation, implementationand review of Local Biodiversity Action Plans tosupport national biodiversity objectives and totake forward local priorities for action

● To take steps to minimise the adverse impactsof human activity on biodiversity, both directand indirec

● To take steps to understand the effects onbiodiversity of large-scale influences, such asozone depletion and climate change, anddetermine appropriate responses

● To integrate biodiversity considerations intopublic policies and programmes

● To encourage more integration of biodiversityconsiderations into business policies andpractices to support the delivery of biodiversityobjectives

● To take steps to increase public awareness ofbiodiversity issues

● To identify, undertake and keep under reviewresearch and monitoring to supportimplementation of other objectives

● To develop and maintain comprehensive andaccessible biodiversity information systemslinking national and local records

Appendix 10Aims and Objectives

Aims and Objectives ofthe UK BiodiversityPartnership

Page 175: BSG Ecology

174

The National Trust

Royal Society for the Protection of Birds

Department for Environment Food and RuralAffairs

English Nature

Plantlife

British Trust for Conservation Volunteers

Ministry of Defence Estates

Association of Local Government Ecologists

Countryside Agency

National Farmers Union

The Wildlife Trusts

Country Land and Business Association

Forestry Commission

Local Government Association

Environment Agency

Appendix 11Membership of England Biodiversity Group

Page 176: BSG Ecology

175

ABI Association of British Insurers

ACCA Association of Chartered CertifiedAccountants

ACFM Advisory Committee for FisheriesManagement

AFS Assured Food Standards

AGENDA Programme for reform of the2000 Common Agricultural Policy agreed

at the Berlin Council in March 1999to cover the period 2000-2006

ALGE Association of Local GovernmentEcologists

AMP3 Asset Management Plan (PeriodicReview of Water Prices)

ANGst Accessible Natural Greenspacestandards and targets

AONB Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty

ASCOBANS Agreement on the Conservation ofSmall Cetaceans of the Baltic AndNorth Sea

AW Ancient Woodlands

BAP Biodiversity Action Plan

BARS Biodiversity Action ReportingSystem

BASC British Association for Shooting andConservation

BBRC Business and Biodiversity ResourceCentre

BC Butterfly Conservation

B & CAG Burials & Cemeteries AdvisoryGroup

BiE Business in the Environment

BIG Biodiversity Information Group

BITC Business in the Community

BOC British Oxygen Company

BR Building Regulations

BRE Building Research Establishment

BSBI Botanical Society of the British Isles

BSG Baker, Shepherd, Gillespie

BTCV British Trust for ConservationVolunteers

BTO British Trust for Ornithology

BUGS Biodiversity in Urban Gardens

BURA British Urban RegenerationAssociation

BVPI Best Value Performance Indicators

BW British Waterways

CA Countryside Agency

CABE Commission for Architecture andthe Built Environment

CAP Common Agricultural Policy

CAMS Catchment AbstractionManagement Strategy

CBAP Company Biodiversity Action Plan

CBD Convention on Biological Diversity

CBI Confederation of British Industry

CCMS NATO Committee of the Challengesof Modern Society

CEE Council for EnvironmentalEducation

CEFAS Centre for Environment, Fisheriesand Aquaculture Science

CEH Centre for Ecology and Hydrology

CF Community Fund

CFMP Catchment Flood Management Plan

CFP Common Fisheries Policy

CHaMPs Coastal Habitat Management Plans

CIRIA Construction Industry Research andInformation Association

COGAP Code of Good Agricultural Practice

CONE Cramlington Organisation for Natureand the Environment

CP Changing Places

CRoW Countryside and Rights of Way Act2000

CSL Central Science Laboratory

CSR Comprehensive Spending Review

CSS Countryside Stewardship Scheme

CURE Centre for Urban and RegionalEcology

CYP Children and Young People

DCMS Department for Culture, Media andSport

Appendix 12Glossary

Page 177: BSG Ecology

176

DEFRA Department for Environment, Foodand Rural Affairs

DFEE Department for Education andEmployment

DfES Department for Education and Skills

DFID Department for InternationalDevelopment

DfT Department for Transport

DoH Department of Health

DoT Department of Transport

DTI Department for Trade and Industry

DTLR Department of Transport, LocalGovernment and the Regions

EA Environment Agency

EAF Environmental Action Fund

EBG England Biodiversity Group

EC European Commission

ECAP Eutrophication Control Action Plan

EcoQOs Ecological Quality Objectives

EfA Environment for All

EFS England Forestry Strategy

EH English Heritage

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EIRIS Ethical Investment ResearchService

ELIG England Local Issues Group

EMAS Eco-Management and AuditScheme

EN English Nature

EP English Partnerships

ERDP England Rural DevelopmentProgramme

ERP Estuaries Research Programme

ESA Environmentally Sensitive Area

ESD Education for SustainableDevelopment

EU European Union

FACE Forum for the Advancement ofContinuing Education

FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation(United Nations)

FC Forestry Commission

FD Flood Defence

FEI Forest Education Initiative

FOCUS Finding Out Causes andUnderstanding Significance

FORGE Financial Organisation ReportingGuidelines for the Environment

FOSSE Forum on Seeds for a SustainableEnvironment

FR Forestry Research

FSC Forest Stewardship Council

FTE Full Time Equivalent

FWAG Farming and Wildlife AdvisoryGroup

FWPS Farm Woodland Premium Scheme

GFA Green Flag Awards

GIS Geographical Information Systems

GLOBE Global Learning and Observationsto Benefit the Environment

GO Government Office

GP General Practitioner

GwK Groundwork

HA Highways Agency

HABAP Highways Agency BiodiversityAction Plan

HAP Habitat Action Plan

HBF House Builders Federation

HFA Hill Farm Allowance

HLF Heritage Lottery Fund

HO Home Office

IACR Institute for Arable Crops Research

ICES International Council for theexploration of the Sea

ICZM Integrated Coastal ZoneManagement

IDB Internal Drainage Board

IDeA Improvement and DevelopmentAgency for Local Government

IEMA Institute of EnvironmentalManagement and Assessment

Appendix 12Glossary

Page 178: BSG Ecology

177

IIED International Institute forEnvironment and Development

IMO International Maritime Organisation

INCAS Industry and Nature ConservationAssociations

INTERREG EU initiative concerningtransnational co-operation onspatial planning

IPA Integrated Policy Appraisal

IPPC Integrated Pollution Prevention andControl

JNCC Joint Nature ConservationCommittee

LA Local Authority

LA21 Local Agenda 21

LBAP Local Biodiversity Action Plan

LBP London Biodiversity Partnership

LBRC Local Biodiversity Record Centre

LC & CP Living Churchyard and CemeteriesProject

LEA Local Education Authority

LEADER Liason Entre Actions pour leDéveloppement de L’EconomieRurale (LEADER + is a EuropeanCommunity Initative to supportsustainable rural development)

LEAF Linking Environment and Farming

LGA Local Government Association

LI Landscape Institute

LIFE EU financial programme forenvironmental projects

LNR Local Nature Reserve

LPA Local Planning Authority

LRC Local Record Centre

LRSIG Local and Regional StrategyImplementation Group

LTCS Landfill Tax Credit Scheme

M4I Movement for Innovation

MAGIC Multi-Agency GeographicalInformation for the Countryside

MARPOL MARPOL international conventionfor prevention of pollution fromships

MACC2 Making a Corporate Commitment 2

MBR Millennium Biodiversity Report

MCPA Marine and Coastal Protected Areas

MEHRA Marine Environmental High RiskAreas

MOD Ministry of Defence

MONARCH Modelling of the Natural ResourceResponses to Climate Change

MSC Marine Stewardship Council

MSR Marine Stewardship Review

NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organisation

NBN National Biodiversity Network

NERC National Environment ResearchCouncil

NFU National Farmers Union

NGO Non Governmental Organisation

NHS National Health Service

NOF New Opportunities Fund

NNR National Nature Reserve

NP & AC National Parks and Access to theAct Countryside Act

NRU Neighbourhood Renewal Unit

NSRI National Soil Resources Institute

NUFU National Urban Forestry Unit

NVZ Nitrate Vulnerable Zone

ODPM Office of the Deputy Prime Minister

OECD Organisation for EconomicCooperation and Development

OFR Operational and Financial Review

OFS Organic Farming Scheme

OSPAR OSPAR Convention for theProtection of the MarineEnvironment of the North EastAtlantic

PAN-UK Pesticide Action Network- UK

Pillar 1 (of the CAP) Production-linkedsubsidies

Pillar 2 (of the CAP) Funding under the EURural Development Regulation

PPG Planning Policy Guidance

Appendix 12Glossary

Page 179: BSG Ecology

178

PRO4 Periodic Review of Water CompanyPrices and Investment (2004)

PSA Public Service Agreement

PTES People’s Trust for EndangeredSpecies

PWLO Police Wildlife Liaison Officer

QCA Qualification and CurriculumAuthority

RDA Regional Development Agency

REGIS Regional Climate Change Impactand Response Studies

RPG Regional Planning Guidance

RIA Regulatory Impact Assessment

RFDC Regional Flood Defence Committee

RMNC Review of Marine NatureConservation

RSPB Royal Society for the Protection ofBirds

RTPI Royal Town Planning Institute

SAC Special Area of Conservation

SAFFIE Sustainable Arable Farming for anImproved Environment

SAP Species Action Plan

SBS Small Business Service

SBSTTA Subsidiary Body on Scientific,Technical and Technological Advice

SD Sustainable Development

SEA Strategic EnvironmentalAssessment

SEEDA South East England DevelopmentAgency

SEU Social Exclusion Unit

SIG Strategy Implementation Group

SIGMA Sustainability: Integrated Guidelinesfor Management – Farming andWildlife Advisory Group

SME Small and Medium Enterprises

SMP Shoreline Management Plan

SPA Special Protection Area

SRC Short Rotation Coppicing

SRI Socially Responsible Investment

SSSI Site of Special Scientific Interest

SUDS Sustainable Urban DrainageSystems

T & CP Town and Country Planning

TWT The Wildlife Trusts

UDP Urban Development Plan

UKBAP UK Biodiversity Action Plan

UKBG UK Biodiversity Group

UKMAB UK Man and Biosphere

UKSIF UK Social Investment Forum

UKWAS UK Woodland Assurance Scheme

UNECE United Nations EconomicCommission in Europe

UPF Urban Parks Forum

URGE Urban Green Environment

VAT Value Added Tax

VCU Value for Cultivation and Use

W & C Act Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981

WDA Welsh Development Agency

WES Wildlife Enhancement Scheme

WFD Water Framework Directive

WGS Woodland Grant Scheme

WHO World Health Organisation

WLMP Water Level Management Plan

WRAP Waste and Resources ActionProgramme

WT The Wildlife Trusts

WTO World Trade Organisation

Appendix 12Glossary

Page 180: BSG Ecology

PB 7418